Jeiotech - Catálogo Geral

Page 1

Best Products for Reliable Results

Lab Companion Korea - International head office #1005, Byucksan Digital valley 6-cha, 481-4 Gasan-Dong, Geumcheon-Gu, Seoul 153-704, Korea Tel +82 2 2627 3816 Fax +82 2 3143 1824 e-mail overseas!jeiotech.com

ⰒLab Companion China A-2113 Oriental International Plaza, 85 LouShanGuan Rd, Changning District, Shanghai, 200336, China Tel +86 21 5108 9161 Fax +86 21 3251 1083 e-mail longjuncao!jeiotech.com

ⰒLab Companion SEA (South East Asia) No.57-59, Jalan Adenium 2G/6, Pusat Perniagaan Adenium, 48300 Bandar Bukit Beruntung, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia Tel +603 6028 5833 Fax +603 6028 5822 e-mail labcomp!streamyx.com

ⰒLab Companion U.S.A. 1-A Gill st. Woburn, MA 01801, U.S.A. Tel +1 781 376 0700 Fax +1 781 376 0704 e-mail info!jeiotech.com

ⰒLab Companion Europe Unit 3, Tower Industrial Park, Chalgrove, Oxfordshire, OX44 7XZ, United Kingdom Tel +44 1865 400321 Fax +44 1865 400736 e-mail labcompanion!medlinescientific.com


/

Bat hs &C ircu Rec lato ircu rs / lati Ho / ng tpla De C o sic tes ole / cat rs ( &S Pip ors C t ette hill irre / ers s / rs Fum ) / / Pla eH Vor Ref stic ood t r e ige wa x s / m re rat ixe ors Fur / rs Ult &F nitu / ras ree Tem re oni z e / p rs cC era Inc lea / t u uba re C ner Sha tor s / ham ker s / s / ber Oth Ove s / er P He ns atin rod Tem / g uct &C Pum per s / atu ool ps ing re & App Blo end Hu cks mid ixe s ity Cha mb ers /

Be Pro st Re duc liab ts f le R or esu lts




BEST PRODUCTS for RELIABLE RESULTS Immaculate service

We also endeavor to enhance the customer value through immaculate service in order to be the first choice of our customers.

One step solution

Jeio Tech’s products are put under strict quality control from the most basic metal processing to final inspections. Also, our highly integrated engineering team strives to deliver outstanding quality to our clients based on over 25 years of technical experience in instrument manufacturing. Our professorial know-how will always never cease to live up to its reputation as ‘the primary partner for the customers’ research needs.’

Global leader ‘Lab Companion’

In the first place, our ergonomically designed products minimize the maintenance problems and mechanical troubles. And our worldwide service teams with highly trained service engineers are ready to provide tailored customer service.

Lab Companion is Jeio Tech’s laboratory instrument brand. It has grown into an international brand thanks to its quality and service since 1989. Our Ultimate goal is we keep on striving to continue to provide our clients with safe, high quality, and user-friendly products aiming at setting new standards for the global market.

Standard certificates

In addition to CE, UL, GD (Good Design Award), Jeio Tech (Lab Companion) obtained ISO

9001:2008


CLS-Safety Control System Custom Logical Safe Control System Thanks to our technical know-how accumulated for over two decades, we developed a versatile safety control system equipped with adjustable warning and safety functions for user safety and convenience. All of our instruments are equipped with this patented safety devices and circuits which operate independently in case of electric or electronic system malfunction.

CFC-Fee refrigerant Protect the Global Environment

Fu zzy te Control Sys

Our patented BDBC2 Fuzzy Control System allows our temperature and humidity chambers very low temperature with automatic control adjustment. In addition, our patented Cascading Refrigeration and Heating System for optimal humidity control significantly increase the energy efficiency of our chambers.

RS-232 Communication Interface PC Control Software Temperature values and effective heating and cooling capacity are displayed on PC. Time parameters and individual temperature profiles can be programmed and recorded by the PC.

m

Balanced Dehumidifying and Bath Cooling Fuzzy Control

midifying & B hu Cooling ath

BDBC2-Fuzzy Control System

Balanced D e

All Jeio Tech products use HFC refrigerant which causes NO damage to the ozone layer complying with the Montreal Protocol.


TABLE of CONTENTS The contents of this catalogue are based on the following conditions unless otherwise specified:

1) Products without refrigerators t Under room temperature of 25Ⳅ and no load t "QQMJDBCMF PQFSBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF

3) All specifications may be changed without prior notice subject to our performance improvement.

range: 15 to 40Ⳅ.

2) Products with refrigerators t 6OEFS SPPN UFNQFSBUVSF PG Ⳅ and no load t "QQMJDBCMF PQFSBUJPO UFNQFSBUVSF range: 18 to 35Ⳅ. (excellent for Temperature Chambers or Temperature & Humidity Chambers,

4) Our website includes detailed information of all Jeio Tech products with up-to-date technical data.

see P. 157-208.)

Baths & Circulators 010 013 014 015 016 018

008

Heating Baths Shaking & Heating Baths Viscometer Heating Baths Heating Bath Circulators Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators Cold Trap Bath

Desiccators

022

023 Cubic Vacuum Desiccators 024 Round Vacuum Desiccators 024 Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators

Fume Hoods 028 033 034 038 038

Clean Benches Bench Top Fume Hoods Ductless Fume Hoods PCR Workstations UV Sterilization Cabinets

www.jeiotech.com

Furniture 044 Tall Cabinets 047 Base Cabinets 050 Gas Cylinder Cabinets

Incubators

054

056 Incubators 060 Low Temperature Incubators 066 Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers 072 Mini Incubator 073 Hybridization Oven

Ovens 026

042

078

080 Forced Convection Ovens 087 Natural Convection Ovens 090 Vacuum Ovens

Pumps 092 Electrical Aspirator Pumps 093 Rotary Vacuum Pumps

092


Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

094

096 Recirculating Coolers (General Models) 098 Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models) 100 Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

102 Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)

Vortex mixers

156

156 Vortex Mixers

Temperature Chambers 158 160 Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

166 Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Refrigerators & Freezers 106 Temperature & Humidity Chambers 174

108 Laboratory Refrigerators 112 Pharmacy Refrigerators 116 Laboratory Freezers

176 Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Shakers 124 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133

120

Advanced Orbital Shakers Dual-Action Shakers Economy Shakers Mini Shaker Microplate Shaker Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker Heating Shaker Separatory Funnel Shaker

188 Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

195 Fingerprint Development Chamber 198 Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber 204 Plant Growth Chambers

Pipettes 208 Mechanical Pipettes 208 Electronic Pipettes 208 Pipette Controller / Aid

Plasticware

Heating & Cooling Blocks

212 213 214 215

138

139 Heating & Cooling Block 140 Heating Blocks

145 Hotplates 146 Hotplate Stirrers 148 Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models)

150 Overhead Stirrers (Economy & Analog Models)

151 Overhead Stirrers (Digital Models)

212

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack Carboys Flask Supports Tube Racks

Ultrasonic Cleaners

216

216 Ultrasonic Cleaners

Other Products Hotplates & Stirrers

208

142

218

218 Electrophoresis System 220 Magnetic Drives 221 Clamp hoders

Appendixes 223 Technical Data 227 Index

222


Baths & Circulators SELECTION GUIDE

Heating Baths Analog Models (Economy)

Heating Baths Shaking & Heating Baths Viscometer Heating Baths Heating Bath Circulators Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators Cold Trap Bath

Working Temp. Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ]

Description

Digital Models (Economy)

Dual Models (Economy)

General Purpose

Shaking & Heating Viscometer

BW-05B BW-10B BW-20B BW-05H BW-10H BW-20H BW-0505H BW-0510H BW-1010H BW-1020H BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G BS-06 BS-11 BS-21 BS-31 VB-25G VB-40G

Bath Volume

Temperature Page Stability [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

[L/cu ft]

3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +7 to 100 11.5 / 0.4 / Amb. +12.6 to 212 20 / 0.7 3.5 / 0.1 Amb. +5 to 100 11.5 / 0.4 / Amb. +9 to 212 20 / 0.7 3.5 & 3.5 / 0.1 & 0.1 3.5 & 11.5 / 0.1& 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 11.5 & 11.5 / 0.4 & 0.4 11.5 & 20 / 0.4 & 0.7 5 / 0.2 Amb. +5 to 100 10 / 0.4 / Amb. +9 to 212 20 / 0.7 17 / 0.6 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 37 / 1.3 55 / 1.9 25 / 0.9 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 40 / 1.4

0.5 / 0.9

10

0.1 / 0.18

10

0.1 / 0.18

10

0.2 / 0.36

12

0.2 / 0.36

13

0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18

14

Bath Circulators Working Temp. Bath Volume Temperature Page [L/cu ft] Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ] Stability [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

Description CW-05G CW-10G CW-20G CW-30G RW-0525G RW-1025G RW-2025G RW-3025G RW-0540G RW-1040G RW-2040G RW-3040G

Heating

Refrigerated & Heating (to -25Ⳅ)

Refrigerated & Heating (to -35Ⳅ)

Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302

-25 to 150 / -13 to 302

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1 5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1 5 / 0.2 10 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 30 / 1.1

0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 0.1 / 0.18 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.08 / 0.14 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 0.08 / 0.14

15

16

16

Cold Trap Bath Description Cold Trap

CTB-10

Working Temp. Range [Ⳅ/ⳅ] Down to -40 / -40

Bath Volume [L/cu ft] 4.8 / 0.17

Page 18

Accessories & Options Description for Baths & Circulators for Viscometer Heating Baths for Shaking & Heating Baths

Page 20-21 21 19


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

BW Models

Bacteriological Examinations Coagulation Tests Coliform Determinations Crude Oil Research Cytochemistry Examinations Demulsibility Research Enzyme Studies Food Processing QC Genetic Studies Hormone Studies Immunological Research Incubation for Microbiological Assays Molecular Biology Protein Studies Serological Tests Thawing Cryopreservation Vials Tissue Culture Studies Virology Research Warming Reagents Water Quality Research

t t

Baths & Circulators BS Models CW - RW Models t t

t t t

t t t t t t

t t t t

t t t t

t

t

t

t

t t t t t t t t

t

t t t

t t t t

t

t t t t

Additional Applications of Heating Bath Circulators - Clinical chemistry and analytics, external temperature control applications for measuring cells, photometers, refractometers, polarimeters, viscometers, metrology, etc.

Additional Applications of Refrigerated and Heating Bath Circulators - Routine laboratory temperature control applications, external temperature control applications for measuring cells, photometers, refractometers, polarimeters, viscometers, fermentors, electrophoresis chambers, chromatography columns, rotary evaporators, rheometers, etc. * Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Built-in power cutoff circuit with audible and visual alarms: - Automatic power cutoff to the heater and controller before the unit shuts down in case of overheating. - Two separate fuses. 2) Time setting functions for both Automated Run and Off. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models):

- Integrated time setting function for Delayed ON/OFF. - Operation mode selection function between Automated Run and Manual Run. 3) Protection against low fluid level and dry running. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models): - Intermittent alert sounds along with a visual alarm on the control panel. - Automatic shut down of the heater following the alarms to protect users and samples.

User-friendly Control Features 1) Advanced electronic and program controls. (except for BW-B Models): - Microprocessor PID temperature control with easy-to-use calibration and auto tuning features. - Preset three most commonly used temp. settings provided. - Simple conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit. 2) Intuitive control display based on HMI (Human Machine Interface) design concept. (except for BW-B and BW-H Models): - Similar key arrangements for entire products. - Splash-proof and easy-to-clean keypad and bright LED displays. - A quick lock button preventing accidental resetting of parameters.

Constructional Features 1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel interior bath and dirt-repellent powder coating for all external surface. 2) Corrosion-resistant stainless steel construction of all wetted parts allowing other bath fluids as well as water. 3) Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stain less steel reservoir.


B

Baths & Circulators Heating Baths (Economy)

Economical water baths for optimal temperature control. A wide range of available water baths (Analog, Digital, or even Dual Models) is ideal for both your needs and budget.

Operating Features of BW-B (Analog Models) t +7âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„. t On / Off temperature control. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Analog knob with fine adjustment.

BW-10B

with an optional Gable Cover

Operating features of BW-H (Digital & Dual Models) t +5âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„ t Microprocessor PID temperature control. t Over-temperature protection with alarm. t Digital LED displays of temperature readouts and set. temperature values to 0.1âł„ or 1âł„

Constructional Features t Low-profile design with sloped control panel for easier access and better safety

BW-10H

with an optional Gable Cover

t Additional inner circulation system using our patented agitator. (for Digital & Dual Models) t Individually programmable and temperature controllable dual reservoirs. (for Dual Models) t Various optional accessories: gable and flat covers, test tube racks, spring wire racks, half-shelf adjusters, etc. * See BW-H or BW-B accessories depending on their respective bath sizes.

BW-0510H 10

with an optional Open-rings Cover

Optional Accessories t Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers, Open-ring Cover, Stainless Steel Flat Covers t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half-shelf Adjusters see page 20-21


Baths & Circulators

Heating Baths (Economy)

Specifications & Ordering Information Analog Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

BW-05B

BW-10B 11.5 / 0.4 20 / 0.7 Amb. +7 to 100 / Amb. +12.6 to 212 0.5 / 0.9

240×136, 115 / 9.4×5.4, 4.5

300×240, 165 / 11.8×9.5, 6.5

498×300, 165 / 19.6×11.8, 6.5

303×242×245 / 11.9×9.5×9.6

357×330×290 / 14.1×13×11.4

564×392×290 / 22.2×15.4×11.6

1)

Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H, H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

BW-20B

3.5 / 0.1

6.5 / 14.3 60Hz, 3 A AAH46011K 60Hz, 5.8A AAH46013U

10 / 22 60Hz, 4.3A AAH46021K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH46023U

50Hz, 3 A AAH46012K

50Hz, 4.3A AAH46022K

18.5 / 40.8 60Hz, 8.7A AAH46031K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH46033U

50Hz, 8.7A AAH46032K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

Specifications & Ordering Information Digital Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

BW-05H

BW-10H

BW-20H

3.5 / 0.1

11.5 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 ±0.1 / 0.18

20 / 0.7

240×136, 150 / 9.4×5.4, 5.9

300×240, 200 / 11.8×9.5, 7.9

498×300, 200 / 19.6×11.8, 7.9

307×216×266 / 12.1×8.5×10.5

364×316×318 / 14.3×14.4×12.5

564×372×318 / 22.2×14.6×12.5

6.5 / 14.3 3.0A AAH45115K 5.8A AAH45113U

9.5 / 21 4.3A AAH45125K 8.3A AAH45123U

15.5 / 34.2 8.7A AAH45135K 8.3A AAH45133U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

Specifications & Ordering Information Dual Models Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

BW-0505H

BW-0510H

BW-1010H

BW-1020H

3.5 & 3.5 / 0.1 & 0.1

3.5 & 11.5 / 0.1 &0.4 11.5 & 11.5 / 0.4 & 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 ±0.1 / 0.18

11.5 & 20 / 0.4 & 0.7

240×136, 150 Per chamber

240×136, 150 & 300×240, 200

300×240, 200 Per chamber

300×240, 200 & 498×300, 200

(W×L, D & W×L, D) (mm / inch)

9.4×5.4, 5.9 Per chamber

9.4×5.4, 5.9 & 11.8×9.5, 7.9

11.8×9.5, 7.9 Per chamber

11.8×9.5, 7.9 & 19.6×11.8, 7.9

Overall

590×200×265 / 23.2×7.8×10.4

544×300×318 / 21.4×11.8×12.5

706×300×318/ 27.8×11.8×12.5

844×356×318 / 33.2×14.6×12.5

9.7 / 21.3 3 & 3A AAH47115K 5.8A & 5.8A AAH47113U

12.4 / 27.3 3 & 4.3A AAH47125K 5.8A & 8.3A AAH47123U

14 / 30.8 4.3A & 4.3A AAH47135K 8.3A & 8.3A AAH47133U

17.6 / 38.7 4.3A & 8.7A AAH47145K 8.3A & 8.3A AAH47143U

Bath Opening / Depth Dimension (W×L, D & W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

11


B

Baths & Circulators Heating Baths (General)

Outstanding temperature control water baths for diverse applications. Microprocessor PID controller guarantees all BW-G Models precise temperature control. In addition, the built-in digital timer and programming functions are ideal for critical research, quality control, and regulatory tests.

Operating Features t +5âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„ t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection aga inst over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ resolution) t Splash-proof keypad

Constructional Features t Corrosion-resistant stainless steel construction of all wetted parts allowing other bath fluids as well as water and silicone fluids

BW-05G with the included SUS Cover Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 20-21

t Stainless Steel Flat Type Cover t Open-rings Covers t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half-shelf Adjusters

t Low-profile reservoir design with easy-to-use digital controller with dual LED displays t Protection against low fluid level and dry-running with audible and visual alarms t Automatic shut down of the heater following the alarms t Isolated design of heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to protect users and samples against direct contact

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability (Âąâł„ / âł…)

BW-05G 5 / 0.2

(WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall / with Gable Cover (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

12

BW-20G 20 / 0.7

231Ă—150, 160 / 9.1Ă—5.9, 6.3 355Ă—260Ă—334 / 14Ă—10.2Ă—13.1 10 / 22 3A AAH41405K 5.8A AAH41406U

410Ă—311Ă—354 / 16.1Ă—12.2Ă—14 14 / 31 4.4A AAH41415K 8.3A AAH41416U

471Ă—390Ă—374 / 18.5Ă—15.4Ă—14.7 18 / 40 8.7A AAH41425K 8.3A AAH41426U

1)

Bath Opening / Depth

BW-10G 10 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 0.2 / 0.36 285Ă—211, 180 / 11.2Ă—8.3, 7.1

345Ă—290, 200 / 13.6Ă—11.4, 7.9


Baths & Circulators

Shaking & Heating Baths

Reciprocal shaking & heating baths. All BS Models feature rapid and accurate shaking by adopting silent and anti-vibration BLDC (Brushless DC) motors. And their precise and constant temperature control provides ideal sample incubation conditions suitable for DNA, tissue, or cell culture applications.

Operating Features t +5âł„ above room temperature to 100âł„. t Microprocessor PID control / auto tuning / calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ and 1 rpm resolution) t Splash-proof keypad

Constructional Features t Separate control keys for shaker mechanism allowing the unit also to be used as a constant temperature bath t Minimal shock to the samples thanks to the shaker’s gentle start feature t Multiple LED displays for setting various values t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact

BS-31 with the included Gable Cover and Spring Wire Rack

t Removable shaking carriage designed for external assembly avoiding direct contact with the bath fluid

Included Accessories t Stainless steel Gable Cover t Spring Wire Rack Optional Accessories t Universal Platform, Dedicated Platform, Flask Clamps, etc t Test Tube Racks see page 19

t Minimization of the liquid loss and dripping of the bath liquid into the samples thanks to the included gable cover t Included SUS 304 spring wire rack with double-two-tier providing various ways of glassware settings

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł„ / âł…) Motion / Speed Range (RPM) Shaking System Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Bath Opening /Depth (WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

BS-06 17 / 0.6

BS-11

BS-21

25 / 0.9

BS-31 55 / 1.9

109Ă—243, 235 / 4.3Ă—9.6, 9.3

37 / 1.3 Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. +9 to 212 0.2 / 0.36 Reciprocating / 20 to 180 25, 30, 35 / 1.0, 1.2, 1.4 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 229Ă—243, 235 389Ă—243, 235 / 9.0Ă—9.6, 9.3 / 15.3Ă—9.6, 9.3

430Ă—440Ă—355 / 16.9Ă—17.3Ă—14 26 / 57 3.7A AAH44061K 3.7A AAH44062K 7.1A AAH44063U

550Ă—440Ă—355 / 21.7Ă—17.3Ă—14 30 / 66 4.6A AAH44111K 4.6A AAH44112K 8.8A AAH44113U

860Ă—490Ă—355 / 33.9Ă—19.3Ă—14 42 / 93 8.9A AAH44311K 8.9A AAH44312K

710Ă—440Ă—355 / 28Ă—17.3Ă—14.3 35 / 77 8.9A AAH44211K 8.9A AAH44212K -

670Ă—350, 235 / 26.4Ă—13.8, 9.3

-

ⲟ BS-21 and BS-31 Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876.

13


B

Baths & Circulators Viscometer Heating Baths

Ultra precise temperature control with excellent visibility. VB-G Models provide superb temperature stability as well as crystal-clear visibility required for kinematic viscosity measurement using glass capillary viscometers.

Operating Features t +5âł„ above room temperature to 150âł„ t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON/OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED displays. (0.01âł„ resolution at 0~99.9âł„ and 0.1âł„ resolution at 100~150âł„)

t Splash-proof keypad t Simple conversion between Celsius and Fahrenheit t RS-232 interface

Constructional Features t Crystal-clear visibility provided by double tempered safety glass windows in front and rear sides

VB-40G with the included SUS Covers

t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact

Included Accessories t Stainless steel Covers for holes on the Top t Cooling Coil Optional Accessories t Tube Holders for U-shaped Viscometer Glass Tubes

t Optimal temperature equilibrium achieved by a vane type stirrer with strong circulation power

(Up to 5 holders for VB-25G and up to 8 holders for VB-40G)

see page 21

t Operations at below or slightly above ambient temperature allowed by the included stainless steel cooling coil.

t Cooling Circulators

(for operations from 10âł„/50âł…, use an optional cooling circulator)

t Ă˜ 51mm holes (for glass capillary viscometer tubes) and a Ă˜12.6 mm hole. (for a thermometer)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł„ / âł…) Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch) Cover Lids / Hole for Thermometer (mm) Dimension Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

VB-25G 25 / 0.9

* VB-25G and VB-40G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) If you want to operate the unit below Amb. + 5âł„ (Amb. + 9âł…), an optional cooling circulator is required. The lowest temperature when using an optional cooling circulator is +10âł„ (+50âł…). For ordering information, see page 17.

14

VB-40G

40 / 1.4 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 145Ă—265, 368 / 5.7Ă—10.4, 14.5 295Ă—265, 368 / 11.6Ă—10.4, 14.5 5ea / Ă˜ 51, 1ea / Ă˜12.6 8ea / Ă˜51, 1ea / Ă˜12.6 492Ă—374Ă—547 / 19.4Ă—14.7Ă—21.5 642Ă—374Ă—547 / 25.3Ă—14.7Ă—21.5 28 / 61.7 37 / 81.6 60Hz, 13 A 50Hz, 13 A 60Hz, 13 A 50Hz, 13 A AAH43301K AAH43302K AAH43401K AAH43402K


Baths & Circulators

Heating Bath Circulators

External and internal circulation with powerful pumping capability CW-G Models are specially designed for precise temperature control of external instruments or for immersion purposes using a powerful pump with five adjustable pressure steps.

Operating Features

t +5âł„ above room temperature to 150âł„

t Microprocessor PID control / Automatic tuning / Calibration

t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min)

t Protection against low fluid level and dry-running

t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings

t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ resolution)

t Splash-proof keypad

t RS-232 interface

Constructional Features

t Accurate, stable, and efficient temperature management by using a powerful variable-speed pump. (1 to 3 steps of pump for

t Powerful pressure and suction pumps provide contrast pressure and flow rate throughout the whole temperature range.

t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact

t Protection against low fluid level and dry running by automatic shut down of the heater together with audible and visual alarms

internal circulation and 4 and 5 steps for external circulation)

t Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stainless steel bath with a drain valve

t Compact footprints ideal for cramped lab space

CW-05G with the icluded SUS Covers Included Accessorie

Optional Accessories see page 20-21

t Stainless Steel Flat Type Cover t One 30cm (1 ft) Length and Ă˜12mm of Silicone Rubber Tubing t Suction Function for Pump t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Stability 1) (Âąâł„ / âł…) Max. Pressure, Max. Flow Rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate Bath Opening / Depth (WĂ—L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.

CW-05G 5 / 0.2

Certification without CW-30G

CW-10G

CW-20G

150Ă—99, 160 / 5.9Ă—3.9, 6.3

20 / 0.7 Amb. +5 to 150 / Amb. +9 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.1 / 0.18 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute) 211Ă—154, 180 290Ă—214, 200 / 8.3Ă—6.1, 7.1 / 11.4Ă—8.4, 7.9

220Ă—395Ă—424 / 8.7Ă—15.6Ă—16.7 12.5 / 27.6 4.5A AAH52305K 8.6A AAH52306U

281Ă—450Ă—444 / 11.1Ă—17.7Ă—17.5 15 / 33 6.7A AAH52315K 8.6A AAH52316U

0.05 / 0.09

10 / 0.4

360Ă—510Ă—464 / 14.2Ă—20.1Ă—18.3 17.5 / 38.6 8.8A AAH52325K 8.6A AAH52326U

CW-30G 30 / 1.1 0.1 / 0.18

300Ă—264, 230 / 11.8Ă—10.4, 9 370Ă—560Ă—494 / 14.6Ă—22Ă—19.4 19.5 / 43 8.8A AAH52335K 8.6A AAH52336U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) If you operate the unit in 1 to 3 steps of pump, the temperature range can be from Amb. +5âł„ but in 4 and 5 steps, the range will be from Amb. +15âł„

15


B

Baths & Circulators

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators

Rapid heating and cooling throughout the entire temperature range. Specially designed to be used with Refractometers and Viscometers, RW-G Models feature accurate and stable temperature control capability even at very low temperatures (as low as -35âł„) by adopting a powerful pump for both external and internal circulation.

Operating Features t Temp. range: from -35âł„ to 150âł„ for RW-40G Models. from -25âł„ to 150âł„ for RW-25G Models t Microprocessor PID control / automatic tuning / calibration t Digital timer for delayed ON / OFF. (from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min) t Protection against over-temperature and low fluid level t Convenient memory function of up to three frequently used temperature settings t Digital LED display. (0.1âł„ resolution) t Splash-proof keypad t RS-232 interface

Constructional Features t Suitable for both internal and external bath environment due to reduced turbulence by using five-speed duplex pump and built-in cooling coil. (1 to 3 steps of the pump for internal circulation and 4 and 5 steps for external circulation)

t Isolated design of agitator, heater, and sensor by a baffle plate to minimize the turbulence in the bath fluid and also to protect users and samples against direct contact t Protection against low fluid level and dry running by automatic shut down of the heater together with audible and visual alarms t Corrosion-resistant, seamless, leak-proof, round-cornered, and easy-to-clean stainless steel reservoir with a drain valve t Usage of CFC-free refrigerant (R-134A, R-404A) and a double service valve for leakage prevention t Quick-release front grille for easy cleaning of the condenser t Compact footprints ideal for cramped lab space

RW-0525G with the included SUS Cover Included Accessories t Stainless steel Flat Cover t 30 cm (1 ft) long and Ă˜12 mm Silicone Rubber Tubing Optional Accessories t Additional Suction Pumps see page 20-21 t Test Tube Racks and Spring Wire Racks

* Applicable for CW-G, RW-25G, and RW-40G Models * Bath fluid: water (at the normal Temperature)

16


Baths & Circulators

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulators

Specifications & Ordering Information RW - 25G Models (for temperature range from -25Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ) Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at -20Ⳅ (-4ⳅ), W at 0Ⳅ (+32ⳅ), W Cooling Capacity at +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), W Refrigerator Max. Pressure, Max. Flow rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate 3) Bath Opening / Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

RW-0525G 5 / 0.2

RW-1025G

RW-2025G

10 / 0.4

RW-3025G

0.05 / 0.09 30 230 320 1 / 3 LBP, R-507

20 / 0.7 -25 to 150 / -13 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 50 260 250 410 380 560 1 / 3 LBP, R-507 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute)

30 / 1.1 0.08 / 0.14 390 570 680 3 / 4 LBP, R-404A

150×99, 160 / 5.9×3.9, 6.3

211×154, 180 / 8.3×6.1, 7.1

290×214, 200 / 11.4×8.4, 7.9

300×264, 230 / 11.8×10.4, 9

302×438×690 / 11.9×17.2×27.2

360×490×780 / 14.2×19.3×30.7

380×560×825 / 15×22×32.5

440×620×895 / 17.3×24.4×35.2

37 / 81.6 7A AAH57001K 7A AAH57002K 12.6A AAH57003U

44 / 97 9.2A AAH57011K 9.2A AAH57012K 12.6A AAH57013U

60 / 132.2 12.8A AAH57021K 12.8A AAH57022K

70 / 147.7 13.8A AAH57031K 13.8A AAH57032K -

-

* RW-2025G and RW-3025G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) The cooling capacity is measured on a 230V / 60Hz electrical condition. 3) The additional suction function is optional.

Specifications & Ordering Information RW - 40G Models (for temperature range from -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ) Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Working Temperature Range 2) (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Stability 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at -20Ⳅ (-4ⳅ), W at 0Ⳅ (+32ⳅ), W Cooling Capacity at +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), W Refrigerator Max. Pressure, Max. Flow rate Pump Max. Suction Flow Rate 3) Bath Opening /Depth (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

RW-0540G 5 / 0.2

RW-1040G

RW-2040G

10 / 0.4

RW-3040G

0.05 / 0.09 80 150 280 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A

20 / 0.7 -35 to 150 / -31 to 302 0.05 / 0.09 0.05 / 0.09 150 400 330 660 450 800 1 / 2 LBP, R-404A 3 / 4 LBP, R-404A 5.9 PSI (406.8 millibar), 7.4 gallons / minute (28 liters / minute) 2.6 gallons / minute (10 liters / minute)

30 / 1.1 0.08 / 0.14 440 700 880 1 LBP, R-404A

150×99, 160 / 5.9×3.9, 6.3

211×154, 180 / 8.3×6.1, 7.1

290×214, 200 / 11.4×8.4, 7.9

300×264, 230 / 11.8×10.4, 9

302×438×690 / 11.9×17.2×27.2

360×490×780 / 14.2×19.3×30.7

380×560×825 / 15×22×32.5

440×620×895 / 17.3×24.4×35.2

38 / 83.8 8.5A AAH57101K 8.5A AAH57102K

44 / 97 10.7A AAH57111K 10.7A AAH57112K

60 / 132.2 13.8A AAH57121K 13.8A AAH57122K

67 / 147.7 14.8A AAH57131K 14.8A AAH57132K

* RW-40G Models are available ONLY for 230V. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) The cooling capacity is measured under 230V / 60Hz electrical condition. 3) Additional suction pump is optional.

17


B

Baths & Circulators Cold Trap Bath

Digital temperature display. Effective capture of moisture or condensate. Also useful as quick cooling baths.

Features t LED temperature display. t Protection against over-current. t Easy installation and maintenance of glass traps. (Two glass traps included)

t Quick-release front grille for easy cleaning of the condenser. t Compact size and little noise. t Built-in dissolving system to easily remove ice or solid matter stuck on the bath. t Durable stainless steel bath. t Transparent acrylic lids on top of the glass trap to check condensate level in the trap.

Standard Accessories

CTB-10

CTB-10 with the included U-type Glass Traps (2EA)

Model

Cat. No.

Description

Related accessory

FCA1110

U-type Glass Trap

Specifications & Ordering Information Specifications Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Material

Dimension

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

18

CTB -10 Down to - 40 / - 40

Bath External Bath Up Desk Insulation Refrigerator Volume (L / cu ft) Bath (Ø×H, mm) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

Stainless steel, 1.2t, Double painted & baked Stainless steel, 1.5t Polyurethane foam (30mm) 1 / 2 HP, R-404A (LBP) 4.8 / 0.17 Dia, 210×204 / 8.3×8 360×465×555 / 14.1×18.3×21.9 46 / 101.4 4.5 A AAH62011K 4.5 A AAH62012K


Baths & Circulators

Accessories & Options

for Shaking & Heating Baths

Universal Platforms

Flask Clamps

Dedicated Platforms

Test Tube Racks

Universal Platforms & Flask Clamps The universal platforms provide flexibility for mixing different size test tubes and glassware on a single platform. Various clamps or racks can be interchanged or added easily using mounting holes on the platform. (only for BS Models) BS-06 Universal Platform Cat. No.

BS-11

BS-21

BS-31

AAA44521

AAA44522

AAA44523

AAA44524

9 3 2 2 2 1 -

12 9 4 4 4 2 1 1

20 15 8 8 6 4 2 1

32 24 12 12 12 6 3 2

Max. Mountable Flask Clamps* Cat. No. Erlenmeyer Flask Size AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557

for 50mL for 100mL for 250ml for 300mL for 500ml for 1L for 2L ◊ for 2.8L ◊

◊ 2 and 2.8L flasks must be used due to height restrictions, respectively. * Flask clamps for universal platforms are sold separately.

Dedicated Platforms When using glassware of the same size, dedicated platforms with preinstalled 250 mL or 500 mL clamps provide maximum capacity for each platform size. If you need to use different size glassware, purchase other suitable clamps separately. (only for BS Models) Cat. No. AAA44531 AAA44532 AAA44541 AAA44542 AAA44551 AAA44552 AAA44561 AAA44562

Description Dedicated Platform for BS-06 with 250mL Flask Clamps 2ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-06 with 500mL Flask Clamps 2ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-11 with 250mL Flask Clamps 4ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-11 with 500mL Flask Clamps 4ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-21 with 250mL Flask Clamps 8ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-21 with 500mL Flask Clamps 6ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-31 with 250mL Flask Clamps 12ea on Dedicated Platform for BS-31 with 500mL Flask Clamps 12ea on

Ⲽ Dedicated platforms are sold with maximum number of flask clamps preinstalled.

Test Tube Racks Highly durable stainless steel test tube racks feature adjustable angle and tube height support without requiring any base plate. You can easily mount and release test tube racks. Cat. No. AAA44581 AAA44582 AAA44583 AAA44585 AAA44586

Description for 86 Test Tubes for 86 Test Tubes for 58 Test Tubes for 32 Test Tubes for 19 Test Tubes

8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝)

Insert Capacity of Racks* BS-06 1EA

BS-11 2EA

BS-21 3EA

BS-31 4EA

* No declination. Ⲽ Customized accessories to meet your specific requirements can be also provided. For inquiries, please contact your dealer.

19


B

Baths & Circulators Accessories & Options

for Baths & Bath Circulators

Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers

Stainless Steel Flat Covers

Open-rings Covers

Transparent Polypropylene Gable Covers Made of transparent polypropylene, gable covers allow easy sample monitoring, prevent liquid loss due to evaporation, and also protect samples from contamination due to direct dripping of the bath liquid into the samples. The gable type roof accommodates glassware of varying heights. (only for BW-H and BW-B Models) Cat. No. AAA45531 AAA45532 AAA45533

Description

Suitable for

Transparent Polypropylene Gable Type Transparent Polypropylene Gable Type Transparent Polypropylene Gable Type

BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B

Stainless Steel Flat Covers

Made of stainless steel to prevent corrosion and rust. (only for BW-H and BW-B Models) Cat. No. AAA45541 AAA45542 AAA45543

Description

Suitable for

Stainless steel flat type Stainless steel flat type Stainless steel flat type

BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-05B BW-20H / BW-05B

Open-rings Covers

Beakers or Erlenmeyer flasks can be placed directly onto the perforated stainless steel half-shelf adjuster or water tank bottom. By adjusting ring size for each glassware, liquid loss due to evaporation is minimized. (only for BW-H, B8-B, BW-G Models) Cat. No. AAA45521 AAA45524 AAA45522 AAA45525 AAA45526 AAA45523 AAA45527 AAA45528 AAA41561 AAA41564 AAA41562 AAA41565 AAA41566 AAA41563 AAA41567 AAA41568

Description with 2 openings with 1 opening with 4 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 8 openings with 6 openings with 2 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 4 openings with 2 openings with 1 opening with 6 openings with 4 openings with 1 opening

Suitable for

80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝) 80mm dia. (3.1˝) 110mm dia. (4.3˝) 185mm dia. (7.3˝)

BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G

Test Tube Racks

Highly durable stainless steel test tube racks feature adjustable angle and tube height support without requiring any base plate. You can easily mount and release test tube racks. Cat. No. AAA44581 AAA44582 AAA44583 AAA44585 AAA44586 AAA41531 AAA41532 AAA41533 AAA41535 AAA41539 AAA45551 AAA45552 AAA45554 AAA45556 AAA45561

* No declination.

20

Description for 86 Test Tubes for 86 Test Tubes for 58 Test Tubes for 32 Test Tubes for 19 Test Tubes for 50 Test Tubes for 50 Test Tubes for 33 Test Tubes for 16 Test Tubes for 10 Test Tubes for 176 Test Tubes for 176 Test Tubes for 84 Test Tubes for 68 Test Tubes for 33 Test Tubes

8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝) 8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝) 8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 16mm dia. (0.6˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝)

Insert Capacity of Racks* BW-10G CW-20G, 30G RW-2025G, 2040G RW-3025G, 3040G 2EA

BW-20G 3EA RW-1025G RW-1040G CW-10G

BW-05H BW-05B BW-05G 1EA BW-10H BW-10B

BW-20H BW-20B

1EA

2EA


Baths & Circulators

Accessories & Options

for Baths & Bath Circulators

Spring Wire Racks

Half-shelf Adjusters

Additional Suction Pumps

Spring Wire Racks

Additional Suction Pumps*

Ideal for holding a wide variety of tubes, flasks, and other glassware. All components are made of stainless steel.

Additional suction device for more powerful external and internal circulation. Maximum suction flow rate is 10.0 liters per minute. (only for CW-G and RW-G Models)

(for all models)

Cat. No. AAA45502 AAA45503 AAA41502 AAA41503 AAA51522 AAA51523

Suitable for BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-10G BW-20G CW-20G / RW-2025G, 2040G CW-30G / RW-3025G, 3040G

Cat. No. 52503 52513 52523 52533

Suitable for CW-05G / RW-0525G, 0540G CW-10G / RW-1025G, 1040G CW-20G / RW-2025G, 2040G CW-30G / RW-3025G, 3040G

* Adding this additional suction function after your purchase is timeconsuming and costly. Prior request is highly recommended.

Half-shelf Adjusters Stainless steel perforated sample tray shelves with adjustable height support prevent leaks and guard against rust and contamination. (only for BW-H, BW-B, and BW-G Models)

Cat. No. AAA45511 AAA45512 AAA45513 AAA41551 AAA41552 AAA41553

Suitable for BW-05H / BW-05B BW-10H / BW-10B BW-20H / BW-20B BW-05G BW-10G BW-20G

for Viscometer Heating Baths Viscometer Tube Holders Specially designed to hold a two-opening viscometer glass tube and made of Bakelite, renowned for its high thermal endurance. (only for VB Models) Cat. No. AAA43501

Suitable for VB-25G (need Max. 5 holders) VB-40G (need Max. 8 holders)

Viscometer Tube Holders

Cooling Circulators The temperature range of viscometer heating baths can be lowered up to +10âł„ (+50âł…) when used with an optional cooling circulator. (only for VB Models)

Cat. No. AAH57011K AAH57012K AAH57021K AAH57022K

Suitable for VB-25G (230V, 60Hz) VB-25G (230V, 50Hz) VB-40G (230V, 60Hz) VB-40G (230V, 50Hz)

Cooling Circulators * RW-1025G (230V, 60Hz) RW-1025G (230V, 50Hz) RW-2025G (230V, 60Hz) RW-2025G (230V, 50Hz)

* Refer to p.16-17 for more information on the cooling circulators.

21


Desiccators Offering a wide selection of vacuum desiccators including new UV-blocking models with outstanding vacuum capability to suit your specific requirements.

VDC-41

VDC-21 / VDC-31

VDC-11 / VDC-11V

Cubic Vacuum Desiccators

VDR-25 VDR-20

VDP-25UG

VDP-30UG

VDR-30 VDP-30G / VDP-25G

Round & Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators

SELECTION GUIDE Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Round Vacuum Desiccators Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators

Description

Cubic Models

Round Models Cylindrical Models

Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

VDC-11/11U

11 / 0.4

VDC-21/21U

23 / 0.8

VDC-31/31U

35 / 1.2

VDC-41/41U

45 / 1.6

VDR-20 / 20U / 20G /20UG

6 / 0.2

VDR-25 / 25U / 25G / 25UG

10 / 0.4

VDR-30 / 30U / 30G / 30UG

20 / 0.7

VDP-25 / 25U / 25G / 25UG

16 / 0.6

VDP-30 / 30U / 30G / 30UG

25 / 0.9

Vacuum Range (MPa)

Body Material

1.33 Ă— 10- 4 Mpa

PC

(Analog)

(Polycarbonate)


Desiccators

Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Integrally molded cubic box design enabling outstanding vacuum capability with virtually no leakage and exceptional durability. Various models available with respect to sizes and UV-blocking effect.

Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr(1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Maximized utilization of internal space using maximum four to six shelves depending on product sizes. t Stackable space-saving design allowing efficient usage of cramped lab space. t Easy vacuum level checking with the standard vacuum gauge attached to the front door.

VDC-31

t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples.

Included Accessories

(only for U models)

t Four built-in ports allowing easy attachment of tubing.

t Vacuum Gauge t Drying Agent Tray t Perforated Sample Trays

Specifications & Ordering Information Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Model 1) Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

VDC-11/11U

VDC-21/21U

VDC-31/31U

VDC-41/41U

11 / 0.4

23 / 0.8

35 / 1.2

45 / 1.6

Gauge Range (Mpa)

0 to - 0.1 9.5 / 0.37

Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø) Max. Permissible Vacuum (bodies) Max. Load (kg / lbs) / for Shelf

1.33×10- 4 Mpa 3 / 6.6

Number of Shelves (included / max.)

5 / 11 2/4

3/5

Bodies Material

Polycarbonate

Perforated Sample Tray Drying Agent Tray / Locker

Polypropylene

Vacuum Seal Dimension (W×D×H)

Silicone Rubber

Internal (mm / inch)

248x254x238 / 9.8x10x9.4

346x365x246 / 13.6x14.4x9.7

355x375x345 / 14 x 14.8 x 13.6

355x374x445 / 14x14.7x17.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

322x285x271 / 12.7x11.2x10.7

420x392x281 / 16.5x15.4x11.1

420x397x381 / 16.5x15.6x15

420x397x491 / 16.5x15.6x19.3

4.2 / 9.3

8.2 / 18.1

10.8 / 23.8

12.2 / 26.9

Without UV Block Effect

AAAD4001

AAAD4021

AAAD4011

AAAD4031

With UV Block Effect (U)

AAAD4101

AAAD4121

AAAD4111

AAAD4131

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.

3/6

1) U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.


D

Desiccators

Round & Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators

Round design featuring light weight yet high tensile strength. High-quality silicone O-ring and specially designed ‘Locking Clip’ allowing outstanding vacuum capability with virtually no leakage.

Features t Maximum vacuum of 1 Torr (1.33×10-4 Mpa) for more than 72 hours. t High quality silicone gasket ensures greaseless airtight seal for the clean and cost effective test environment. t Highly transparent, shatterproof, non-corrosive, and easy to clean polycarbonate construction. t Three-way stopcock provides great convenience for consistent and uniform vacuum draw, vacuum release, or gas exchange. The barbed fitting on each side secures attachment of tubing. t Flange lock holding the top and the bottom together during non-vacuum conditions. t Various models available with respect to sizes and UVblocking effect. t Minimizing damages or discoloration of light-sensitive samples (only for U/UG models).

VDR-25G / VDP-25G

t A vacuum gauge attachable at the center of the lid for easy vacuum level checking (only for G/UG models).

Included Accessories t Drying Agent Tray (only for VDR Models) t Perforated Sample Trays (only for VDR Models) t Flange Locker

t The top and bottom of cylindrical vacuum desiccators and round vacuum desiccators are compatible with each other for diverse use. t Newly designed cylindrical desiccators are used by ideal for storing tall equipment, gas substitution, general drying and preserving.

Specifications & Ordering Information Round Vacuum Desiccators Model 1) Internal Volume (L / cu ft)

VDR-20/20G VDR-20U/20UG

VDR-25/25G VDR-25U/25UG

6 / 0.2

10 / 0.4

Nozzle (mm / inch, Ø)

Perforated Sample Tray

Polypropylene

Vacuum Seal

Silicone Rubber Ø242×279(354) / Ø9.5×11(13.9)

Ø308×325(400) / Ø12.1×12.8(15.7)

Ø385×399(475) / Ø15.2×15.7(18.7)

Ø308×374(449) / Ø12.1×14.7(17.7)

Ø385×384(459) / Ø15.2×15.1(18.1)

1.5 / 3.3

2.5 / 5.5

4.2 / 9.3

2.7 / 5.9

4.0 / 8.8

Clear body

AAAD2011

AAAD2111

AAAD2211

AAAD3011

AAAD3021

Clear body with Vacuum gauge (G)

AAAD2021

AAAD2121

AAAD2221

AAAD3111

AAAD3121

UV block effect body(U)

AAAD2031

AAAD2131

AAAD2231

AAAD3211

AAAD3221

UV block effect body with Vacuum gauge(UG)

AAAD2041

AAAD2141

AAAD2241

AAAD3311

AAAD3321

1) G models come standard with a vacuum gauge U models are translucent(amber-colored) vaccum desiccators with ultraviolet block effect.

24

25 / 0.9

Polypropylene

Drying Agent Tray Locker

Cat. No.

16 / 0.6

Polycarbonate

Body / Base for VDP

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

20 / 0.7 9.5 / 0.37

Lid / Bottom for VDR

Dimension Exterior (mm / inch)

VDP-30/30G VDP-30U/30UG

1.33×10-4 Mpa

Max. Permissible Vacuum (Bodies)

(W×H)

VDP-25/25G VDP-25U/25UG

0 to -0.1

Gauge Range (Mpa)

Material

VDR-30/30G VDR-30U/30UG


Desiccators

Accessories & Options

Drying Agent Tray for VDC

Perforated Sample Tray for VDC

Drying Agent Tray for VDR

Perforated Sample Trays for VDR

Vacuum Seal for VDR

Flange Locker for VDR

Vacuum gauge for VDR / VDP

Stopcock for VDR

for Cubic Vacuum Desiccators Cat. No. VDC0035 VDC0003 VDC0037 VDC0005 VDC0032 VDC0033 VDC0015 VDC0034 AAAD4501 EDA4214 VDR0004 VDR0005

Optional Accessories

VDC-11/11U

VDC-21/21U

VDC-31/31U

VDC-41/41U

t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t

Perforated Sample Tray Drying Agent Tray

Vacuum seal Stopcock Vacuum gauge Silicagel (20g) Silicagel (40g)

for Round & Cylindrical Vacuum Desiccators Cat. No. AAAD1501 AAAD1502 AAAD1503 AAAD1511 AAAD1512 AAAD1513 VDR0001 VDR0002 VDR0003 VDR0015 VDR0016 VDR0017 AAAD1521 AAAD3501 EDA4300 VDR0004 VDR0005

Optional Accessories Drying Agent Tray

Perforated Sample Tray

Vacuum seal

Flange Locker Stopcock Vacuum gauge Silicagel (20g) Silicagel (40g)

VDR-20/20G VDR-25/25G VDR-30/30G VDP-25/25G VDP-30/30G VDR-20U/20UG VDR-25U/25UG VDR-30U/30UG VDP-25U/25UG VDP-30U/30UG t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t

t t t t t t

25


Fume Hoods SELECTION GUIDE Clean Benches Bench Top Fume Hoods Ductless Fume Hoods PCR Workstations UV Sterilization Cabinets

Fume Hoods Description

Filter

Work Surface

Page

BC-01E BC-11E Clean Benches

BC-21E

HEPA filter

BC-01H

Grade 304 Stainless Steel

28-31

BC-11H BC-21H Bench Top Fume Hoods

PMH-720

Ductless Fume Hoods

DLH-01G

6 Different Filter Types (optional)

DLH-11G PW-01

PCR Workstations

PW-11

HEPA filter

PW-21 UV Sterilization Cabinets

Polyethylene

33

6 Different Work Surface Types (optional)

34-36

Transparent Acrylic Resin (10mm/0.39� thick)

38-40

UVC-01 -

UVC-11 UVC-21

Grade 304 Stainless Steel

Accessories & Options Description

Page

for Clean Benches

GENERAL APPLICATIONS

32

for Bench Top Fume Hood

33

for Ductless Fume Hoods

37

for PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets

41

General Applications

BC

Fume Hoods PW

t

t

DLH

PMH

Chemical Sampling Chemical Preparation

t

t

in an electron microscopy or histology laboratory,forensic, and pharmaceutical applications, depending on the solvents used

t

t

t

t

Asbestos Handling

Cosmetic Production to Photochemical Dental Laboratory Electronics Inspection / Repair

t t

t

Fingerprinting General Forensics Medical Device Assembly Non-biohazardous [Tissue] Culture Maintenance Non-toxic IV Solution Preparation Numerous Vapor-generating Laboratory Processes

t

t

t

t

t

t

PCR

t t

t

t

t

t t

t

t

t

Powder Extraction QA / QC Testing

t

t

(HPLC preparation and biochemistry protocols can be performed with improved safety and comfort)

Plant Tissue Culture Maintenance

t t

Slide Preparation Staining with Volatile

t

t

t

t

t

Sterile Media Preparation

t

Syringe Filling

t

Tissue Fixation / Staining Preparation

t

t

t t

Touch up Painting

t

t

Weighing Toxic Powders

t

t

Welding Fumes

t

t

* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.


TECHNICAL BENEFITS Clean Benches

Ductless Fume Hoods

PCR workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets

Safety Features

Constructional Features

Constructional Features

1) UV-blocking tempered glass sliding door.

1) Easy-to-operate control panel: - Consist of fluorescent lamp, Fan Start/Stop, Blower speed controller, alarm, menu and etc. 2) Built-in anemometer for visually monitoring real-time input air velocity.

1) Powerful and uniformly distributed UV-C illumination.

2) Automatic switch off of the UV lamp when the door is opened. 3) Lighting mode selection by a 3-position (UV/OFF/Fluorescent) toggle switch. (BC-E model) 4) 99.99% efficient HEPA filter. 5) separate fuses protecting against overcurrent. Constructional Features

3) Transparent front door and bothsides made of acrylic resin providing clear inside view. 4) Door Stay: fixture to fix it when door open at 2 steps. (if it’s dropped without backing up, result in damage, and fixing magnetic enable to open hold it to 1 step-door.)

1) Magnehelic differential pressure gauge measuring the HEPA filter efficiency. (BC-E model-optional)

5) Protection against overcurrent.

2) Dirt-repellent powder coating on the external surface.

6) Optional mobile stand with lockable casters for easy relocation.

3) Easy-to-reach light and blower switches. 4) Grade 304 stainless steel work surface with high chemical resistance. 5) Digital airflow rate sensor for automated airflow speed control. (BC-H model)

6) Using a BLDC motor in the blower provides a quiet (less than 65dB) and comfortable working environment. (BC-H model)

7) Each digital display is equipped inside and front. (BC-H model) - Ease to check the unit conditions (for detecting velocity, temperature, and humidity) during use.

(average lifespan: 8,000 hours)

2) Automatic switch off of the UV lamp when the door is opened unintentionally. 3) 99.99% efficient HEPA filter. 4) Protection against overcurrent. 5) Pre-filter extending the life of main HEPA filters. (PW models) 6) Intelligent digital controller for timer, alarm, and blower speed. (PW models) 7) Chemical-resistant work surface. (UVC-models)


F Please visit

Fume Hoods Clean Benches .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Fume Hood products Information is readily available on our website.

BC-11H with optional Stand Included Accessories see page 32

t HEPA Filter, Pre-Filter t Electrical Socket

BC-11E with optional Stand Included Accessories see page 32

t HEPA Filter, Pre-Filter

ⲟ Product design subject to change without notice.

28


Fume Hoods

Clean Benches

Vertical laminar flow clean benches! ISO Class 4 air cleanliness as per ISO 14644-1. (equivalent to Class 10 as per US Federal Standard 209E) Nominal downflow velocity. (0.45 m/sec for BC-H, 0.3 m/sec for BC-E) High-quality pre-filter and main HEPA filter. Ergonomically sloped front. Control Panel

Filtration Features t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. t 0.3 μm and larger particulates removed with 99.99% efficiency, leak-tight HEPA filter, and meets class 10. (US Federal Standard 209E) t Comfortable front access for inspection of HEPA filter and easy validation. - Standard gas detector hole for easy checking of HEPA filter leak performance test. t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter.

BC-H

Ⲽ The HEPA filters life span depending on the test room conditions has a life span about 3 years.

Safety & Constructional Features t UV-blocking and impact-resistant tempered glass door. t If the sash is opened during UV-lamp operation, UV lamp automatically turns OFF to protect users. t Lighting mode selection by a 3-position toggle switch (UV/OFF/Fluorescent) preventing harmful UV exposure. (BC-E model) t Highly durable, rust-free, and easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface. t Smoothly sliding front door stoppable at any height for user’s safety and easy transport of equipments into the workspace. t Adjustable blower control knob located next to the front blower switch. (BC-E model)

Additional BC-H Features t Interlocking Smart Door System - Simply open the door while UV-lamp is ON. Interlocking smart door system will automatically turn OFF UV-lamp, turn ON Fluorescent lamp and Blower instead of your manual control. t If the sash is opened more than the recommended sash height level, during operation, warning alarm will activate and alarm users to lower the window to the recommended sash level to prevent contamination of samples. t When UV light intensity is lower than 80%, UV warning lamp is automatically ON to let users know when to change UV-lamp. t Digital differential pressure sensor allows for easy verification of HEPA filter condition great for knowing when to change HEPA filter. t Digital airflow rate sensor (Microprocessor) for automated airflow speed control. - Offers continual airflow speed of same velocity and extends the HEPA filter life span. t Exclusive diffusing muffler structure forms high quality laminar flow. t Using a BLDC motor in the blower provides a quiet and comfortable working environment. (less than 65dB) t Two digital displays for the best convenience. - Even if any test is ongoing inside of the chamber, unit conditions such as velocity, temperature and humidity can be easily checked and controlled by inner display. t The inner left side magnetic board allows some memos and small tools.

BC-E

Service Fixtures (optional)

Gas

Vacuum

Air

29


F

Fume Hoods Clean Benches

Dimension (Model: BC-11H) Air Flow Diagram

1. Pre Filter

7

1244 / 49”

550 / 21.7”

1435 / 56.5”

615 / 24.2”

2. Blower

3. Diffusing Muffler

8. Sliding Front Sash Window

4. HEPA Filter

9. Inner Magnetic Board(left side)

5. Control Panel 10. Service Fixture

1140 / 44.9”

6

710 / 28.0”

5 8 9 10 11 12

450 / 17.7”

2 3 4

5

430 / 16.9”

1

6. UV Lamp

7. Fluorescent Lamps

11. Inner Control Panel

12. Electrical Outlet socket

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Air Flow Type Air Volume (Minimum / Maximum) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness within Work space Filters

HEPA Filter Pre Filter

Noise Level Materials

Illumination

Main Body Work Surface Windows (Front / Side) Intensity (lux) Fluorescent lamp (W) UV lamp (W)

Electric Socket Outlets Internal (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

External without Stand (mm / inch) External with Stand (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 1ph) Cat. No.

30

BC-01H

BC-11H

BC-21H

Vertical laminar flow 0 to 1020 cmh / 0 to 600 cfm 0 to 2040 cmh / 0 to 1200 cfm 0.3 / 59 0.45 / 89 0.3 / 59 ISO 14644-1 Class 4, US Federal Standard 209E Class 10 Typical efficiency of 99.99% on 0.3⽅ (US MIL - STD -282) ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, AL separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an filter efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST) ; Aluminum frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 65dB at initial blower speed Steel powder coating Stainless steel grade 304, Hairline treatment Colorless and transparent UV absorbing 5mm tempered glass > 650 30Wx2ea 32Wx2ea Electronically ballasted Fluorescent Lamp 25Wx1ea 30Wx1ea 25Wx2ea electronically ballasted UV Lamp 230V socket 944×550×670 / 1244x550x670 / 1844x550x670 / 37.2x21.7x26.4 49.0x21.7x26.4 72.6x21.7x26.4 1135×615×1140 / 1435×615×1140 / 2035×615×1140 / 44.7x24.2x44.9 56.5x24.2x44.9 80.1x24.2x44.9 1135×615×1832 / 1435×615×1832 / 2035×615×1832 / 44.7x24.2x72.1 56.5x24.2x72.1 80.1x24.2x72.1 140 / 308.6 185 /407.9 225 / 496 170 / 374.8 215 / 474 255 / 562.2 60Hz / 2.0 A 50Hz / 2.2 A 60Hz / 2.46 A 50Hz / 2.66 A 60Hz / 3.0 A 50Hz / 3.2 A AAHA5011K AAHA5012K AAHA5021K AAHA5022K AAHA5031K AAHA5032K 60Hz / 3.38 A 60Hz / 4.26 A 60Hz / 5.34 A AAHA5013U AAHA5023U AAHA5033U


Fume Hoods

Clean Benches

Dimension (Model: BC-11E) Air Flow Diagram

1

12

2

11

3 4

5

8 6 7

9 10

1. Pre Filter

2. Blower

7. Service Fixture

3. HEPA Filter

4. UV Lamp

8. Sliding Front Sash Window

11. Blower Speed Controller

5. Fluorescent Lamps

9. Electrical Outlet socket

6. Tempered Glass Side Panel

10. Stainless Steel Grade 304 Work Surface

12. Differential Pressure Gauge

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

BC-01E

Air Flow Type Air Volume (Minimum / Maximum) Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness within Work space Filters

HEPA Filter Pre Filter

Noise Level Main Body Work Surface Windows (Front / Side) Intensity (lux) Illumination Fluorescent lamp (W) UV lamp (W) Electric Socket Outlets Materials

Dimension (W×D×H)

BC-11E

BC-21E

Vertical laminar flow 274 to 914 cmh / 119 to 399 cfm 0.3 / 59 ISO 14644-1 Class 4, US Federal Standard 209E Class 10 Typical efficiency of 99.99% on 0.3⽅ (US MIL - STD -282) ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, AL separator, Neoprene gaskets Polyester fibers with an filter efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST) ; Aluminum frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 67dB at initial blower speed steel grade 304 & Steel powder coating Stainless steel grade 304 Colorless and transparent UV absorbing 5mm tempered glass > 650 30W×2ea electronically ballasted Fluorescent Lamp 30W electronically ballasted UV Lamp 230V socket or 120V socket x 2

Internal (mm / inch)

970×540×570 / 38.2×21.3×23.2

1270×540×570 / 50×21.3×23.2

1870×540×570 / 73.6×21.3×23.2

External without Stand (mm / inch)

1040×630×1060 / 40.1×24.8×42.7

1340×630×1060 / 52.8×24.8×42.7

1940×630×1060 / 76.4×24.8×42.7

External with Stand (mm / inch)

1040×630×1780 / 40.1×24.8×70.1

1340×630×1780 / 52.8×24.8×70.1

1940×630×1780 / 76.4×24.8×70.1

110 / 242.5 130 / 286.6 60Hz / 1.7A 50Hz / 1.82A AAHA4011K AAHA4012K 60Hz / 3.48A AAHA4013U

127 / 280 150 / 330.7 60Hz / 1.7A 50Hz / 1.82A AAHA4021K AAHA4022K 60Hz / 3.48A AAHA4023U

163 / 359.4 190 / 418.9 60Hz / 1.7A 50Hz / 1.82A AAHA4031K AAHA4032K 60Hz / 3.48A AAHA4033U

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V / 1ph) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V / 1ph) Cat. No.

31


F

Fume Hoods

Accessories & Options

for Clean Benches

HEPA Filter (1EA included) - 99.99% efficient HEPA filter, industry standard size for economical replacement.

Service Fixture (optional) - For convenient hooking up with a gas/air/ vacuum source inside the workspace. - CSA limited (Canadian Standards Association)

Electrical Socket (optional-only for BC-E) - For equipments used inside the workspace. - 120V or 230V outlets available.

Pre Filter (1EA included) - Easy-to-replace pre-filter for trapping larger particles and extending the life of HEPA filters.

Basic Stand (optional) Stand with Casters (optional)

Differential Pressure Gauge (optional-only for BC-E)

- Basic Stand : Economical basic stand without casters made of powder coated steel. (only for BC-E)

- Magnehelic differential pressure gauge measuring pressure drop across the HEPA filter to monitor its efficiency

- Stand with Casters : Mobile stand made of powder-coated steel ideal for easy relocation.

BC-H Cat. No. AAAB1601 AAAB1602 AAAB1603 AAAB1611 AAAB1612 AAAB1613 AAAB1621 AAAB1622 AAAB1623

Description HEPA Filter

Pre-Filter

Stand with Casters

Suitable for

Cat. No.

BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H BC-01H BC-11H BC-21H

AAAB1631

BC-01H(230V)

AAAB1632

BC-01H(120V)

AAAB1633 AAAB1634

Description

BC-11H(230V)

UV Lamp

BC-11H(120V)

AAAB1635

BC-21H(230V)

AAAB1636 AAAB1561

Suitable for

BC-21H(120V) Gas cock

BC-01/11/21H

BC-E Cat. No. AAAB1501 AAAB1502 AAAB1503 AAAB1511 AAAB1512 AAAB1513 AAAB1521 AAAB1522 AAAB1523 AAAB1531

Description HEPA Filter

Pre Filter

Basic Stand Stand with Casters

Suitable for

Cat. No.

BC-01E BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E

AAAB1532 AAAB1533 AAAB1541 AAAB1542 AAAB1543 AAAB1544 AAAB1545 AAAB1546 AAAB1551 AAAB1561 AAAB1571

Description Stand with Casters

UV Lamp

Electrical Socket Gas Cock Differential Pressure Gauge

ⲟ In addition to standard accessories, we can provide customized accessories to meet your specific needs. Please contact your local dealer for details.

32

Suitable for BC-11E BC-21E BC-01E (230V) BC-01E (120V) BC-11E (230V) BC-11E (120V) BC-21E (230V) BC-21E (120V) BC-01/11/21E BC-01/11/21E BC-01/11/21E


Fume Hoods

Bench Top Fume hoods Ideal for use in limited laboratory spaces. Cost-effective, fully portable alternative to metal hoods.

Features t Compact design for easy moving and space saving. t Transparent polycarbonate front door for observation. t The door opens to five positions for comfort and convenience. t One-piece molded design for leak-tight and exceptional durability. t Chemical resistance and spark-less polyethylene. t An exhaust motor is required. The unit can be connected to an in-house laboratory exhaust system. Either 150mm (6”) dia flexible duct can be used. t Rounded inner corners for continuous air flow and easy cleaning.

PMH-720

Stopper

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Permissible air velocity (m/s, fpm) Permissible Environmental Condition

Material

Cat. No.

Temperature 2Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ Maximum relative humidity 80% Maximum altitude up to 2,000m

Main Body

Polyethylene

Window

Polycarbonate

External (WxDxH, mm/inch) Dimension

PMH-720 0.3 to 1 / 59.1 to 196.9

Entrance (WxD, mm/inch)

720x450x560 / 28.3x17.7x22 560x300 / 22x11.8

Duct Hole (O.D., mm/inch)

150 / 6

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

7 / 15.4 AAAB5011

33


F Please visit

Fume Hoods

Ductless Fume Hoods .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Fume Hood products Information is readily available on our website.

DLH-01G Optional Accessories see page 37

34

t Stand with Caster t Different Types of Chemical Filters t 6 Different Types of Work Surfaces


Fume Hoods

Ductless Fume Hoods Safe and energy-saving mobile workspace free from toxic vapors and fumes without the need of costly ductwork. Meeting or exceeding various international safety standards.

Safety Standards Compliance t Efficiency and capacity of activated carbon filters : BS 7989:2001 t Structure, electrical outlet, lighting, and sound level : BS 7258-1:1994 t Local smoke, large volume visualization, face velocity, and tracer gas : ANSI/ASHRAE 110-1995 and NF EN 14175-1 Digital Controller

Constructional Features t Easy monitoring of the internal airflow speed thanks to the built-in anemometer. t Convenient change of filter cartridges by opening the upper front cover. t Fully or half openable front door for convenient transport of experimental apparatuses and equipments into or out of the workspace. t Large-capacity blower maintaining sufficient intake flow rate and reducing noise. (less than 55 dB under normal operation)

Anemometer

t Fluorescent light installed outside the workspace in order to prevent the airflow hindrance as well as the contamination while maintaining illumination intensity. t Built-in utility hole for easily routing the cords or wires of the equipments placed inside the hood. t A variety of filters and work surfaces available to suit your specific experimental needs. (refer to accessory section) Utility Hole

Front Cover

Selection Guide for Chemical Filters Code

Filter Name

GF AC HF FF AM

Activated Carbon Filter Acid Filter Halogen Compound Filter Formaldehyde Filter Ammonia / Amine Filter

HEPA

HEPA Filter

Application All common laboratory chemicals, especially VOC, Organic, Benzene, Toluene, etc An acidic solvent; Acetic acid, etc Halogen compounds like Chlorine, Flourine, Iodine, Bromine, Astatine, etc Formadehyde applications Ammonia / Amines by chemisorptions Biohazardous aerosols and other visible and non-visible particles (filtration efficiency: 99.99% at 0.3 microns)

35


F

Fume Hoods

Ductless Fume Hoods

Dimension (Model: DLH-01G) Air Flow Diagram

1

2

4

3

5 6

1250

7

834

8

9 10

11 12

1. Exhaust Hole 9. Front Door

2. Front Cover

3. Blower

10. Side Viewing Panel

4. Control Panel

5. Chemical Filter

11. Door Opening Fixed Magnet

6. Pre Filte

7. F.L. Lamp (inner)

8. Anemometer

12. Utility Hole

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Fume HoodType Permissible Environmental Condition Controller Face Velocity Air Flow Meter Main Filter Pre Filter Main Body Work Surface Window (Front / Side) Fluorescent Light Intensity Noise Level Internal (mm / inch) External without Stand (mm / inch) Dimension External with Stand (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Net Weight (Body+Stand) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (100V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Materials

36

DLH-01G

DLH-11G Ductless

Temperature 5Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ Maximum relative humidity 80% Maximum altitude : Altitude up to 2,000m Microprocessor control Initial set point: 0.4m/s, 80fpm Swing vane type Chemical Filter (optional 6 different filters) Washable high efficiency nylon filter 2.0mm steel (epoxy powder-coated) Optional 6 different work surfaces 8mm / 6mm thick acrylic resin > 600lux 55dB under normal operation 880×640×800 / 34.6×25.2×31.5 1180×640×800 / 46.5×25.2×31.5 900×660×1250 / 35.4×26×49.2 1200×660×1250 / 47.2×26×49.2 900×660×1985 / 35.4×26×78.1 1200×660×1985 / 47.2×26×78.1 100 / 220.5 118 / 260.1 120 / 264.6 140 / 308.6 0.7A AAHB2001K AAHB2011K 0.6A AAHB2002K AAHB2012K 1.3A AAHB2003U AAHB2013U 1.5A AAHB2004U AAHB2014U


Fume Hoods

Accessories & Options for Ductless Fume Hoods

Gas Detector and Tubes

Filters

Work Surface

Stand with Caster

Cat. No. AAAB2521 AAAB2522 EDA9191 EDA9192 EDA9199 EDA9200 EDA9201 EDA9202 EDA9203 EDA9204 EDA9205 EDA9206 EDA9193 EDA9194 EDA9196 EDA9198

Description Stand with Casters GF Activated Carbon Filter AC Acid Filter HF Halogen Compounds Filter FF Formaldehyde Filter AM Ammonia / Amines Filter HEPA Filter Pre filter

Suitable for

Cat. No.

DLH-01G

AAAB2501 AAAB2502 AAAB2503 AAAB2504 AAAB2505 AAAB2506 AAAB2507 AAAB2508 AAAB2509 AAAB2510 AAAB2511 AAAB2512 AAAB2531 EAA1550 EAA1551 EAA1552 EAA1553 EAA1554 EAA1555

DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G

Description Work Surface (SUS #304) Work Surface (SUS #316L) Work Surface (Ceramite) Work Surface (Polypropylene) Work Surface (Bakelite) Work Surface (PVC) Gas Detector (KITAGAWA AP-20) Gas Detecting Tube (Benzene, GASTEC-121SP (0.5-10ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Toluene, GASTEC-122L (1-100ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Acetic acid, GASTEC-81L (0.125-25ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Chloroform, GASTEC-137 (4-400ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Formaldehyde, GASTEC-91LL (0.05-1ppm)) Gas Detecting tube (Ammonia, GASTEC-3L (0.5-60ppm))

Suitable for DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G DLH-01G DLH-11G

DLH 01G /11G

ⲟ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

37


F Please visit

Fume Hoods

PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Fume Hood products Information is readily available on our website.

PCR Workstations Included Accessories see page 41

t HEPA Filter t Pre Filter t UV Lamp t Fluorescent Lamp

UV Sterilization Cabinets Included Accessories see page 41

38

t UV Lamp t Fluorescent Lamp


Fume Hoods

PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization Cabinets Specially designed to minimize the sample contamination during PCR applications by combining ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) clean air environment with UV light sterilization capability. – PW Models Ideal for effective decontamination of reagents and equipments before carrying out sensitive PCR experiments using a high-quality UV lamp with timer control – UVC Models Safety Features

PCR Workstations

t Built-in safety interlock switch which shuts off the UV light automatically when the door is opened. t UV-blocking door and side panels made of transparent acrylic resin providing clear inside view. t Audible alarm for protecting the samples against UV over-exposure. t Protection against overcurrent.

Digital Controller

Constructional Features t Effective sterilization using a long-life 254 nm UV lamp. (average life spen : 8,000 hour lifespan)

t Anti-glare fluorescent lamp installed on the center ceiling of the workspace area minimizing shadows and relieving eye strain. t Programmable digital UV light timer with Delayed OFF function. t User-friendly microprocessor-based control panel with an LCD (PW Models) or VFD ( UVC Models) with responsive touch buttons. t Easy blower speed adjustment by the control panel. (PW Models) t Easy-to-clean grade 304 stainless steel work surface with high chemical resistance against various organic solvents. (UVC Models)

Additional PW Features

Air Flow

Filtration t ISO Class 4 (US Class 10) HEPA filter for optimal protection against cross-contamination. t Neoprene gaskets ensuring that the HEPA filter is airtight to the body unit.

UV Sterilization cabinet

t Durable HEPA filter. (The HEPA filters life span depending on the test room conditions has a life span of 3 years.)

t High-quality polyester fiber pre-filter (with minimal pressure loss and 85% arrestance on the A.F.I. test) for trapping larger particles and increasing the life of the main HEPA filter. t Convenient change of filter cartridges by opening the upper front cover. t Adjustable digital blower speed switch located in the front with use of large capacity blower is adopted into the equipment.

Digital Controller

39


F

Fume Hoods

PCR Workstations & UV Sterilization cabinets

Specifications & Ordering Information PCR Workstations Model

PW-01

PW-11

Air Flow Type Max. Air Volume (cmh / cfm)

557 / 327

697 / 408

Min. Air Volume (cmh / cfm)

167 / 97

209 / 121

929 / 546 279 / 162 0.3 / 60

Laminar Airflow Velocity (m / s / fpm) Air Cleanliness Filter

ISO 14644-1Class 4 Typical efficiency of 99.99% at 0.3 ⽅ US MIL -STD -282 ; Micro glass fiber Media, Particle board, Aluminum separator, Neoprene gaskets

HEPA Filter Pre Filter

Polyester fibers with an efficiency of 85% (A·F·I TEST); AL frame, Polyester fiber media Typically < 60 dBA at initial blower speed

Noise level (dBA) Material

Work Surface

Illumination Capacity

(W×D×H)

10mm thick acrylic resin (clear type)

Window (Front, Side / Back) Intensity

Dimension

PW-21

Vertical

8mm / 10mm thick acrylic resin (clear type) >1000

Fluorescent Lamp (lux) UV Density (⽦ / ⽊)

165

185

330

Fluorescent Lamp

15W×1EA

20W×1EA

30W×1EA

15W×1EA

20W×1EA

30W×1EA

Interior (mm / inch)

UV Lamp

700×585×602 / 27.5×23×23.7

880×585×602 / 34.6×23×23.7

1180×585×602 / 46.5×23×23.7

Exterior (mm / inch)

720×605×964 / 28×24×38

900×605×964 / 35.4×24×38

1200×605×964 / 47.2×24×38

56.2 / 123.9

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

64.2 / 141.5

77.8 / 171.5

60Hz, 1.3A

50Hz, 1.3A

60Hz, 1.4A

50Hz, 1.4A

60Hz, 1.5A

50Hz, 1.5A

AAHB3001K

AAHB3002K

AAHB3011K

AAHB3012K

AAHB3021K

AAHB3022K

60Hz, 2.2A

60Hz, 2.7A

60Hz, 2.9A

AAHB3003U

AAHB3013U

AAHB3023U

Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

Specifications & Ordering Information UV Sterilization cabinets Model Intensity Illumination Capacity Material

Dimension (W×D×H)

Fluorescent Lamp (Lux)

UVC-01 >800

UVC-21 >1000

UV Density (⽦ / ⽊)

150

385

450

Fluorescent Lamp

8W×1ea

15W×1ea

20W×1ea

UV Lamp

8W×1ea

15W×1ea

20W×1ea

Work Surface

Stainless steel grade 304 5 mm thick acrylic resin

Window (Front, Back / Side) Interior (mm / inch)

433×500×468 / 17.0×19.7×18.4

583×500×468 / 23×19.7×18.4

880×500×468 / 34.6×19.7×18.4

Exterior (mm / inch)

450×509×610 / 17.7×20×24

600×509×610 / 23.6×20×24

900×509×610 / 35.4×20×24

Net Weight (Body) (kg / lbs)

15 / 33.1

17.5 / 38.6

20 / 44.1

Electrical Requirements (230V)

60Hz, 0.1A

50Hz, 0.1A

60Hz, 0.2A

50Hz, 0.2A

60Hz, 0.3A

50Hz, 0.3A

Cat. No.

AAHB4001K

AAHB4002K

AAHB4011K

AAHB4012K

AAHB4021K

AAHB4022K

Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

40

UVC-11 >900

60Hz, 0.2A

60Hz, 0.4A

60Hz, 0.6A

AAHB4003U

AAHB4013U

AAHB4023U


Fume Hoods

Accessories & Options for PCR Workstaions & UV Sterilization Cabinets General UV Dose and Time Required Average UV Dose Required

Pathogen

(⽦ . s/⽊)

PW-01 165

Average UV Time Required (⽦/ ⽊ /sec.) UVC-01 PW-11 UVC-11 PW-21 150 185 385 330

UVC-21 450

S. enteritidis

4,000

25

27

22

10

13

B. megatherium sp. (spores)

2,730

17

18

15

7

9

9 6

B. subtilis

7,100

43

47

39

18

22

16

Eberthella typhosa

2,140

13

14

12

6

7

5

Escherichia coli (E. coli)

3,000

19

20

17

8

10

7 13

Micrococcus candidus

6,050

37

40

33

16

19

Proteus vulgaris

2,640

16

18

15

7

8

6

Pseudomonas aeruginosa

5,500

34

37

30

14

17

12

Pseudomonas aeruginosa

3,500

22

23

19

9

11

8

S. typhimurium

8,000

49

53

44

21

25

18

Shigella paradysenteriae

1,680

101

11

10

4

6

4

Spirillum rubrum

4,400

27

29

24

11

14

10

Staphylococcus albus

1,840

12

12

10

5

6

4

* Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (20 to 25Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 60 ). * Above listed applications are for general purpose use.

for PCR Workstations Cat. No.

Description

EDA9219 EDA9220

PW-11 PW-21

CHE4436

PW-01 Fluorescent Lamp

CHE4409

PW-11

HEPA Filter

PW-21

CHE4431 CHE4427

Suitable for PW-01

HEPA Filter

EDA9221 CHE4410

Filters (PW Models)

PW-01 UV Lamp

PW-11

CHE4423

PW-21

Pre Filter

for UV Sterilization Cabinets Cat. No.

Description

CHE4435 CHE4436

UVC-11 UVC-21

CHE4434 CHE4427

Suitable for UVC-01

Fluorescent Lamp

CHE4410 CHE4431

Lamps (PW and UVC Models)

UVC-01 UV Lamp

UVC-11

UV Lamp

UVC-21

Fluorescent Lamp

41


Furniture SELECTION GUIDE

Tall Cabinets Stand Type (DS-SL)

Stand Type (DS-S)

Tall Cabinets Base Cabinets Gas Cylinder Cabinets

Width(mm) 476 Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model 24047-D6 Depth(mm) Model -

560 2400 700 24056-D6 -

644

476

560

24064-D6

18047-D4

18056-D4

-

18047-N4

18056-N4

Combi Type (DS-C)

644 1800 700 18064-D4 550 18064-N4

472

18068-D6

18093-D6

18068-N6

18093-N6

556

556

915

-

-

550 18055-N1 18091-N2

18047-N1

915

18055-N1

18108-N2

Gas Cylinder Type (DS-GC)

1083

740

1070

1800 550 18047-N1

1083

1800 -

Open Rack Type (DS-OR)

472

938

Window Type (DS-OW)

Width(mm) 476 560 Height(mm) 1800 Depth(mm) 700 Model 18047-D4 18047-D5 18056-D4 18056-D5 Depth(mm) 550 Model 18047-N4 18047-N5 18056-N4 18056-N5

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model

686

1800 550 18091-N2

18108-N2

18074-N2

18107-N2

Base Cabinets Tabletop Type (DS-TT)

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model

476

09047-D2 09047-N2

560 900 700 09056-D2 550 09056-N2

644

Tabletop Type (DS-TW)

472

476

06047-D2 06047-N2

560 650 700 06056-D2 550 06056-N2

915

1083

-

-

09091-N2

09108-N2

900 09064-D2

-

550

09064-N2

09047-N1

Under Table Type (DS-UT)

Width(mm) Height(mm) Depth(mm) Model Depth(mm) Model

556

09055-N1

Under Table Type (DS-UD)

644

476

560 650 700

06064-D2

06047-D2

06047-D3

06056-D2

06056-D3

06056-N2

06056-N3

550 06064-N2

06047-N2

06047-N3


Impressive range of cabinet Models to choose from for creating the most ideal lab environments. (65 Duco - Slide storage cabinet Models)

Manufactured with PP trays and dividers

Easily removable name plates

Gas cylinder storage

- 8 different tray dimensions.

- Convenient and useful for keeping track of inventory.

- Gas cylinder constructed for storage of gas cylinders inside building

- 3 different sizes.

- DS-GC Models.

- Impact resistant, durable, and excellent chemical resistance rating. - Adjustable trays can be placed at different heights. - The tray divider keeps stuff tidy and organized.

Locking mechanism

Epoxy powder coated. - High-grade steel constructed completely with galvanized and power coated surface for high protection against corrosion, and chemicals.

3 types of color choices.

: Essentially convenient and standard safety functions are incorporated in the cabinets.

Ventilation system - Hexagonal or trapezoidal ventilation space is formed between the innovatively designed cabinet side structures.

Persian Blue Yellow Light gray - Adopted self-lock handle convenient for keeping things secure, comes standard with lock for protection against unauthorized users. - Comes standard with lock for protection against unauthorized personnel.

Anchoring kit - All tall cabinets include anchoring kits to fix the cabinet to the floor to prevent the cabinet from tipping over.

The world professional organization for providing leadership in issues involving the design, specification and utilization of laboratory furniture and equipment.


F

Furniture Tall Cabinets

Tall cabinet models are useful for storing large amounts of liquid and solid substances.

The fully extendable drawers can be accessed from either left or right side of the cabinets.

Hidden wheels under the lower drawer for DS-SL and DS-S series easily support 60kg / 145.5Ibs.

Connect multiple cabinets side by side to make the cabinets sturdy and balanced.

The removable name plates come included for keeping track of inventory.

The air and vapor vented through both sides of the cabinet vent slits.

35mm /1.38inch

Adjustable bracket mounts in the cabinet, designed for placing PP trays at any height.

4 tray dividers comes included with each tray.

Quantity of Trays (Standard / Max.) DS-SL

DS-S

DS-C

DS-OW

DS-OR

Upper

3/3

3/4

3/4

Mid

3/3

-

-

Lower

4/6

4/6

1/1

Each Vertical Compartment 6 / 11

Each Vertical Compartment 11 / 11

ⲟThe distance is 135mm(5.31inch) between each bottoms of tray, when Max. tray setting in drawer.

44


Furniture Tall Cabinets

Stand Type Cabinets (DS-SL, DS-S Models)

DS-SL Models - Large and tall dimensions with a 3 tier pull-out storage drawers. Height : 2400mm / 94.49inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Cat. No.

DS-SL-24047D6

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

AAAF1080

DS-SL-24056D6

560 / 22.04

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1081

DS-SL-24064D6

644 / 26.14

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1082

DS-S Models - General height with a 2 tier pull-out storage drawers. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Middle Right

Cat. No.

DS-S-18047D4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

-

194 / 7.64

DS-S-18056D4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

-

278 / 10.94

AAAF1000 AAAF1001

DS-S-18064D4

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

-

278 / 10.94

AAAF1002

DS-S-18068D6

686 / 27

DS-S-18093D6

938 / 36.93

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

AAAF1003

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1004

Height : 1800mm / 70.87nch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Middle Right

Cat. No.

DS-S-18047N4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

-

194 / 7.64

AAAF1005

DS-S-18056N4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

-

278 / 10.94

AAAF1006

278 / 10.94

-

278 / 10.94

AAAF1007

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

AAAF1008

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1009

DS-S-18064N4

644 / 25.35

DS-S-18068N6

686 / 27

DS-S-18093N6

938 / 36.93

45


F

Furniture Tall Cabinets

Combi Type Cabinets (DS-C Models) DS-C Models - Variety of different size drawers, narrow and wide. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Quantity of Drawer

Cat. No.

DS-C-18047D4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

4

AAAF1030

DS-C-18047D5

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

5

AAAF1031

DS-C-18056D4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

4

AAAF1032

DS-C-18056D5

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

5

AAAF1033

Quantity of Drawer

Cat. No.

Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

DS-C-18047N4

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

4

AAAF1034

DS-C-18047N5

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

5

AAAF1035

DS-C-18056N4

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

4

AAAF1036

DS-C-18056N5

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

5

AAAF1037

Open Window Type Cabinets (DS-OW Models) DS-OW Models - Tempered glass cabinet door allow for easy viewing. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Compartment

Cat. No.

DS-OW-18047N1

472 / 18.58

418 / 16.46

AAAF1050

DS-OW-18055N1

556 / 21.89

502 / 19.76

AAAF1051

DS-OW-18091N2

915 / 36.02

418 / 16.46

AAAF1052

DS-OW-18108N2

1083 / 42.64

502 / 19.76

AAAF1053

Open Rack Type Cabinets (DS-OR Models) DS-OR Models - Multipurpose and stationary storage units. Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Each Compartment

DS-OR-18047N1

472 / 18.58

418 / 16.46

AAAF1090

DS-OR-18055N1

556 / 21.89

502 / 19.76

AAAF1091

DS-OR-18091N2

915 / 36.02

418 / 16.46

AAAF1092

DS-OR-18108N2

1083 / 42.64

502 / 19.76

AAAF1093

ⲟ Available customized depth 700mm / 27.56 inch cabinets.

46

Cat. No.


Furniture Base Cabinets

Steel base cabinets are ideally convenient on top or underneath the lab benches. Also, these cabinets come with basic exhaust structures for safe storage of routinely used laboratory items. Fully-extendable slide out drawers useful for getting at stored lab items placed in the back of the drawer.

Comes included with 4 tray dividers.

The moveable cabinets (DS-UT/ are designed to fit under the lab bench, counter, fume hood, or widow.

Superiorly chemical resistant PP trays included with the drawers keep lab material safely tidy and organized.

Inner air and vapor from the two connected cabinets vents using. Maximum load capacity per each drawer 30kg / 66.1Ibs.

The removable name plate comes included with the cabinet to keep track of inventory.

DS-UD Models)

ADA Solutions - DS-UT and DS-UD Models (only depth 550mm / 21.65inch models) are made cognizant by the Americans With Disabilities Act.

Quantity of Trays (Standard / Max.) DS -TT

DS -UT

DS -UD

DS -TW

Each Narrow Drawer 3/4

Each Narrow Drawer 3/3

1/1

Each Vertical Compartment 3/5

ⲟThe distance is 135mm(5.31inch) between each bottoms of tray, when Max. tray setting in drawer.

47


F

Furniture Base Cabinets

Table Top Type Cabinets (DS-TT, DS-TW Models) - Glass door cabinets and pull-out drawers can also be used as a table top storage unit.

DS-TT Models Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-TT-09047D2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

AAAF1020

DS-TT-09056D2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1021

DS-TT-09064D2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1022

Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-TT-09047N2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

AAAF1023

DS-TT-09056N2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1024

DS-TT-09064N2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1025

DS-TW Models Height : 900mm / 35.43inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

48

Body

Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each

Cat. No.

DS-TW-09047N1

472 / 18.58

418 / 16.46

AAAF1054

DS-TW-09055N1

556 / 21.89

502 / 19.76

AAAF1055

DS-TW-09091N2

915 / 36.02

418 / 16.46

AAAF1056

DS-TW-09108N2

1083 / 42.64

502 / 19.76

AAAF1057


Furniture Base Cabinets

Under Table Type Cabinets (DS-UT, DS-UD Models) - Movable and compact storage units useful for underneath the lab bench.

DS-UT Models Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-UT-06047D2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

DS-UT-06056D2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1010 AAAF1011

DS-UT-06064D2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1012

Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch) Each Narrow Drawer Left Right

Body

Cat. No.

DS-UT-06047N2

476 / 18.74

194 / 7.64

194 / 7.64

DS-UT-06056N2

560 / 22.05

194 / 7.64

278 / 10.94

AAAF1013 AAAF1014

DS-UT-06064N2

644 / 25.35

278 / 10.94

278 / 10.94

AAAF1015

DS-UD Models Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 700mm / 27.56inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each

Cat. No.

DS-UD-06047D2

476 / 18.74

2

AAAF1040

DS-UD-06047D3

476 / 18.74

3

AAAF1041

DS-UD-06056D2

560 / 22.05

2

AAAF1042

DS-UD-06056D3

560 / 22.05

3

AAAF1043

Height : 650mm / 25.6inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Body

Width (mm / inch) Compartment Each

Cat. No.

DS-UD-06047N2

476 / 18.74

2

AAAF1044

DS-UD-06047N3

476 / 18.74

3

AAAF1045

DS-UD-06056N2

560 / 22.05

2

AAAF1046

DS-UD-06056N3

560 / 22.05

3

AAAF1047

49


F

Furniture

Gas Cylinder Cabinets

Constructed progressively strong, and for storage of Gas Cylinders inside of buildings. Essentially convenient and standard safety functions are incorporated in the cabinets.

Spark proof plastic chains convenient for securing gas cylinders in place, prevents gas cylinders from getting scratched.

Large Interior - Wide fold down ramp, safe and easy to maneuver gas cylinders in and out of the cabinet, easy to install gas fittings and pipes.

Front and both side vent slits vents the cabinet effectively disperses the gas leak out of the cabinet in case there is damage to one of the gas cylinders.

DS-GC Models Height : 1800mm / 70.87inch, Depth : 550mm / 21.65inch Model

Width (mm / inch)

Number of Gas Cylinder

Cat. No.

DS-GC-18074N2

740 / 29.13

2

AAAF1070

DS-GC-18107N2

1070 / 42.13

3

AAAF1071

ⲟ Measured Gas Cylinder size is ø 230mm / 9.06inch.

50


Furniture

470mm

620mm

DBX 6216

DBX 4716

DB X4 725 DB X6 225

DB X6 23 7

DB X

62 45

DB X

DB X4 73 7

47 45

Accessories & Options

A1

A2

450mm 370mm

250mm

B1 160mm

Trays Cat. No.

Description

Dimension

Using Models

(W × D × H) (mm / inch)

DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6 CBN0008

DBX 4716

160 × 470 × 80 / 6.3 × 18.5 × 3.1

DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2 DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2 DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5

DBX 4725

250 × 470 × 90 / 9.8 × 18.5 × 3.5

CBN0010

DBX 4737

370 × 470 × 100 / 14.6 × 18.5 × 3.9

DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5

CBN0011

DBX 4745

450 × 470 × 110 / 17.7 × 18.5 × 4.3

DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5

CBN0009

DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3 DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6

CBN0014

DBX 6216

160 × 620 × 80 / 6.3 × 24.4 × 3.1

DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5 DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2 DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6

CBN0015

DBX 6225

250 × 620 × 90 / 9.8 × 24.4 × 3.5

DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6 DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5 DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2 DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2

CBN0012 CBN0013

DBX 6237

370 × 620 × 100 / 14.6 × 24.4 × 3.9

DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5

DBX 6245

450 × 620 × 110 / 17.7 × 24.4 × 4.3

DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5

DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3 DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3

51


F

Furniture

Accessories & Options

Tray Dividers Cat. No.

Description

Using Models

(W) (mm / inch)

DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6, DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6 DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6 CBN0016

160 / 6.3

DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2 DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6

CBN0017

250 / 9.8

DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2, DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2, DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5 DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2

CBN0018

370 / 14.6

DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2 DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2 DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5 DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2

CBN0019

450 / 17.7

DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2 DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2

Name Plates Cat. No.

Description

Dimension (W × H) (mm / inch)

Using Models DS-S-18047D4, DS-S-18056D4, DS-S-18068D6, DS-S-18064D4, DS-S-18093D6, DS-S-18047N4, DS-S-18056N4, DS-S-18068N6, DS-S-18064N4, DS-S-18093N6 DS-SL-24047D6, DS-SL-24056D6, DS-SL-24064D6 DS-C-18047D4, DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D4, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N4, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N4, DS-C-18056N5

AAAF1521

Magnetic Name Plate-A1

150 × 200 / 5.9 × 7.9

DS-TT-09047D2, DS-TT-09056D2, DS-TT-09064D2, DS-TT-09047N2, DS-TT-09056N2, DS-TT-09064N2 DS-UT-06047D2, DS-UT-06056D2, DS-UT-06064D2, DS-UT-06047N2, DS-UT-06056N2, DS-UT-06064N2 DS-UD-06047D2, DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06056D2, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06047N2, DS-UD-06047N3, DS-UD-06056N2, DS-UD-06056N3

AAAF1522 AAAF1523

52

Magnetic Name Plate-A2

120 × 165 / 4.7 × 6.5

DS-C-18047D5, DS-C-18056D5, DS-C-18047N5, DS-C-18056N5

Name Plate-B1

320 × 115 / 12.6 × 4.5

DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2, DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2

DS-UD-06047D3, DS-UD-06056D3, DS-UD-06047N3, DS-UD-06056N3 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18091N2, DS-OW-18108N2


Furniture

Accessories & Options

Drawer Set Cat. No.

Dimension

Description

Using Models

(W × H) (mm / inch)

388 × 504 / 15.3 × 19.8

DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2

472 × 504 / 18.6 × 19.8

DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2

AAAF1507

388 × 523 / 15.3 × 20.6

DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2

AAAF1508

472 × 523 / 18.6 × 20.6

DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2

AAAF1504

388 × 504 / 15.3 × 19.8

DS-TW-09047N1, DS-TW-09091N2 DS-OW-18047N1, DS-OW-18091N2

472 × 504 / 18.6 × 19.8

DS-TW-09055N1, DS-TW-09108N2 DS-OW-18055N1, DS-OW-18108N2

AAAF1509

388 × 523 / 15.3 × 20.6

DS-OR-18047N1, DS-OR-18091N2

AAAF1510

472 × 523 / 18.6 × 20.6

DS-OR-18055N1, DS-OR-18108N2

AAAF1501 Epoxy Painted Steel Drawer with Tray

AAAF1502

Stainless Steel Drawer with Tray

AAAF1505

Flask Supports Model

FT 100 12

Anchor

FT 050 12

FT 025 23

FT 025 12

FT 010 34

FT 010 13

Volume (ml)

1000

500

250

250

100

100

Cat. No.

AAA23704

AAA23703

AAA23702

AAA23707

AAA23701

AAA23706

Cat. No.

Description

CBN0036

Anchor

53


Incubators SELECTION GUIDE Incubators Low Temperature Incubators Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers

Incubators Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

General Models Economy Models 2 & 4chamber Models

IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C

Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 Amb. +3 to 60 / Amb. +5.4 to 140 Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to158

Mini Incubators Hybridization Oven

Chamber Temperature Temperature Volume Fluctuation Variation Page (L /cu ft) at 37Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 37Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 60 / 2.1 102 / 3.6 151 / 5.3 65 / 2.3 150 / 5.3 205 / 7.2 60 / 2.1 x 2 chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 chambers

0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.3 / 0.54 0.1 / 0.18

0.6 / 1.08 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 0.6 / 1.08 0.8 / 1.44 1.1 / 1.98

0.2 / 0.36

0.5 / 0.9

0.1 / 0.18

56

57

58

Low Temperature Incubators Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Forced Convection IL -11 Models IL -21 IL -11A Air-jacketed Models IL -21A ILP -02

Personal Models

ILP -12 IL-11-2C

2 & 4chamber Models

IL-11-4C

0 to 60 / +32 to 140 +4 to 60 / +39.2 to 140

Chamber Temperature Temperature Page Volume Fluctuation Variation (L /cu ft) at 25Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] at 25Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ] 150 / 5.3 244 / 8.6 162 / 5.7 254 / 9

+10Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ 14 / 0.5 at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ 48 / 1.7 150 / 5.3 x 2 chambers "0 to 60 / + 32 to140" 150 / 5.3 x 4 chambers

0.1 / 0.18

0.5 / 0.9 0.4 / 0.72

60

0.2 / 0.36

0.5 / 0.9

62

0.5 / 0.9

0.1 / 0.18

0.4 / 0.72

0.1 / 0.18

0.5 / 0.9

63

64

Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers Description

Benchtop Models

Floor Standing Models

SI-300 SI-600 SI-300R SI-600R

Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers

IS-971

Incubated Shakers

IS-971R IS-971RF

Incubated Shakers

Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers Incubated & Refrigerated & Illuminated Shakers

SIF-5000 Incubated Shakers Chamber Models

SIF-6000 SIF-5000R SIF-6000R

Incubated & Refrigerated Shakers

Operating Temp. Range

Speed Range

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

[RPM]

Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140 +15 to 60 / +59 to 140 Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140 +4 to 60 / +40 to 140

Maximum Amplitude Page Size (dia) 40mm (1.6” dia)

66

10 to 300 70mm (2.8” dia)

68

Amb. -15 to 60 / Amb. -27 to 140 Amb. +5 to 80 / Amb.+9 to 176 Amb. -20 to 80 / Amb. -36 to 176

25 mm dia (1.0” dia)

10 to 300 (Stackable Top: 10 to 250)*

38 mm dia (1.5” dia)

25 mm dia

70

(1.0” dia)

38 mm dia (1.5” dia)

If two products are stacked up, the upper one’s shaking speed range is from 10 to 250 rpm.

Mini Incubator & Hybridization Oven Description

Operating Chamber Temperature Temp. Range Volume Fluctuation (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

(L /cu ft)

10 / 0.4

Mini Incubator

IM-10

Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 140

Hybridization Oven

HO - 10

Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

Temperature Variation

Page

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 (at 37Ⳅ) (at 37Ⳅ) 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 10 / 0.4 (at 50Ⳅ XJUI 31.) (at 50Ⳅ XJUI 31.)

72 73


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

General, Low Temp. & Low Incubated & Refrigerated Temp. Personal Incubators & Illuminated Skakers IB Models IL Models ILP Models SI & SIF Models IS Models

Antibody Testing Bacterial Research Bacterial Suspensions Chemical Storage Chick Embryo Studies Clinical Science Cultivating Low Temperature Microbes and Plant Cells Crystallization Studies Cultivating Thermophilic Bacteria Drying And Staining Procedures Denaturalizing Tests for Food Environmental Technology (waste water and soil analysis) Enzyme Digestion Studies Extraction Procedures Fermentation

t t

t

t t t

t t

t t t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t t t t

t t t t

t t

t t t t t

t

t

t

t t

(Pharmacy and biotech -DNA and Enzymes)

General Mixing Hematological Testing Histochemical Procedures Measuring COD/ BOD Medical Researches. (Diagnostic tests) Microbiological Determinations Microorganism Molecular Biology Organism Germs for Life Science Organism Pharmacy Paraffin Embedding Pharmaceutical Stability Testing Plasmid Purification Protein Expression in Bacteria Solubility Staining and Destaining Tissue Culturing

t

t t

t t t

t

t t

t t

t t

t t t

t t t t

t t

t

t

t

* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Open door alert: - Audible and visible alarms. - Automatic power cutoff from the heater and the fan if the door is open to minimize heat loss and also to protect the operator. 2) Protection against overheating by automatic power cutoff from the heater controller before shutting down the unit. 3) Two separate fuses to protect against over current.

Optimum Control Features 1) Microprocessor PID control.

Constructional Features

2) Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions.

1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with power coating.

3) Built-in digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function.

2) Perfectly sealed door gasket minimizing heat loss and fully insulated chambers.

4) Timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min.

3) Adjustable and electropolished stainless steel wire shelves allowing efficient air-flow and easy cleaning. (exept for SI and IS Models)

5) Operation mode selection after power interruption: either Automatic Run or Manual Run. 6) Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. 7) Easy conversion between âł„ and âł… 8) Self-diagnostic function identifying errors. 9) Intuitive control panel design based on HMI(Human Machine Interface) system: - bright LED displays as well as splashproof and easy-to-clean keypads. - Quick-lock button preventing accidental parameter changes. (for IB, IL, and ILP Models only)

- Separate power switches for shaker and independent incubation. ( IS-971RF, SIF Models only)

Mini Incubator & Hybridization Oven 1) Over temperature limit protection and open door alert. 2) Microprocessor PID control. 3) Simple calibration function. 4) Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD, responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial. 5) Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temperature, rocking speed, time, etc) of each protocol step to be stored. (HO-10 only)


I

Incubators

Incubators (General Models)

Versatile air-jacketed natural convection incubators. Specially designed for uniform temperature distribution and minimal sample contamination caused by external air intrusion.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +5°$ above ambient to 70°$. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function : 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display and touch-sensitive keypad.

(0.1Ⳅ resolution)

t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Fully insulated dual-wall door with magnetic rubber gasket.

IB-05G

t Vibration-free design ideal for yeast cultivation.

Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves

t Compact and lightweight construction with completely sealed gasket.

Optional Accessories see page 74

t Perforated Shelves t Stacking Kits for Stackable Chambers

t Stackable up to 2 units using the optional stacking kit. (optional) t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning. t Durable incoloy heating element with radiator fans for efficient heat dissipation. t Built-in cable port to use other instruments inside the chamber. (dia 38mm/1.5Ⳅ, provided silicon or rubber cap)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

56

IB-05G 60 / 2.1 0.1 / 0.18 0.6 / 1.08 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 595×555×745 / 23×22×29 45 / 99 1.3A AAH21162K 2.8A AAH21166U

IB-15G 102 / 3.6 Amb. +5 to 70 / Amb. +9 to 158 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 480×410×520 / 18.9×16.1×20.5 675×605×855 / 27×24×34 55 / 121 2.2A AAH21172K 4.6A AAH21176U

IB-25G 151 / 5.3 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 610×460×540 / 24×18×21.3 805×655×885 / 32×26×35 62 / 136 3.1A AAH21182K 6.4A AAH21186U


Incubators

Incubators (Economy Models) Affordable yet exceptionally reliable incubators featuring film type heaters. Thanks to the film type heaters attached to the inner chamber’s external walls, IB-E series incubators are free from noise, vibration, and mechanical troubles.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +3°C above ambient to 60°C. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad.

Constructional Features t Vibration-free design ideal for yeast cultivation. t Compact and lightweight design with completely sealed gasket. t Stackable up to 2 units using the optional stacking kit. (optional) t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.

IB-01E

t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 74

t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves t Stacking Kits for Sstackable Chambers

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

IB-01E 65 / 2.3 0.2 / 0.36 0.6 / 1.08 423×355×445 / 16.7×14×17.5 533×475×725 / 21×18.7×28.5 33 / 72.8 1.1A AAH26015K 2.1A AAH26016U

IB-11E 150 / 5.3 Amb. +3 to 60 / Amb. +5.4 to 140 0.3 / 0.54 0.8 / 1.44 500×515×585 / 19.7×20.3×23 595×630×865 / 23.5×24.8×34 47 / 103.6 2.2A AAH26025K 4.2A AAH26026U

IB-21E 205 / 7.2 0.1 / 0.18 1.1 / 1.98 623×515×630 / 24.5×20.3×24.8 740×630×910 / 29.1×24.8×35.8 57 / 125.7 2.4A AAH26035K 4.6A AAH26036U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

57


I Please visit

Incubators

Incubators (2 & 4-chamber Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

IB-02G-4C

58


Incubators

Incubators (2 & 4-chamber Models) Suitable for conducting each different experiments in two or four chamber incubators. Force convection incubating with great temperature variation. Efficient to use with the limited laboratory environment.

Operating Features t Temperature range: Amb. +5âł„ UP âł„ t Independent temperature and timer control of each chamber using microprocessor PID. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Three most commonly used temperature settings programmable. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł„ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert.

Constructional Features t Two or four independently controlled 60L chambers merged into a single unit for space saving. t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Detachable shelves and rounded inner chamber corners allowing convenient cleaning.

IB-02G-2C

t Built-in cable port to use other instruments inside the chamber.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 74

t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.

t 8JSF 4IFMWFT QFS DIBNCFS t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (âł„ / âł…) Fluctuation 1) at 37âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…) Variation 1) at 37âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (WĂ—DĂ—H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

IB-02G-2C

IB-02G-4C

60 / 2.1 x 2 Chambers

60 / 2.1 x 4 Chambers

"NC UP "NC UP 0.2 / 0.36 0.5 / 0.9 400Ă—360Ă—420 / 15.7Ă—14.2Ă—16.5 400Ă—360Ă—420 / 15.7Ă—14.2Ă—16.5 x 2 Chambers x 4 Chambers 570Ă—640Ă—1340 / 22.4Ă—25.2Ă—52.8

1170Ă—640Ă—1340 / 46.1Ă—25.2Ă—52.8

110 / 242.5 4.1A AAH2A115K 7.5A AAH2A116U

170 / 374.8 4.1A x 2EA AAH2A015K 7.5A x 2EA AAH2A016U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

59


I Please visit

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Forced Convection Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

IL-21 / IL-21A

60


Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Forced Convection Models) Superb low temperature incubation performance using a noiseless HBP compressor cooling system which reduces water evaporation within the chambers.

Operating Features t Temperature control: 0°C to 60°$ t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł„ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection using an optimal cross flow fan for chamber temperature uniformity. t Large chamber volume: maximum 244L. (8.6 cu ft)

IL-21

t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber.

Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves for IL -11 t 3 Wire Shelves for IL -21 Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 74

t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…) Variation 1) at 25âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…

Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (WĂ—DĂ—H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

IL -11 150 / 5.32 1 / 8 HBP

0.5 / 0.9 600Ă—500Ă—500 / 24Ă—20Ă—20 735Ă—742Ă—1010 / 28.9Ă—29Ă—40 100 / 220 60Hz, 4.5A AAH22041K 60Hz, 8.3A AAH22046U

50Hz, 4.5A AAH22042K

IL -21 244 / 8.6 1 / 6 HBP 0 to 60 / +32 to 140 0.1 / 0.18 0.4 / 0.72 500Ă—520Ă—940 / 20Ă—20.5Ă—37 635Ă—740Ă—1630 / 25Ă—29Ă—64 135 / 297 60Hz, 6.4A AAH22051K 60Hz, 10.6A AAH22056U

50Hz, 6.4A AAH22052K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

61


I

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Air-jacketed Models)

Specially designed for optimal temperature control as well as minimal sample contamination caused by external air intrusion. Superb low temperature incubation performance thanks to the silent HBP compressor cooling system which also reduces water evaporation within the chamber.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +4°$ to 60°$ t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable three-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1âł„ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features

IL-11A

t Natural convection within the chamber induced by the heater and the fan located inside the air jacket.

Included Accessories

t Large chamber volume: maximum 244L. (8.6 cu ft)

t 2 Wire Shelves for IL-11A t 3 Wire Shelves for IL-21A Optional Accessories t Perforated Shelves see page 74

t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber. t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Detachable shelves and round-cornered chamber interior allowing easy cleaning.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (âł„ / âł…) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…) Variation 1) at 25âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…

Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (WĂ—DĂ—H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

62

IL -11A 162 / 5.7 1 / 6 HBP

600Ă—540Ă—500 / 24Ă—21.3Ă—20 770Ă—772Ă—1060 / 30Ă—30Ă—42 108 / 238.1 60Hz, 6.9A AAH22061K 60Hz, 10.2A AAH22063U

254 / 9 1 / 4 HBP +4 to 60 / +39.2 to 140 0.2 / 0.36 0.5 / 0.9 500Ă—540Ă—940 / 20Ă—21.3Ă—37 670Ă—760Ă—1680 / 26Ă—30Ă—66 145 / 319.7 50Hz, 6.9A 60Hz, 8.4A AAH22062K AAH22071K 60Hz, 12.3A AAH22073U

IL -21A

50Hz, 8.4A AAH22072K


Incubators

Low Temp. Incubators (Personal Models) Compact, stackable, energy-efficient, and yet exceptionally reliable low temperature incubators using Peltier technology. Contrary to conventional compressor-cooled incubators, Peltier Low Temperature Incubators generate little vibration, noise, and heat.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +10Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ. t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door. t Environment-friendly insulation material (EPDM) used for safety and convenience. (compliant with ASTM-C534 specification)

ILP-02 stackable chambers

t Space-saving design allowing even the smaller (14L) unit to hold two 1000mL Erlenmeyer flasks.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories

t 1 Wire Shelf for ILP-02 t 2 Wire Shelves for ILP-12 t Perforated Shelves

see page 74

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

ILP -02 14 / 0.5

0.5 / 0.9 315×200×230 / 12.4×7.9×9.1 430×495×400 / 17×19.4×15.7 27.5 / 60.6 60Hz, 1.8A AAH24031K 60Hz, 3.4A AAH24033U

ILP -12

48 / 1.7 10 to 40Ⳅ (50~104ⳅ) at ambient temperature of 25Ⳅ 0.1 / 0.18 0.4 / 0.72 334×334×430 / 13.1×13.1×17 430×665×620 / 17×26.2×24.4 49 / 108 50Hz, 1.8A 60Hz, 3.5A AAH24032K AAH24041K 60Hz, 6.7A AAH24043U

50Hz, 3.5A AAH24042K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

63


I Please visit

Incubators

Low Temp. Incubator (2 & 4-chamber Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

IL-11-4C

64


Incubators

Low Temp. Incubator (2 & 4-chamber Models) Featuring two or four incubation chambers in a single unit, this Low Temperature Incubator is designed to offer an ideal and cost-effective solution for laboratories with limited space and budget. Superb low temperature incubation performance thanks to the silent HBP compressor cooling system which also reduces water evaporation within the chamber.

Operating Features t Temperature range: 0Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ. t Independent temperature and timer control of each chamber using microprocessor PID. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Three most commonly used temperature settings programmable. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile. t Adjustable 3 step fan speed with defrosting time and period control. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Tow or four independently controlled 150L chambers (Model IL-11) merged into a single unit for space saving. t Convenient sample monitoring without affecting chamber temperature via the inner tempered-glass door.

IL-11-4C

t Detachable shelves and rounded inner chamber corners allowing convenient cleaning.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 74

t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.

t XJSF TIFMWFT QFS DIBNCFS t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Refrigerator (Hp) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 25Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ

Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

IL-11-2C

IL-11-4C

150 / 5.3 x 2 Chambers 1/8 HBP x 2EA

150 / 5.3 x 4 Chambers 1/8 HBP x 4EA

0 to 60Ⳅ / +32 to 140ⳅ 0.1 / 0.18 0.5 / 0.9 600x500x500 / 23.6x19.7x19.7 600x500x500 / 23.6x19.7x19.7 x 2 Chambers x 4 Chambers 760x760x1690 1500x760x1690 / 29.9x29.9x66.1 / 59.1x29.9x66.1 180 / 397 350 / 772 9A 9A x 2EA AAH28111K AAH28011K 9A 9A x 2EA AAH28112K AAH28012K 16.5A 16.5A x 2EA AAH28113U AAH28013U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

65


I Please visit

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Benchtop Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

SI-600R Optional Accessories see page 75-77

SI-600R Control Display

66

t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker


Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Benchtop Models) Digital incubating/ refrigerating benchtop shakers. Combining a benchtop incubator/refrigerator with a dual-action (orbital and reciprocating) shaker, SI series shakers offer versatility for a variety of biological and biotech applications.

Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating action. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. t Programmable shaking motion. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length: 20, 30, 40mm.

Operating Features t Temperature control: +5°C above ambient to 60°$. (for SI-300 and SI-600) +15Ⳅ to 60Ⳅ. (for SI-300R and SI-600R) t Microprocessor PID control.

Inside of SI Models

Constructional Features

t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min.

t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor.

t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm.

t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.

t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent acryl lid and the fluorescent lamp.

t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.

t Gas spring lid supports providing soft closing, smooth motion, and stopping.

t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.

t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for SI-300R and SI-600R)

t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t RS-232 interface.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator (Hp) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)

Shaking System

Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

SI-300

SI-300R

SI-600

SI-600R

Amb. +5 to 60 (Amb. +9 to 140) for SI-300, 600 +15 to 60 (+59 to 140) for SI-300R, 600R 0.3 / 0.54 0.6 / 1.08 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 1.6 / 2.88 1.5 / 2.7 0.7 / 1.26 0.3 / 0.54 1 / 8 HBP (220V, 230V) 1 / 8 HBP (220V, 230V) 1 / 6 HBP (100V, 120V) 1 / 6 HBP (100V, 120V) Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300 Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 53 / 1.9 83 / 2.9 350×350 / 13.8×13.8 450×450 / 17.7×17.7 410×410×320 / 16.1×16.1×12.6 510×510×320 / 20.1×20.1×12.6 442×740×622 / 17.4×29.1×24.5 542×850×622 / 21.4×33.5×24.5 74 / 163 85 / 187 91 / 200 102 / 225 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 50Hz, 5.5A 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 60Hz, 5.5A 50Hz, 5.5A AAH23101K AAH23102K AAH23112K AAH23201K AAH23202K AAH23211K AAH23212K 50/60Hz, 7.5A 60Hz, 10.1A 50/60Hz, 7.5A 60Hz, 10.1A AAH23106U AAH23113U AAH23206U AAH23213U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

67


I Please visit

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Floor Standing Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification only for the IS-971/971R

IS-971R Optional Accessories see page 75-77

IS-971R Control Display

68

t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker


Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Floor Standing Models) Large capacity and heavy workload shaking with rapid heating and cooling performance. (up to four 6L flask) Exclusive drive mechanism delivering years of trouble-free service.

Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating mode selectable. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. t Programmable shaking control. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length: 30, 40, 50, 60, 70mm. Inside of IS Models

Operating Features

Constructional Features

t Temperature control: $ above ambient to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971) +5Ⰼ $ to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971R) +4Ⰼ $ below ambient to 60Ⰼ $ (for IS-971RF) -15Ⰼ

t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor. t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.

t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions. t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm. t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent top viewing window minimizing the need to open the lid. (except for IS - 971RF)

t Gas spring lid supports providing soft closing, smooth motion, and stopping. t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for IS-971R and IS-971RF)

t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.

t Built-in casters for easy transport.

t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.

t Lockable lid for added safety.

t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display and touchsensitive keypad for temperature (0.1Ⳅ resolution), speed, and shaking motion control.

t Adjustable 5-brightness (maximum 12,000 lux) illumination lamp. (optional for IS-971RF only)

t RS-232 interface.

Specifications & Ordering Information Certification only for the IS-971/971R

Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Fluctuation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)

Shaking System

Dimension

Timer Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No.

IS-971

IS-971R

IS-971RF

Amb. +5 to 60 / Amb. +9 to 140

+4 to 60 / +40 to 140

Amb. -15 to 60 / Amb. -27 to 140

0.2 / 0.36 0.8 / 1.44 1 / 3 LBP (AC 120V) 1 / 3 LBP (AC 120V) 1 / 6 HBP (AC 230V) 1 / 4 HBP (AC 230V) Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300 Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2 , 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2 , 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2 270 / 9.5 755×481 / 29.7×18.9 894×634×480 / 35.2×25×18.9 1,132×810×1,045 / 1,132×810×1,075 / 44.6×31.9×41.1 44.6×31.9×42.3 180 / 396.8 195 / 429.9 210 / 462.9 50 / 60Hz, 5.2A 60Hz, 7.3A 50Hz, 7.3A 60Hz, 9.3A 50Hz, 9.3A AAH23306K AAH23321K AAH23322K AAH23351K AAH23352K 60Hz, 11.2A 60Hz, 13.8A 60Hz, 17A AAH23336U AAH23346U AAH23356U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880. ⲼCertification only for the IS-971, IS-971R.

69


I

Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Chamber Models)

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

SIF-6000R Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 75-77

t 2 Wire Shelves t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders (three styles) t Lab Sticker

SIF-6000R Control Display

70


Incubators

Incubated Shakers (Chamber Models) Specially designed to be double-stacked on the floor or located on/ under the lab benches for space saving. Multi-purpose incubated shakers featuring a wide range of temperature control and large chamber volume. (up to two 6L flasks)

Shaking Features t Dual shaking modes: orbital or reciprocating mode selectable. t Speed range: 10 to 300 rpm. (10 to 250rpm for the top unit of a stack) t Programmable shaking control. - Timer range: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward & Backward, Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Selectable orbit diameter or stroke length. - SIF-5000 and SIF-5000R: 19 and 25mm. - SIF-6000 and SIF-6000R: 25 and 38mm.

Operating Features

Inside of SIF Models

t Temperature control: $ above ambient to 80Ⰼ $. (for SIF-5000 and SIF-6000) +5Ⰼ $ below ambient to 80Ⰼ $. (for SIF-5000R and SIF-6000R) -20Ⰼ

Constructional Features

t Microprocessor PID control.

t Stackable up to 2 units. t Maintenance-free and durable BLDC motor.

t Simple calibration and auto-tuning functions.

t High-velocity fan ensuring uniform temperature distribution and rapid thermal recovery.

t Timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t High temperature limit setting and open door alarm.

t Convenient sample monitoring thanks to the transparent front window and the built-in lamp minimizing the need to open the door.

t Convenient preset function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Up to 9 temperature steps and maximum 200 cycles of repetition programmable for each profile.

t Environment-friendly CFC-free refrigerant. (for SIF-5000R and SIF-6000R)

t Adjustable 3-step fan speed with defrosting time and period control.

t Built-in casters for easy transport. t Lockable door for added safety.

t Intuitive control panel with LED display and touch-sensitive keypad.

t Built-in electrical outlet with a safety cover inside the chamber.

t RS-232 interface.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

SIF-5000

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature 1)

Shaking System

Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Refrigerator (Hp) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Timer

-

SIF-5000R

SIF-6000

Amb.+5 to 80 [Amb.+41 to 176] for SIF -5000, 6000 Amb.-20 to 80 [Amb. -4 to 176] for SIF -5000R, 6000R 0.1 / 0.18 1.0 / 1.8 1/8Hp, HBP Orbital or Reciprocating motion (Default : Orbital motion) 10 to 300 (Stackable Top :10 to 250) Run time(10sec ~ 999hr 59min 59sec) Pause, Forward, Backward(10sec ~ 59min 59sec)

SIF-6000R

1/6Hp, HBP

Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.) 19, 25 / 0.75, 1 Available - Standard 19 / 0.75 25, 38 / 1, 1.5 Available - Standard 25 / 1 Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch) Volume (L / cu ft) 80 / 2.8 150 / 5.3 350×350 / 13.8x13.8 450×450 / 17.7×17.7 Platform (W×D, mm / inch) 440×440×418 / 17.3×17.3×16.5 540×540×518 / 21.3×21.3×20.4 Interior (W×D×H, mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (W×D×H, mm / inch) 570×815×900 / 22.4×32.1×35.4 670×895×980 / 26.4×35.2×38.6 2/8 2 / 11 Shelves (Standard / Max) 120 / 264.6 130 / 286.6 140 / 308.6 150 / 330.7 Net Weight (kg / Ibs) 60Hz, 4A 50Hz, 4A 60Hz, 7.2A 50Hz, 7.2A 60Hz, 5.4A 50Hz, 5.4A 60Hz, 7.3A 50Hz, 7.3A Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No. AAH27021K AAH27022K AAH27121K AAH27122K AAH27011K AAH27012K AAH27111K AAH27112K 50/60Hz, 11.1A 60Hz, 12.9A 50/60Hz, 11.2A 60Hz, 13.1A Electrical Requirements (120V) Cat. No. AAH27026U AAH27123U AAH27016U AAH27113U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5Ⳅ to 40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ(with refrigerator) / 25Ⳅ(without refrigerator), no load. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

71


I

Incubators Mini Incubator

Compact design for efficient lab sapce unilization Maximum 8 microplates can be inserted to inner chamber for ELISA.

Operating Features t Temperature range: from ambient +5 to 65Ⳅ. t Door opening alarm t Protection of the main body and the circuit board against overheating. t Microprocessor PID feedback control of the heater and the fan ensuring temperature uniformity. t Automatic temperature calibration. t Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD (vacuum fluorescent display), responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial.

Constructional Features

IM-10 with the included Wire Shelves Included Accessories

t 2 Wire Shelves

Optional Accessories see page 74

t Perforated Shelves

t Compact design for space saving of laboratory of the chamber interior. t Wire shelves are provided for space saving of inner chamber. Maximum 4 wire shelves supporting 8 microplates is especialy suitable for ELISA. t Push buttons for easy opening of door. t Transparent polycarbonate window providing a clear view of the chamber interior.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Volume (L / cu ft) Wire Shelf (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) External (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V, 50/60 ⼺) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (120V, 50/60 ⼺) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

72

IM-10 Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 10 / 0.4 247 x 247 / 9.7 x 9.7 278 x 262 x 160 / 11 x 10.4 x 6.3 400 x 410 x 264 / 15.7 x 16.1 x 10.4 12.8 / 28.2 2.8A AAH24315K 2.8A AAH24316U


Incubators Hybridization Oven

Equipped with a precise rocker, this unit is offering ideal reproducibility for various molecular biology applications such as nucleic acid hybridization, Western, immunoblotting, immunoprecipitation, etc. Shaking Features t Rocking motion: Tilt 8.5°. t Speed range: 5 to 50 rpm.

Operating Features t Temperature range: from ambient +5 to 65Ⳅ t Audible and visual alarms are activated: - when preset temperature limit is reached. - when each step of any programmed mode is terminated. - when low humidity level is detected by the sensor. - when the door is open. t Door opening and low humidity alarm.

HO-10 with the included Water Tray

t Over temperature limit protection. t Microprocessor PID feedback control of the heater and the fan ensuring temperature uniformity. t Automatic temperature calibration. t Ease-of-operation provided by a bright VFD, responsive touch buttons, and a jog dial. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temperature, rocking speed, time, etc.) of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol.

Constructional Features t Compact design for efficient lab space utilization. t Transparent polycarbonate window providing a clear view of the chamber interior. t Built-in sliding shelf for quick and convenient insertion or removal of samples. t Sticky pad on sliding shelf for preventing accidental movement or spills of samples during operation. t Drying function for the hybridization and washed membranes or strips.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation at 50Ⳅ, 9RPM (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 50Ⳅ, 9RPM (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Shaking System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / lbs) Volume (L / cu ft) Sliding Shelf (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Internal (W×D×H) (mm / inch) External (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V, 60 ⼺) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (230V, 50⼺) Cat. No.

HO-10 Amb. +5 to 65 / Amb. +9 to 149 0.5 / 0.9 0.5 / 0.9 Rocking Motion 5 to 50 8.5°±1 1 / 2.2 10 / 0.4 256 x 198 / 10.1 x 7.8 278 x 262 x 160 / 11 x 10.4 x 6.3 400 x 410 x 264 / 15.7 x 16.1 x 10.4 14 / 30.9 2.8A AAH1B011K 2.8A AAH1B012K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

73


I

Incubators

Accessories & Options

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

Universal Platforms

Wire Shelves Stainless steel and electropolished shelves are readily removed without using tools for easy cleaning. Cat. No. EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137 EDA8136 EDA8220 EDA8219 EDA8136 EDA8219 EDA8220 EDA8223 EDA8221 EDA8235 EDA8233 EDA8244

Models IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C IL-11 / 11A IL-11-2C IL-11-4C IL-21 / 21A ILP-02 ILP-12 SIF-5000 / R SIF-6000 / R IM-10

Description Maximum

Included 2 2 2 2 2 2 4 8 2 4 8 3 1 2 2 2 2

8 12 12 11 14 15 16 32 12 24 48 26 6 11 8 11 5

W×L (mm / inch) 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 195×310 / 7.7×12.2 305×299 / 12 ×11.8 416×406 / 16.4×16.0 516×506 / 20.3×19.9 247×247 / 9.7×9.7

Perforated Shelves Stainless steel shelves are readily removed without using tools for easy cleaning. Cat. No. AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535 AAA12531 AAA22522 AAA22521 AAA12531 AAA22521 AAA22522 AAA24501 AAA24502 AAA24511

Models IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E IB-02G-2C IB-02G-4C IL-11 / 11A IL-11-2C IL-11-4C IL-21 / 21A ILP-02 ILP-12 IM-10

Description Maximum

W×L (mm / inch)

8 12 12 11 14 15 16 32 12 24 48 26 6 11 5

366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 566×466 / 22.3×17.6 466×490 / 17.6×19.3 195×310 / 7.7×12.2 305×299 / 12×11.8 247×247 / 9.7×9.7

Stacking Kits Stackable up to 2 units using exclusive stacking kits for space saving. (for IB-G and IB-E Models only) Cat. No. AAA21521 AAA21522 AAA21523 AAA26501 AAA26502 AAA26503

74

Models IB-05G IB-15G IB-25G IB-01E IB-11E IB-21E

Description Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers Stacking kits for stackable chambers


Incubators

Accessories & Options

Funnel Clamps

Flask Clamps

Plastic Clamps

Universal Platforms, Flask Clamps, and Funnel Clamps Universal platforms provide flexibility for mixing assortments of test tubes and glassware of varying sizes on a single platform. Various clamps for Erlenmeyer flasks and separatory funnels are available. Description Universal Platform Cat. No. Max. Mountable Flask Clamps * Cat. No. Erlenmeyer Flask Size Steel Plastic AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557 AAA23558 AAA23559

(AAA30570) (AAA30571) (AAA30573) (AAA30574) (AAA30575) (AAA30576) (AAA30577) -

for 50mL for 100mL for 250mL for 300mL for 500mL for 1L for 2L for 2.8L for 4L for 6L

SI-300(R)

SI-600(R)

IS-971(R/F)

SIF-5000(R)

SIF-6000(R)

AAA23501-V1

AAA23502-V1

AAA23503-V1

AAA31501-V1

AAA31502-V1

28 (22) 24 (16) 13 (9) 13 (9) 9 (8) 4 (4) 2 (2) 1 -

45 (30) 36 (25) 18 (17) 18 (17) 13 (9) 7 (8) 5 (4) 2 -

99 (65) 74 (52) 39 (33) 39 (33) 25 (20) 14 (12) 9 (6) 6 4 4

36 (28) 28 (16) 13 (12) 13 (12) 10 (9) 5 (5) 4 (4) 2 -

55 (39) 44 (29) 24 (20) 24 (16) 16 (12) 8 (9) 5 (5) 4 2 2

Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps * Cat. No. Separating Funnel Size AAA23562 AAA23563 AAA23564 AAA23565

for 250mL for 500mL for 1L for 2L

4 2 -

6 3 2 -

11 9 5 4

4 2 -

6 3 2 -

Dedicated Platforms When using a single flask size only, the dedicated platforms with pre-installed clamps provide maximum capacity. 250mL and 500mL clamps are standard but other sizes can be available. Cat. No. AAA23611 AAA23612 AAA23621 AAA23622 AAA23631 AAA23632 AAA31551 AAA31552 AAA31561 AAA31562

Description An universal platform for SI-300 Models with 250mL flask clamps 13ea An universal platform for SI-300 Models with 500mL flask clamps 9ea An universal platform for SI-600 Models with 250mL flask clamps 18ea An universal platform for SI-600 Models with 500mL flask clamps 13ea An universal platform for IS-971 Models with 250mL flask clamps 39ea An universal platform for IS-971 Models with 500mL flask clamps 25ea An universal platform for SIF-5000 Models with 250mL flask clamps 13ea An universal platform for SIF-5000 Models with 500mL flask clamps 10ea An universal platform for SIF-6000 Models with 250mL flask clamps 24ea An universal platform for SIF-6000 Models with 500mL flask clamps 16ea

* A dedicated platform is sold with setting each max. mountable amount of flask clamps on.

75


I

Incubators

Accessories & Options

Rubber Mats

Universal Attachments

Spring Wire Racks

Spring Wire Racks Ideal for holding a wide variety of tubes, flasks, and other glassware. All components are made of stainless steel. Description Spring wire racks Cat. No. Max. inserting flask clamps Erlenmeyer flask size for 50mL for 100mL for 250ml for 300mL for 500ml for 1L for 2L for 2.8L

SI-300(R)

SI-600(R)

IS-971(R/F)

SIF-5000(R)

SIF-6000(R)

AAA23521-VI

AAA23522-VI

AAA23523-VI

AAA31521-VI

AAA31522-VI

16 9 4 4 4 2 1 1

25 16 9 9 5 4 2 2

40 28 15 15 10 8 4 4

16 9 4 4 4 2 1 1

25 16 9 9 5 4 2 2

Rubber Mats Designed for low-speed applications, non-skid rubber mats allow quick addition or removal of flasks, plates or tubes. Models Cat. No.

SI-300(R)

SI-600(R)

IS-971(R/F)

SIF-5000(R)

SIF-6000(R)

AAA23531

AAA23532

AAA23533

AAA31531

AAA31532

Universal Attachments (Utility Carriers) Several adjustable clamping bars for quickly securing a variety of glassware or tubes on non-skid rubber mats. Suitable for flatbottomed flasks of various sizes. Models Cat. No.

Please visit

SI-300(R)

SI-600(R)

IS-971(R/F)

SIF-5000(R)

SIF-6000(R)

AAA31511

AAA31512

AAA31513

AAA31511

AAA31512

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Incubator products Information is readily available on our website.

76


Incubators

Accessories & Options

Tower Flat A Flat B Single

Microplate Holders

Lab Sticker

Test Tube Racks

Test Tube Racks Easy to release and mount racks made of durable stainless steel with adjustable angle and tube height support. Test tube racks are used with an optional universal platform. Cat. No. AAA23581 AAA23582 AAA23583 AAA23584 AAA23585 AAA23586 AAA23594

Description for 86 test tubes for 86 test tubes for 58 test tubes for 58 test tubes for 32 test tubes for 19 test tubes for 10 test tubes

Mountable Capacity of Racks *

8mm dia. (0.3˝) 10mm dia. (0.4˝) 12mm dia. (0.5˝) 14mm dia. (0.6˝) 16mm dia. (0.7˝) 25mm dia. (1.0˝) 35mm dia. (1.4˝)

SI-300(R)

SI-600(R)

2EA

4EA

IS-971(R/ F) SIF -5000 Series SIF-6000 Series 6EA

2 EA

4 EA

* No declination

Ⲽ We can manufacture other size of test tube racks to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

Microplate Holders Available in three styles: tower type, flat type (small and large), and single type. Tower type holder is for 10 standard or deep well plates. Large flat holder is for 4 standard or deep well plates. Small flat holder is for 3 standard or deep well plates. Single type holder is for 1 standard or deep well plate. (standard well plates’ height: 14.7mm) Microplate Holders Cat. No. Max. Mountable Holders

Tower type

Flat-A type (large)

Flat-B type (small)

Single type

AAA23651

AAA23652

AAA23653

AAA23654

SI-300(R) SI-600(R) IS-971(R / F) SIF-5000 (R) SIF-6000 (R)

5 7 16 6 10

2 3 2

2 2 5 2 3

7 12 25 8 15

* Microplate holders need to be mounted on an universal platform which is sold separately.

Lab Sticker An alternative method for securing vessels to a shaker platform. Ideal for containers such as bottles and dishes that cannot be held on the universal platform with conventional flask clamps. Lab stickers can be regenerated for reuse by washing it with mild detergent and water. It cannot be used in water baths. For safe operation, gradual RPM increase is recommended. Description Lab Sticker Cat. No. Size (mm / inch, W×D×H)

Lab Sticker AAA30551 200×200×5 / 7.9×7.9×0.2

* Lab Sticker need to be mounted on an universal platform which is sold separately.

77


Ovens SELECTION GUIDE

Forced Convection Ovens (Mechanical) Description

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

OF -02G OF -12G

Forced Convection Ovens Natural Convection Ovens Vacuum Ovens

Operating Temp. Range

OF-22G General Models

OF -300G OF -450G OF -750G OF -300H OF -450H OF -750H

2&4chamber Models Economy Models

OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF -01E OF -11E OF -21E

Chamber Volume (L /cu ft)

Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482

Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb.+18 to 392

Amb. +10 to 300 / Amb.+18 to 572

Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb. +18 to 392

Amb. +10 to 220 / Amb. +18 to 428

Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

60 / 2.1

0.5 / 0.9

1.0 / 1.8

102 / 3.6

0.6 / 1.08

1.3 / 2.3

151 / 5.3

0.8 / 1.44

1.7 / 3.1

314 / 11

0.2 / 0.36

0.9 / 1.6

450 / 15.9

0.1 / 0.18

0.7 / 1.3

760 / 26.8

0.2 / 0.36

1.5 / 2.7

314 / 11

0.9 / 1.6

450 / 15.9

0.2 / 0.36

80

82

0.8 / 1.4

760 / 26.8 60 / 2.1 x 2 chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 chambers 52 / 1.8

1.9 / 3.4 0.5 / 0.9

1.0 / 1.8

100 / 3.5

0.4 / 0.72

3.3 / 5.94

84

3.3 / 5.94

150 / 5.3

86

2.3 / 4.14

Natural Convection Ovens (Gravity) Description

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

ON -02G

General Models

ON -12G

Economy Models

ON -11E

ON -22G ON -01E ON -21E

Chamber Volume (L /cu ft)

Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

at 100Ⳅ [±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

0.3 / 0.54

7.5 / 13.5

52 / 1.8

5.9 / 10.62

Amb. +15 to 250 / Amb. +27 to 482

91 / 3.2

Amb. +15 to 220 / Amb. +27 to 428

52 / 1.8

0.3 / 0.54

6.5 / 11.7

100 / 3.5

0.4 / 0.72

4.1 / 7.38

150 / 5.3

0.5 / 0.9

7.3 / 13.14

135 / 4.8

87

6.9 / 12.42 88

Vacuum Ovens Description Vacuum

OV -11 OV -12

Operating Temp. Range

Chamber Volume

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

(L /cu ft)

Amb. +5 to 250 / Amb. +9 to 482

Temperature Temperature Fluctuation Variation Page at 100Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

28 / 1

0.1 / 0.18

65 / 2.3

0.3 / 0.54

at 100Ⳅ[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

3.7 / 6.66

90

Accessories & Options Description

Page

for Convection Ovens

89

for Vacuum Ovens

91


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

Forced, Nature Convection Ovens & Vacuum OF Models ON Models OV Models

General Aging and Curing Agricultural Genetic Annealing Asphalt Testing Conditioning Contamination-Free storage of semiconductors and other sensitive electronic components Desiccating Digestion of Proteins and Starches Drying of Plant Tissue Drug Metabolism Electronic Burn-in Epoxy and Plastic Curing Fine Chemical Precipitation General Baking General Heating Glassware Drying Ideal for General Drying Life and Exposure Studies Ordnance Material Testing Out-gassing Solids and Liquids Paper Drying Plating Precise Moisture Determination Preheating Rubber Drying Serum Protein Analysis Silicon Wafer Drying Stability and QC/ Batch Testing Sterilization Suspended Solids Evaluation Textile Drying Vacuum Embedding Volatile Resins and Polymers Testing Vulcanization Studies

t t t t t

t t t

t t

t t t

t t t

t t t t t t t t

t t

t t

t

t

t t t

t

t t t

t t t t

t t t

t t t t

t t t t

t

t t t

t

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Open door alert (except for OV Models): - Activation of audible and visible alarms. - Automatic power cutoff from the heater and the fan (only OF Models) if the door is open for the minimize heat loss and also to protect the operator. 2) Protection against overheating by automatic power cutoff from the heater and controller in sequence. 3) Two separate fuses for protecting against overcurrent. (without OF-300, 450, 750 G/H Models)

Optimum Control Features 1) Microprocessor PID control. 2) Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel design using HMI (Human Machine Interface) network system. - Bright LED displays. - Splash-proof and easy-to-clean keypad. - Quick-lock button for preventing accidental parameter changes. - Similar keypad arrangements throughout the entire bath, circulator, and shaker models. 3) Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. 4) Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. 5) Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min 6) Operation mode selection after power interruption: either Automatic or Manual Run. 7) Switch from Celsius and Fahrenheit. (âł„ or âł…)

Constructional Features 1) Grade 304 Stainless Steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. (without OV Models)

2) Air-tight door gasket minimizing heat loss. 3) Fully insulated oven chamber maintaining the exterior at a safe temperature. 4) Adjustable and electro polished stainless steel wire shelves allowing efficient airflow and easy cleaning. (without OV Models)


O Please visit

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.

OF-22G with an optional Viewing Window

80


Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) Superb air dispersion and uniform temperature distribution Equipped with a powerful yet noiseless sirocco fan, OF-G Models ovens provide superb drying performance especially suitable for samples with high moisture content.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 250°C t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time. t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”) t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers. (optional)

Convection Pattern of OF-G Models Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89

t Fan speed control by an analog dial for preventing powdered samples from blowing away. (optional)

t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Window t Fan Speed Adjuster t Perforated Shelves

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz)) Cat. No.

OF -02G 60 / 2.1 0.5 / 0.9 1 / 1.8 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5 577×642×760 / 22.7×25.3×30 53 / 117 4.4A AAH12155K 6.8A AAH12156U

OF -12G 102 / 3.6 Amb. +10 to 250 / Amb. +18 to 482 0.6 / 1.08 1.3 / 2.3 480×410×520 / 18.9×16.1×20.5 657×692×870 / 25.9×27.2×34.3 63 / 139 6.1A AAH12165K 8.4A AAH12166U

OF -22G 151 / 5.3 0.8 / 1.44 1.7 / 3.1 550×460×600 / 22×18×23.6 727×742×974 / 28.7×29.2×38.3 72.5 / 160 7.4A AAH12175K 10.1A AAH12176U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

81


O Please visit

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.

OF-G / H Models with an optional Viewing Window

OF-G / H (large) Display

82


Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (General Models) Specially designed for large volume (maximum 760 L) and fast drying (maximum 300Ⳅ) applications Offering rapid heating performance as well as uniform temperature distribution, these heavy-duty ovens are ideal for obtaining quick test results.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control - OF-G models: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 200Ⳅ - OF-H models: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 300Ⳅ

t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display. (0.1Ⳅ resolution) t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Operation mode selection after power recovery: either Automatic or Manual Run. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by two noiseless and powerful sirocco fans ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time. t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chamber. (optional)

Convection Pattern of

t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow.

Included Accessories

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

Optional Accessories see page 89

OF-G / H Models

t 2 Wire Shelves (OF-300G / H) t 3 Wire Shelves (OF-450G / H, 750G / H) t Tempered Viewing Window t Perforated Shelves t Digital Recorders

t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”)

- 6-point dot type recorder. - Thermal line recorder.

t Adjustable 5-speed fan for controlling inner circulation rate.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 1 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type Electrical Requirements (230V, 3 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type Electrical Requirements (380V, 3 ph, 50 / 60 Hz) Solid Door Type Cat. No. Viewing Window Door Type

OF-300G 314 / 11

OF-450G

OF-750G

450 / 15.9 760 / 26.8 Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb.+18 to 392 0.2 / 0.36 0.1 / 0.18 0.2 / 0.36 0.9 / 1.6 0.7 / 1.3 1.5 / 2.7 645×750×650 645×750×930 745×850×1200 / 25.4×29.5×25.6 / 25.4×29.5×36.6 / 29.3×33.5×47.2 835×1020×1225 835×1020×1505 955×1140×1775 / 32.9×40.2×48.2 / 32.9×40.2×59.3 / 37.6×44.9×69.9 170 / 375 220 / 485 300 / 661 12.7A AAH18015K AAH18115K 10 A 13.8A AAH180213K AAH180313K AAH181213K AAH181313K 6.5A 8.8 A AAH180214K AAH180314K AAH181214K AAH181314K

OF-300H

OF-450H

OF-750H

314 / 11

450 / 15.9 760 / 26.8 Amb. +10 to 300 / Amb.+18 to 572 0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.2 / 0.36 0.9 / 1.6 0.8 / 1.4 1.9 / 3.4 645×750×650 645×750×930 745×850×1200 / 25.4×29.5×25.6 / 25.4×29.5×36.6 / 29.3×33.5×47.2 835×1020×1225 835×1020×1505 955×1140×1775 / 32.9×40.2×48.2 / 32.9×40.2×59.3 / 37.6×44.9×69.9 190 / 419 240 / 529 330 / 728 10 A AAH190113K AAH191113K 6.5A AAH190114K AAH191114K

13.8 A AAH190213K AAH191213K 8.8A AAH190214K AAH191214K

16.8A AAH190313K AAH191313K 10.6A AAH190314K AAH191314K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

83


O Please visit

Ovens

Forced Convection Oven (2 & 4-Chamber Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Oven products Information is readily available on our website.

OF-02G-2C / 4C ⲟ In the year of 2012, this products design can be changed without prior notice.

84


Ovens

Forced Convection Oven (2 & 4-Chamber Models) Featuring two or four 60L forced convection chambers in a single unit, this oven is designed to offer an ideal and cost-effective solution for laboratories with limited space and budget. Incorporating specially designed ovens (Model OF-02G) with a powerful yet noiseless sirocco fan, this oven guarantees intensive drying performance, especially for material with high moisture content.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10°C above ambient to 200°C t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display (0.1°C resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

Constructional Features t Two or Four independently controlled 60L ovens (Model OF-02G) merged into a single unit for space saving. t Forced air convection generated by a noiseless and powerful sirocco fan ensuring optimal air circulation, temperature uniformity, and short heat-up time.

Convection Pattern of

t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

OF-02G-2C/4C

t 2 Wire Shelves per chamber t Perforated Shelves

t Adjustable two and four slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5”) t Built-in casters for easy transport and installation.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

OF-02G-2C

OF-02G-4C

60 / 2.1 x 2 Chambers 60 / 2.1 x 4 Chambers Amb. +10 to 200 / Amb. +18 to 392 0.5 / 0.9 1 / 1.8 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5x 2 Chambers 400×360×420 / 15.7×14.2×16.5x 4 Chambers 570×640×1340 / 22.4×25.2×52.8 1170×640×1340 / 46.1×25.2×52.8 110 / 242.5 170 / 374.8 8.4A 8.4A x 2EA AAH1A115K AAH1A015K 16.7A 16.7A x 2EA AAH1A116U AAH1A016U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

85


O

Ovens

Forced Convection Ovens (Economy Models)

Affordable multi-function fast drying ovens with vertical airflow.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 10Ⳅ above ambient to 220Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive control panel with bright LED display. (0.1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings.

Constructional Features t Forced air convection generated by a circular fan providing high and uniform drying performance.

OF-11E Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior.

t 8JSF 4IFMWFT t 1FSGPSBUFE 4IFMWFT

t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝) t Easy-to-grip circular door handle.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

86

OF-01E 52 / 1.8

3.3 / 5.94 375×370×370 14.8×14.6×14.6 530×535×737 20.9×21.1×29 36 / 79.4 4.3A AAH14012K 6.8A AAH14016U

OF-11E 100 / 3.5 Amb. +10 to 220 / Amb. +18 to 428 0.4 / 0.72 3.3 / 5.94 455×430×510 18×17×20 610×595×877 24×23.4×34.5 47 / 103.6 6A AAH14022K 8.4A AAH14026U

OF-21E 150 / 5.3

2.3 / 4.14 585×460×555 23×18.1×21.9 740×625×922 29.1×24.6×36.3 59 / 130 7.4A AAH14032K 10.1A AAH14036U


Ovens

Natural Convection Ovens (General Models) Specially designed for applications requiring gentle airflow. Ideal for all sterilization, drying, and high-temperature storage tasks that do not require high drying performance or special time requirements but can’t be affected by strong airflow.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 15Ⳅ above ambient to 250Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Gravity flow convection for uniform sample heating. t Fully insulated dual-wall door with 180 degree hinges and a pull-down handle. t Rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning and optimal airflow. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝) t Threefold tempered-glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers. (optional)

ON-22G with optional Viewing Window Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89

t 2 Wire Shelves t Tempered Viewing Windows t Perforated Shelves

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No.

ON-02G 52 / 1.8

5.9 / 10.62 400×360×365 / 15.7×14.2×14.4 577×542×760 / 22.7×21.3×30 49 / 108 4.3A AAH11135K 6.7A AAH11136U

ON-12G 91 / 3.2 Amb. +15 to 250 / Amb. +27 to 482 0.3 / 0.54 7.5 / 13.5 480×410×465 / 18.9×16.1×18.3 657×592×870 / 25.9×23.3×34.3 59 / 130 6A AAH11145K 8.3A AAH11146U

ON-22G 135 / 4.8

6.9 / 12.42 610×460×485 / 24×18×19 785×642×897 / 30.9×25.3×35.3 68 / 150 7.4 A AAH11155K 10 A AAH11156U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

87


O

Ovens

Natural Convection Ovens (Economy Models)

Economical multi-function ovens with gentle airflow.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 15Ⳅ above ambient to 220Ⳅ t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heating element and stainless steel interior. t Adjustable dual slide vents for controlling inner vapor circulation. (diameter: 38mm/1.5˝)

Constructional Features t Gravity-flow convection generates a vertical airflow of heat for a uniformed heating of samples. t Moderately sized, an easy to clean spacious chamber, and an easy to grip circular door handle.

ON-11E Included Accessories Optional Accessories see page 89

t 2 Wire Shelves t Perforated Shelves

t Corrosion-resistant incoloy sheath heater and stainless steel chamber. t Two circular adjustable top slide vents helps to control inner air vapor circulation. (38mm / 1.5˝ in dia.)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature Fluctuation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation 1) at 100Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Exterior (mm / inch)

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

88

ON-01E 52 / 1.8 0.3 / 0.54 6.5 / 11.7 375×370×370 / 14.8×14.6×14.6 530×535×737 / 20.9×21.1×29 34 / 75 4.3A AAH15015K 6.7A AAH15016U

ON-11E 100 / 3.5 Amb. +15 to 220 / Amb. +27 to 428 0.4 / 0.72 4.1 / 7.38 455×430×510 / 18×17×20 610×595×877 / 24×23.4×34.5 46 / 101.4 6A AAH15025K 8.3A AAH15026U

ON-21E 150 / 5.3 0.5 / 0.9 7.3 / 13.14 585×460×555 / 23×18.1×21.9 740×625×922 / 29.1×24.6×36.3 59 / 130 7.4 A AAH15035K 10A AAH15036U


Ovens

Accessories & Options for forced & Natural Convection Ovens Wire Shelves

Stainless steel and electropolished shelf system is removed easily without using tools for easy cleaning. Models

OF-02G

OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF-12G OF-22G OF / ON-01E OF / ON-11E OF / ON-21E OF-300G / H OF-450G / H OF-750G / H ON-02G ON-12G ON-22G

Included

Description Maximum W×L (mm / inch)

2 4 8 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 2 2

8 16 32 12 14 10 14 15 17 26 35 8 12 12

Cat. No.

366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 516×416 / 20.3×16.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×808 / 27.9×31.8 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5

EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8134 EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137 RTD1196 RTD1197 EDA8136 EDA8135 EDA8137

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

Stainless steel shelf system is removed easily without using tools for easy cleaning. Models

Maximum

OF-02G

Description W×L (mm / inch)

8 16 32 12 14 10 14 15 17 26 35 8 12 12

OF-02G-2C OF-02G-4C OF-12G OF-22G OF / ON-01E OF / ON-11E OF / ON-21E OF-300G / H OF-450G / H OF-750G / H ON-02G ON-12G ON-22G

366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 516×416 / 20.3×16.4 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×608 / 27.9×23.9 708×808 / 27.9×31.8 366×316 / 14.4×12.4 446×366 / 17.6×14.4 576×419 / 22.7×16.5

Cat. No. AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12533 AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535

Perforated Shelves

AAA80604-2 AAA80604-3 AAA12531 AAA12532 AAA12535

Recorders

Easy recognizable digital recorders for efficient temperature indicating. Models

OF-300, 450, 750 G/H

Description Recorder (6 Point) Recorder (Thermal Line type)

Cat. No. AAA8T500 AAAE1503

Tempered Viewing Windows

Optimized sample monitoring with threefold, tempered safety glass window.

Tempered Viewing Windows

(only for OF-G, ON-G Models)

Models OF / ON-02G OF / ON-12G, 22G

Description Thickness, W×L (mm / inch) 5, 150×280 / 0.2, 5.9×11 5, 150×380 / 0.2, 5.9×15

Cat. No. AAA12611 AAA12612

Fan-Speed Adjuster

Adjustable inner air circulation speed, which protects spreading out powder sample. (only for OF-G Models)

Models OF - 02G, 12G, 22G

Description Analog Dial Control

Cat. No. AAA12701

Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

Fan Speed Adjuster

89


O

Ovens

Vacuum Ovens

Optimally constructed for separating solvents from solutions or drying solvents with high boiling points. Vacuum oven model with a wide temperature range optimal for separating solvents from solutions. Drying a solvent in vacuum lowers its boiling point, thereby making the separation process easier and eliminating the need to use high temperatures.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Simple calibration and auto-tuning function. t Temperature control: 5Ⳅ above ambient to 250Ⳅ t Vacuum range: 0 to 0.1 MPa. (analog vacuum gauge) t Delayed ON/OFF digital timer range: 1 min ~ 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with bright LED display (1Ⳅ resolution) and touch-sensitive keypad. t High temperature limit setting and open door alert. t Convenient presetting function for 3 most commonly used temperature settings. t RS-232 interface.

Constructional Features t Separate vacuum and vent ports. t Heat tempered glass window providing clear inside view of the chambers.

OV-11 Included Accessories Optional Accessorie see page 91

t Tight vacuum seal thanks to spring-loaded glass door, silicone gasket, and a push-button latch handle.

t Plate Shelve, 3.0mm (0.12˝): 2 for OV-11 / 3 for OV-12 t Safety Cover t Viton Gasket t Vacuum Pumps and Oil Mist Trap t Cold Trap Baths and U-type Glass Trap

t Uniform heat distribution from Block type heater attached to the chamber exterior to the anodized aluminum shelves. t Viton (fluorine rubber) door gasket also available for acidic applications. (optional)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

OV-11 28 / 1

Vacuum Range

0~0.1MPa, Analog

Nozzle Size (mm / inch)

Vacuum Ø10 / 0.4, Vent Ø10 / 0.4 Amb. +5 to 250 / Amb. +9 to 482

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ at 100Ⳅ)

0.1 / 0.18

Interior (mm / inch)

302×305×302 / 11.9×12×11.9

402×405×402 / 15.8×15.9×15.8

Exterior (mm / inch)

680×453×495 / 26.8×17.8×19.5

780×557×595 / 30.7×21.9×23.4

Net Weight (Kg / lbs)

63 / 139

103 / 227

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60 Hz)

5.3A

6.1A

Cat. No.

AAH13115K

AAH13125K

Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60 Hz)

10A

11.7A

Cat. No.

AAH13116U

AAH13126U

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

90

0.3 / 0.54 3.7 / 6.66

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ at 100Ⳅ) Dimension (W×D×H)

OV-12 65 / 2.3


Ovens

Accessories & Options for Vacuum Ovens Safety Covers

In case of the glass is destroyed, the netted steel frame and polycarbonate sheet cover prevent user from glass splinters. Models

OV-11 OV-12

Description Safety Cover Safety Cover

Cat. No. AAA13603 AAA13604

Gaskets

Viton (fluorine rubber) door gaskets can be provided upon request. Models

Description Silicone Gasket Viton (fluorine rubber) Gasket Silicone Gasket Viton (fluorine rubber) Gasket

OV-11 OV-12

Cat. No. FAA5146 FAA5187 FAA5147 FAA5188

Safety Covers

Related Products for Vacuum Ovens (Organization chart for use of Vacuum oven with Pump and Cold trap bath)

Viton Gaskets

Vacuum Pumps Rotary vacuum pumps with directly connected oil seal prevent air reflux and provide high vacuum pressure for vacuum ovens. And in order to get rid of evaporated oil or to block oil in-flow, an optional oil mist trap is recommended. (Refer to Page 93 for additional information.) Models MVP-6 Related Accessory

Electrical Requirements 230V, 50 / 60Hz Oil Mist Trap

Cat. No.

Vacuum Pumps

BEH73105K BEH73501

Cold Trap Baths

CTB-10 cold trap baths equipped with two U-type glass traps prevent a vacuum pump from vapors or contamination. Models

CTB-10 Related Accessory

Description 230V, 60Hz 230V, 50Hz U-type Glass Trap

Cat. No. AAH62011K AAH62012K AAA62501

ⲟ In addition to standard accessories, we can also provide customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Please contact your local dealer for more details.

Cold Trap Baths

91


Pumps Electrical Aspirator Pump Portable dual-channel water-jet aspirator pumps Creating a vacuum by means of Venturi effect, VE-11 aspirator pumps are suitable for rotary vacuum evaporation, decompression distillation, vacuum drying, and vacuum filtering.

Features t Built-in circulating pump and water tank make the unit portable. t Circulating pump continuously pumps water quietly across a set of aspirators, and is therefore clean and efficient. t Built-in check valve prevents backflow of water into the aspirator pump. t Corrosion-resistant construction of all wetted parts with 304 stainless steel, polypropylene, silicone, or nickelcoated brass. t Water tank features a drain port and a spigot for easy changing of water.

Included Accessories t Water tank, aspirator pump, tank closure t Two aspirators t Two 20cm long Ø 6mm (0.2˝) silicone rubber tubes

VE-11 with optional vacuum gauge / regulator

t One 100cm long Ø 8mm (0.3˝) silicone rubber tube

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Max. Vacuum (Mpa / Hg) Free-air Capacity Material

Dimension

Electrical Requirements Cat. No.

Bath Aspirator Bath Internal (W×L , D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch) Inhale Nozzle Drain Cook, Over Flow Nozzle (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

VE-11 9.5 / 0.3 0.0998 / 29.5” 18L / minute (0.6 cfm) ×2ea Polypropylene Nickel-coated Brass ×2ea 298×210, 227 / 11.7×8.3 ,8.9 330×265×390 / 13×10.4×15.4 external Ø9.5mm (0.4”) ×2ea Ø17 / 0.7 5.7 / 12.6 230, 60Hz / 0.7A 230, 50Hz / 0.7A AAH71011K AAH71015K

120, 60Hz / 1.4A AAH71016U


Electrical Aspirator Pump Rotary Vacuum Pump

Optional Accessories t Vacuum gauge with regulator: to monitor and control the vacuum pressure. (between 0.0267~0.0998MPa / 7.9~29.5˝ Hg)

t Cooling coil: to prevent vacuum from decreasing due to temperature increase. Description

Cooling Coil

Cat. No.

Vacuum Gauge with Regulator Cooling Coil Aspirator (1 ea) Aspirator (10 ea)

AAA71531 AAA71501 EFA9111 AAH71122

Aspirators

Rotary Vacuum Pump Features t Rotary vacuum pump equipped with direct connect oil seal prevents air reflux, essentially used with vacuum ovens to achieve a higher level of vacuum pressure. t Oil mist trap, an optional feature, prevents oil in-flow.

Specifications & Ordering Information MVP - 6

Model

60 Hz

Pumping Speed (L / min) Max. Pressure (Pa) Motor Power (W) Motor Speed (rpm) Recommended Oil (L) Inlet / Outlet Port (DN) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirement Cat. No.

100 6.7×10 -2 400 1750 1.1 25KF 22.5 (49.6lb) 230V BEH73105K

50 Hz 80

1450

MVP-6 Rotary Vacuum Pump

Optional Accessories Model MVP-6

Electrical Requirement Oil Mist Trap

Cat. No. BEH73501

Optional Accessories t Oil Mist Traps (TMF -12)


Recirculating Coolers SELECTION GUIDE

Recirculating Coolers Description

Recirculating Coolers (General Models)

Recirculating Coolers

General Models

Pump (50Hz) Cooling Working Temp. Range Capacity Max. Flow Rate Max. Pressure (Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 20Ⳅ (Kw) (L / min, gal / min) (bar / psi)

HX-20

1.9

HX-25

2.4

HX-20H HX-25H HX-35H

+3 to 40 / +37.4 to 104

3.6

Recirculating Coolers

HX-55H

7.1

HL-05

0.6

(High Temp. Models)

HL-10

0.7

HL-15

1.45

HL-15H HL-20H

1.8 2.5

HL-35H

3.3

HL-45H

6.5

HL-55H

7.1 1.8

HS-25

2.5 3.3

- 20 to 40 / - 4 to 104

2.8 / 40.6

70 / 18.49

6 / 87

40 / 10.57

3.3 / 47.86

98

100

6.5

HS-55

7.1

HS-45H

6.5

HS-55H

7.1

HH-15

70 / 18.49

6 / 87

40 / 10.6

3.3 / 47.9

1.45

HH-20 High Temp. HH-25 Models HH-35

40 / 10.57

1.45

HS-20

HS-45

1 / 14.5

1.8

HL-25H

HS-35

50 / 13.2

96

1.45

- 20 to 40 / - 4 to 104

HS-15

Advanced Low Temp. Models

4.3 / 62.37

4.7

HL-20 Low Temp. Models

45 / 11.89

1.9

HX-45H

Recirculating Coolers

1.58 / 22.92

2.4

(Low Temp. Models) (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

38 / 10.03

Page

1.8 2.5

- 20 to 80 / - 4 to 176

102

3.3

HH-45H

6.5

HH-55H

7.1

70 / 18.5

6 / 87

Accessories & Options Description for Recirculating Coolers

Page 104 - 105


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications

Recirculating Coolers HX Models HL/HS/HH Models

AAS Autoclaves Calorimeters CCM cameras Combinatorial chemistry Cooling of peltier elements Diffusion pumps Distillation apparatus Dosing and gluing techniques Drying of gas Electrophoresis chambers Gas chromatographs General industries General laboratory apparatus Lasers Mass spectrometers Mills and kneaders NMR Pilot plants Plastic industries Reaction vessels Rotary evaporators SEM Semiconductor industries Soxhlet installation Spectrometers Vacuum systems

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

* Above listed applications are for general purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Self - protecting cut-off function and signal - For over temp. the power supply is automatically cut from controller systematically before the unit shuts down. (except for HH Models) - Over current circuit breaker for user safety.

Optimum Control Features 1) Functional LCD (resolution 0.1âł„) keypad type display: Designed to simplify operation with a VFD touch screen type display. (HL / HS / HH Models)

- Self-diagnostic function identifies equipment errors. - Recognizable and convenient keypad. - Clear and easy-to-use LCD display.

2) Low fluid level and dry-running protection: - Intermittent tone alert sounds and optical signals alarms display on the control panel.

2) Bright LED water level indicator.

3) Double service valve provided to prevent refrigerant leakage.

4) Run, compressing, pumping visual indicator.

3) Pump pressure gauge.

5) Eco-friendly R-404A or R507 refrigerant. 6) Hot gas by-pass. (only HL Models) 7) Integrated heaters with high temp. stability. (only for HH Models)

Constructional Features 1) High quality #304 grade stainless inner bath and dirt repellent powder coated external surface. 2) Stainless steel submerged parts are resistant to corrosion against all usual bath fluids. 3) Pump pressure can be controlled using a bypass function. (only for HX-H type) 4) Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. 5) Wheels allow for easy mobility. 6) Computer Interface. (only for HS / HH Models) 7) Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions. 8) Pressure gauge comes standard with recirculating units to provide fluid system diagnostics at a glance and for observing the pump pressure.


R

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (General Models)

Providing a constant temperature control and high cooling efficiency. Operating cost can be reduced by using the recirculator for cooling water. It is eco-friendly and reduces energy consumption.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from 3âł„ to 40âł„ t Clear and easy-to-use LCD display. (resolution 0.1âł„) t Bright LED water level indicator can be seen from a distance. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible buzzer sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł„ or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual signal or an audible buzzer sound. t Pump pressure can be controlled using a by-pass function. (only for H type)

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-404A refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A plastic solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the chiller unit. t Pressure gauge comes standard with chiller units to provide fluid system diagnostics at a glance and for observing the pump pressure. t Wheels allow for easy mobility throughout the lab. t The beautifully designed chiller is compact. t Different types of pumps and valves come standard with the chiller to provide versatility. t Variety of accessories are available to meet user’s different lab environment needs. (refer to accessories) LCD Display

Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 104-105

Pressure Gauge

96

Level Indicator

t Fittings, Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid


Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

Recirculating Coolers (General Models)

Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: water) Magnetic

Centrifugal

Flow Rate(L/min)

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )9

t )9 ) ) ) ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature1) (bath fluid : water)

HX-20

HX-25H

Temperature Stability at 15âł„ (Âąâł„ / âł…)

HX-45H2)

HX-55H2)

1 / 1.8 1.9 1.4 1

2.4 1.7 1.4

1.9 1.4 1

2.4 1.7 1.4

38 / 10.03

(L / min, gal / min)

3.6 3.1 2.4

4.7 3.6 2.9

7.1 5.1 4.2

45 / 11.89

1.58 / 22.92

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

4.3 / 62.37

Max. Filling Capacity

35 / 1.24

(L / cu ft)

45 / 1.59

For Tubing Dia

20 / 0.8

(mm / inch)

Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H, mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

HX-35H

+3 to 40 / +37.4 to 104

Max. Flow Rate

Dimension

HX-20H

Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…)

at 20âł„ (kW) Cooling Capacity at 10âł„ (kW) (bath fluid : water) at 5âł„ (kW) Pump

HX-25

620Ă—785Ă—990 / 24.4Ă—30.9Ă—39

745Ă—800Ă—1095 / 29.3Ă—31.5Ă—43.1

93 / 205 8.5A AAH64011K 7A AAH64012K 17A AAH64013U

101 / 223 9A AAH64021K 7.6A AAH64022K 22A AAH64023U

97 / 214 9A AAH64111K 10.5A AAH64112K

105 / 231 9.5A AAH64121K 11A AAH64122K

120 / 265 15A AAH64131K 17A AAH64132K

130 / 287 19A AAH64141K

140 / 309

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

10A AAH64149K 7A AAH64148K

11.5A AAH64159K 8.5A AAH64158K

-

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876 2) Only HX-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł„(68âł…) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.

97


R

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models)

Powerful recirculating coolers, the HL Models provide a wide range of cooling capacities with temperature reliability. Innovative control system, with a dynamic pumping capacity, and ideal for external temp. applications. Broad range of models to choose from based on working temperature range.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł„ to 40âł„ t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł„ or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Easy-to-read VFD display with interactive touch keys. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł„/âł… - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes. - Signal indicator for operation status.

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant is used to prevent environmental pollution. Double service valve is used to prevent refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă˜120mm / 4.72″) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure. t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HL-25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)

t Wheels allow for easy mobility. t The beautifully designed and compact. t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility. t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.

Testing in accordance with DIN EN 12876 Optional Accessories see page 104-105

98

t Fittings, Adapters t Tubing, Insulations t Tube Clamps t Bath Fluid


Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

Recirculating Coolers (Low Temp. Models)

Pumping Capacities (Bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water) Submersible Pump

Flow Rate(L/min)

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )-

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )- ) ) ) )

t )- ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Certification without HL-45H / 55H

Model Temperature 1) (Bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

HL-05

HL-10

HL-20

HL-15H

-20 to 40 / -4 to 104

Temperature Stability at 15âł„, (Âąâł„ / âł…)

1 / 1.8

HL-25H

HL-35H

HL-45H 2) HL-55H 2)

at 20âł„ (kw)

0.6

0.7

1.45

1.8

1.45

1.8

2.5

3.3

6.5

at 10âł„ (kw)

0.5

0.6

1.15

1.5

1.15

1.5

1.8

2.3

4.5

6

at 0âł„ (kw)

0.35

0.42

0.86

1.15

0.86

1.15

1.1

1.7

3

4.1

at -10âł„ (kw)

0.18

0.32

0.62

0.85

0.62

0.85

0.65

1

2.1

2.5

at -20âł„ (kw)

0.04

0.14

0.3

0.40

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.55

1.2

1.5

(L / min, gal / min)

40 / 10.57

70 / 18.49

1 / 14.5

2.8 / 40.6

6 / 87

Max. Pressure Max,. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)

7.5 / 0.26

13.5 / 0.47

For Tubing Dia

(WxLxH, mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

25 / 0.88

39 /1.37

20 / 0.8

(mm / inch)

Overall

405Ă—620Ă—710 / 15.9Ă—24.4Ă—28

515Ă—715Ă— 835 / 20.3Ă—28.1Ă—32.9

550Ă—900Ă—1140 / 21.7Ă—35.4Ă—44.9

62.85 / 138.6

64.85 / 143

86.5 / 190.7

87.35 / 192.9

91.8 / 202.4

92.65 / 204.3

141.3 / 310.9

146.3 / 321.9

5A

5.5A

6.5A

7.5A

6.5A

7.5A

9.5A

13.5A

AAH65001K AAH65011K AAH65021K AAH65031K AAH65121K AAH65131K AAH65141K AAH65151K 4.5A

5A

6A

7A

6A

7A

7.5A

AAH65002K AAH65012K AAH65022K AAH65032K AAH65122K AAH65132K AAH65142K AAH65152K 10A

11A

13A

171 Âą10 / 377 Âą22

176 Âą10 / 388 Âą22

-

-

-

-

15A

AAH65003U AAH65013U AAH65023U AAH65033U

-

-

-

-

-

-

5.5A

7A

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AAH65169K AAH65179K

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

AAH65168K AAH65178K

Electric Requirement (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

605Ă—1045Ă—1300 / 23.8Ă—41.4Ă—51.2

12.5A

Electric Requirement (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

7.1

50 / 13.2

(bar / psi)

Dimension

HL-20H

Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…)

Max. Flow Rate Pump

HL-15

5A

6A

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HL-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł„(68âł…) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.

99


R

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

Adjustable, precise PID temperature controller beneficial for various cooling tasks, for use in the science, research, and industrial laboratories. Innovative and exclusive controller can be adjusted the cooling capacity from 1% to 100%

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł„ to 40âł„ t As an option an external sensor can be directly installed into the cooling circuit for monitoring and regulating of temp. t Precise temperature stability Âą 0.2âł„ (at 15âł„) without heater. t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 40âł„ or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł„/âł… - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes.

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Available external temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value. t RS-232C and software included. - Storage of program information, backup of temperature settings, recovery, and excel saving format capabilities. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant. t Double service valve for preventing refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă˜120mm / 4.72″) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure.

Digital Controller

t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges. (HS-25, 35, 25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)

t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility. External Sensor

Alarm Output

RS-232 Serial Port & Etc

100

RS-232 Serial

t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.


Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

Recirculating Coolers (Advanced Low Temp. Models)

Pumping Capacities (bath fluid: water) Submersible Pump

Flow Rate(L/min)

Flow Rate(L/min)

t )4

t )4 ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature 1) (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Cooling Capacity (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

HS-15

HS-20

HS-25

-20 to 40 / -4 to 104

Temperature Stability at 15âł„, (Âąâł„ / âł…)

0.2 / 0.36

HS-55

HS-45H2)

HS-55H2)

7.1

at 20âł„ (kw)

1.45

1.8

2.5

3.3

6.5

7.1

6.5

at 10âł„ (kw)

1.15

1.5

1.8

2.3

4.5

6

4.5

6

at 0âł„ (kw)

0.86

1.15

1.1

1.7

3

4.1

3

4.1

at -10âł„ (kw)

0.62

0.85

0.65

1

2.1

2.5

2.1

2.5

at -20âł„ (kw)

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.55

1.2

1.5

1.2

1.5

(L / min, gal / min)

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

Max. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)

40 / 10.57

70 / 18.49

3.3 / 47.86

6 / 87

13.5 / 0.47

25 / 0.88

39 /1.37

515Ă—715Ă— 835 / 20.3Ă—28.1Ă—32.9

550Ă—900Ă—1140 / 21.7Ă—35.4Ă—44.9

For Tubing Dia Dimension

HS-45

Working Temperature range (âł„ / âł…)

Max. Flow Rate Pump

HS-35

20 / 0.8

(mm / inch)

Overall (WĂ—LĂ—H, mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

91.8 / 202.4

92.65 / 204.3

141.3 / 310.9

146.3 / 321.9

6.5 A

7.5 A

9.5 A

13.5 A

AAH66011K

AAH66021K

AAH66031K

AAH66041K

6A

7A

7.5 A

12.5 A

AAH66012K

AAH66022K

AAH66032K

AAH66042K

Electric Requirement (380V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

-

-

-

-

605Ă—1045Ă—1300 / 23.8Ă—41.4Ă—51.2 168 Âą10 / 370 Âą22

173Âą10 / 381 Âą22

171 Âą10 / 377 Âą22

176 Âą10 / 388 Âą22

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

5.5 A

7A

5.5 A

7A

AAH66058K

AAH66068K

AAH55158K

AAH66168K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HS-45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł„(68âł…) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures.

101


R

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)

Broad temperature ranging up to 80âł„ for various applications. Also integrated heaters greatly provides high temperature stability.

Operating Features t Temperature range is from -20âł„ to 80âł„ t As an option an external sensor can be directly installed into the cooling circuit for monitoring and regulating of temp. t Precise temperature stability Âą 0.1âł„ (at 15âł„) with integrated heaters. t Bright LED water level indicator can be easily identified. t Low fluid level and dry-running protection when triggered shows an error symbol on the display and an audible sound. t If the equipment operates at 80âł„ or above due to the external environment, user can simply identify the error with a visual or an audible sound. t Designed to simplify operation with a touch screen type display. - Setting and resolution indication 0.1âł„/âł… - Quick keypad lock prevents accidental parameter changes.

Constructional Features t The refrigerating system is designed to reduce energy consumption and to maximize in refrigerating efficiency. t Available external temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value. t RS-232C and software included. - Storage of program information, backup of temperature settings, recovery, and excel saving format capabilities. t Eco-friendly R-404A / R507 refrigerant. t Double service valve for preventing refrigerant leakage. t Removable gridded vent for reducing condenser contamination and to facilitate cleanliness. t A wide (Ă˜120mm / 4.72″) solution inlet is for easy and safe pouring of solution into the recirculating cooler. t Pressure gauge comes standard for observing the pump pressure. t The refrigeration system can be observed easily to diagnostic at a glance by high / low pressure gauges.

Digital Controller

(HH-25, 35, 25H, 35H, 45H, 55H Models)

t Different types of pumps come standard with the recirculating cooler to provide versatility.

."9 âł„ .*/ âł„

âł„

07&3 5&.1 -*.*5

External Sensor

Alarm Output

Temp. limit & RS-232 Serial & Etc

102

RS-232 Serial

t Warning alarm/monitoring system. - Over temperature. - Lack of bath solutions.


Recirculating Coolers (Chillers)

Recirculating Coolers (High Temp. Models)

Pumping Capacities (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water) Submersible Pump

t )) )

t )) ) )

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Temperature 1) (bath fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

Cooling Capacity (bath Fluid : ethylene glycol mix 1:1 water)

HH-15

HH-20

Temperature Stability at 15âł„, (Âąâł„ / âł…)

0.1 / 0.2

HH-45H 2)

HH-55H 2)

at 80âł„ (kw)

2

2.5

3.5

4

6

at 40âł„ (kw)

0.9

1

2.4

2.5

4.5

5

at 20âł„ (kw)

1.45

1.8

2.5

3.3

6.5

7.1

at 0âł„ (kw)

0.86

1.15

1.1

1.7

3

4.1

at -20âł„ (kw)

0.3

0.4

0.4

0.55

1.2

1.8 40 / 10.6

Max. Pressure (bar / psi)

3.3 / 47.9

6 / 87

13.5 / 0.47

25 / 0.88

Cat. No. Electric Requirement (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

39 / 1.37

515Ă—715Ă— 835 / 20.3Ă—28.1Ă—32.9

550Ă—900Ă—1140 / 21.7Ă—35.4Ă—44.9

20 / 0.8

Overall (Wx Dx H, mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

92 / 202.8

93 / 205

142 / 313

605Ă—1045Ă—1300 / 23.8Ă—41.4Ă—51.2

147 / 324

13A

15A

24A

29A

AAH67011K

AAH67021K

AAH67031K

AAH67041K

11A

12.5A

20.5A

25A

AAH67012K

AAH67022K

AAH67032K

AAH67042K

Electric Requirement (380V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

-

-

-

-

Electric Requirement (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

1.5 4 70 / 18.5

For Tubing Dia (mm / inch)

Electric Requirement (230V, 60Hz)

7.5

3.6

Max. Flow Rate (L / min, gal / min) Max. Filling Capacity (L, cu ft)

Dimension

HH-35

-20 to 80 / - 4 to 176

Heating Capacity(kw) Pump

HH-25

Working Temperature Range (âł„ / âł…)

-

-

-

-

171Âą10 / 377Âą22 176Âą10 / 388Âą22 -

-

-

-

10.5A

12.5A

AAH67159K

AAH67169K

9A

11A

AAH67158K

AAH67168K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12876. 2) Only HH- 45H, 55H is recorded by 380V, 60Hz.

ⲟ Above specification value is recorded by 50Hz. ⲟ The performance values refer to +20âł„(68âł…) ambient temperature. ⲟ Product performance may be affected by ambient temperatures. ⲟ Under the condition of no-load operation, cooling capacity should be lower than heating capacity.

103


R

Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Accessories & Options

Barbed Fittings

Connectors / Adapters

One Touch Adapters Set

Flexible Fittings

Barbed Fittings Barbed fitting systems are geared for quick connecting of various size type tubes using pipe fittings, tube fittings, and hose fittings without tools. Cat. No. HXE1066 HXE1067 HXE1068 HXE1069 HXE1070 AAA64501 AAA64502 AAA64503 AAA64504 AAA64505 AAA64506 AAA64507 AAA64508 AAA64509 AAA64510

Description 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 1” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 3/4” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 5/8” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 1/2” inner dia 3/4” Male to Barbed Fitting for Tubing 3/8” inner dia 1” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/4” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 5/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1/2” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 3/4” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 5/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 1/2” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve 3/8” Barbed Fittings Set with Gate Valve

Connectors / Adapters Cat. No. HXE1105 HXE1106 HXE1107 HXE1108 HXE1109 HXE1110 HXE1111 HXE1112

Description 3/4” Male to 3/4” Female 3/4” Male to 5/8” Female 3/4” Male to 1/2” Female 3/4” Male to 3/8” Female 3/4” Male to 3/4” Male 3/4” Male to 5/8” Male 3/4” Male to 1/2” Male 3/4” Male to 3/8” Male

One touch Adapters Set Connect and exchange rigid tubing easily. Cat. No. HXE1075 HXE1076 HXE1077 HXE1078 AAA64531 AAA64532 AAA64533 AAA64534

Description 12mm One Touch Adapter 10mm One Touch Adapter 8mm One Touch Adapter 6mm One Touch Adapter 12mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 10mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 8mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve 6mm Adapters Set with Ball Valve

id 9mm, od 12mm id 6.5mm, od 10mm id 5.5mm, od 8mm id 4mm, od 6mm

Flexible Fittings Stainless tubing designed for superior flexibility and with good chemical resistance. Cat. No. HXE1071 HXE1072 AAA64521 AAA64522 AAA64523 AAA64524

104

Description 3/4” Male to 3/4” Flexible Fitting 3/4” Male to 1/2” Female with 1/2” Male to1/2” Flexible Fitting 3/4” Flexible Fittings Set with Ball Valve 1/2” Flexible Fittings Set with Ball Valve 3/4” Flexible Fittings Set with Gate Valve 1/2” Flexible Fittings Set with Gate Valve


Recirculating Coolers (Chillers) Accessories & Options

Distributing Fittings

Tubing

Tubing Insulations

Tube Clamps

Tubing Cat. No.

Description

HXE1079 HXE1080 HXE1081 HXE1082 HXE1083 HXE1084 HXE1085 HXE1086 HXE1087 HXE1088 HXE1089 HXE1090 HXE1091 HXE1092

1m 12mm Urethane Tubing 1m 10mm Urethane Tubing 1m 8mm Urethane Tubing 1m 6mm Urethane Tubing 1m 1” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 3/4” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 5/8” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 1/2” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 3/8” PVC Tubing with Thread 1m 1” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 3/4” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 5/8” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 1/2” PVC Tubing with Wire 1m 3/8” PVC Tubing with Wire

id 9mm, od 12mm id 6.5mm, od 10mm id 5.5mm, od 8mm id 4mm, od 6mm id 25mm, od 31mm id 19mm, od 24mm id 16mm, od 20.5mm id 12mm, od 16mm id 10mm, od 14mm id 25mm, od 33mm id 19mm, od 26mm id 15mm, od 22mm id 12mm, od 18mm id 9mm, od 15mm

Tubing Insulations EPDM insulation is used to reduce heat loss and condensation from cold water plumbing, chilled water, and refrigeration lines. Cat. No. HXE1093 HXE1094 HXE1095 HXE1096 HXE1097

Description EPDM Insulation, 16mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 19mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 25mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 28mm inner dia.(9T) EPDM Insulation, 35mm inner dia.(9T)

Flexible Tubing Cat. No. HXE1073 HXE1074

Description 3/4” Flexible Tubing (sus304, m) 1/2” Flexible Tubing (sus304, m)

Tube Clamps Cat. No. HXE1098 HXE1099 HXE1100 HXE1101 HXE1102

Bath Fluid Description

1” Clamp 3/4” Clamp 5/8” Clamp 1/2” Clamp 3/8” Clamp

Are bath fluids that may be suitable to use with the recirculating cooler, in place of water. Cat. No. HXE1113 HXE1114 HXE1115

Description Distilled Water (20L) Ethylene Glycol (4L) Ethylene Glycol (20L)

Distribution Fittings

External Sensor (only for HS, HH Models)

Distributing fittings connect even with small tubes with barb fittings.

External temperature sensor (Pt 100) for measured value.

Cat. No. AAA64541 AAA64542

Description 3-Way Distributing Barbed Fittings Set (1/4”) 3-Way Distributing Barbed Fittings Set (3/8”)

Cat. No. CFA1946

Description 3m Cable for Pt 100 Sensor

105


Refrigerators & Freezers SELECTION GUIDE

Laboratory Refrigerators Description

Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

CLG-150

Laboratory Refrigerators

Laboratory Refrigerators

Pharmacy Refrigerators

CLG-300 CLG-650 CLG-850

(L /cu ft)

Door type

Shelve Page or Drawer

156 / 5.5 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

CLG-1400

319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5

Glass or Solid

Shelve

108 -110

843 / 29.7 1395 / 49.3

Laboratory Freezers

Pharmacy Refrigerators Description

Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Pharmacy Refrigerators

CLP-650 CLP-850 CLP-1400

2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

(L /cu ft)

Door type

Shelve Page or Drawer

636 / 22.5 843 / 29.7

Glass or Solid

Drawer

112 -114

Door type

Shelve or Drawer

Page

1395 / 49.3

Laboratory Freezers Description

Operating Chamber Temp. Range Volume (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

FHG-150 FHG-300 FHG-650 Laboratory Freezers

FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650

-15 to 0 / 5 to 32

-25 to -15 / -13 to 5 -35 to -25 / -31 to -13

(L /cu ft)

156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5 156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3

Solid

Shelve

116 - 118

636 / 22.5 156 / 5.5 319 / 11.3 636 / 22.5

Accessories & Options Description

Page

for Laboratory Refrigerators

111

for Pharmacy Refrigerators

115

for Laboratory Freezers

119


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

General Applications BOD Protocols Chemical Storage Chromatography Apparatus and Instrumentation Clinical Culture Enzymes General Storage Life Science Medication Pharmaceutical Pre-Freezing Reagents Test Samples Temperature Sensitive Materials

Laboratory Refrigerators & Freezers CLG / CLP FHG / FMG / FCG t t t t t t t t t t t -

t t t t t t t

* Above listed applications are for general and storage purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits. 2) Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. 3) Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. 4) Two separate fuses protecting against over current. 5) Built-in door lock. 6) Eco-friendly refrigerant: non-ozone.

Constructional Features 1) High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating. 2) Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)

3) Door seal packing - Refrigerators : magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door. - Freezers : air-tight silicone door seal with vice lock door closing mechanism for safe storage of samples. 4) Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation. 5) Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires. (except for CLG -150, all Freezer Models)

6) High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material. 7) Built-in casters for easy transport. (except for all 150 Models)

8) Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for all 150 Models for use in labs with limited space. (optional) 9) Various accessories.

Optimum Control Features 1) Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. 2) CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency. 3) Optimizing temperature control system - All 150, 300, 650 Models with Automatic defrost system minimize temperature change. - All 850, 1400 Models with highly efficient Dual refrigeration system minimize temperature change itself. (no defrost system needed)

- Additional manual defrost system also allows for immediate control. (only for freezer Models)

4) Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. 5) Easy temperature unit conversion between 째C and 째F 6) Three types of recorders to choose from. (optional) - Dot matrix recorder / Chart recorder / Thermal line recorder.


L

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Refrigerator products Information is readily available on our website.

CLG-650

CLG-1400

CLG-850

CLG-150 CLG-300

Laboratory Refrigerators

108


Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators

Ideal for research, and industrial laboratories Eco-friendly lab refrigeration systems with advanced safety features providing stable refrigerated environments.

Safety Features

Constructional Features

t High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits.

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating.

t Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. t Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. t Two separate fuses protecting against over current.

t Built-in fluorescent lighting for all refrigerators. (except for CLG-150)

t Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)

t Magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door.

t Built-in door lock.

t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation.

Operating Features

t Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires. (except for CLG-150)

t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. - Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °C and ⳅ

t High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.

t Setting and resolution indication: - Temperature: 0.1Ⳅ / ⳅ - Signal indication for operation status. - Visible set values: set point value (SV) / present value displayed together on the display.

t Built-in casters for easy transport. (except for CLG-150) t Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for CLG-150 for use in labs with limited space. (optional) t Various accessories

(PV)

t CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency. t Optimizing defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator for CLG-150, 300, 650. - None defrost system needed for CLG-850, 1400 due to its dual refrigerating system. t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6”, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder

Wire Shelves

Door Key Lock

109


L

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Refrigerators

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

CLG-150

CLG-300

CLG-650

CLG-850

CLG-1400

156 / 5.5

319 / 11.3

636 / 22.5

843 / 29.7

1395 / 49.3

1/6×2ea

1/4×2ea

Display

VFD and touch-screen 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/8

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/6

1/4

Door Type

Heated glass or Solid

Lighting

Material

18W Fluorescent lamp

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation

Dimension (W×D×H)

60mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

550×580×490 / 21.7×22.8×19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

650×675×1450 / 25.6×26.6×57.1

750×775×1450 / 29.5×30.5×57.1

1425×675×1450 / 56.1×26.6×57.1

Exterior (mm / inch)

683×791×870 / 26.9×31.1×34.4

670×719×1515 / 26.4×28.3×59.6

770×815×1965 / 30.3×32.1×77.4

870×915×1965 / 34.3×36×77.4

1545×815×1965 /60.8×32.1×77.4

100 / 220.4

130 / 286.6

210 / 463

260 / 573.2

4A

4.5 A

6.5 A

9A

13A

Solid Door Type

AAHE1003U

AAHE1013U

AAHE1023U

AAHE1033U

AAHE1043U

Glass Door Type

AAHE1103U

AAHE1113U

AAHE1123U

AAHE1133U

AAHE1143U

2A

2.3 A

4A

5A

6A

Solid Door Type

AAAE1001K

AAHE1011K

AAHE1021K

AAHE1031K

AAHE1041K

Glass Door Type

AAAE1101K

AAHE1111K

AAHE1121K

AAHE1131K

AAHE1141K

2A

2.3 A

4A

5A

6A

Solid Door Type

AAHE1002K

AAHE1012K

AAHE1022K

AAHE1032K

AAHE1042K

Glass Door Type

AAHE1102K

AAHE1112K

AAHE1122K

AAHE1132K

AAHE1142K

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

32W Fluorescent lamp

350 / 771.6

Include and Maximum Shelve Quantity Products

110

Wire Shelves Include Maximum

Wire Shelves (slide type) Include Maximum

Drawer (slide type) Include Maximum

CLG-150

2

6

-

4

-

CLG-300

3

11

-

7

-

3 5

CLG-650

3

17

-

11

-

8

CLG-850

3

17

-

11

-

8

CLG-1400

6

34

-

22

-

16


Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options

for CLG Models Recorders

Dot Recorder

Others

Chart Recorder

Thermal Line Recorder

Electrical Outlet (CLG)

Stand with Casters (only CLG-150)

Shelves

Wire Shelves

Wire Shelves (slide type)

Drawer (slide type)

Shelves & Drawers Cat. No. AAAE1511 AAAE1512 AAAE1513 AAAE1514 AAAE1515 AAAE1516 AAAE1517 AAAE1518 AAAE1519

Description "Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)"

"Wire Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"

"Drawers Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"

CLG-150

CLG-300

CLG-650

CLG-850

t

t

-

-

CLG-1400 -

-

-

t

-

t -

-

-

-

t

t

t

-

-

-

-

-

t

-

t

-

-

-

t

-

t

t

-

-

-

-

-

t

-

t

-

-

-

t

-

Recorders & Others Cat. No.

Description

CLG-150

CLG-300

CLG-650

CLG-850

CLG-1400

AAA8T500

Recorder (dot type , 6 point)

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1503

Recorder (thermal line type)

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1521

Cable Port

-

t

t

t

t

AAAE1531

Electric Outlet (120V-US style)

-

t

t

t

t

AAAE1532

Electric Outlet (230V-Korea style)

-

t

t

t

t

111


L

Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Refrigerator products Information is readily available on our website.

CLP-1400

CLP-850

Pharmacy Refrigerators

112

CLP-650


Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators

Ideal for for pharmaceutical, clinical laboratories Eco-friendly lab refrigeration systems with advanced safety features providing stable refrigerated environments.

Safety Features

Constructional Features

t High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits.

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirt-repellent external surface with powder coating.

t Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened. t Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. t Two separate fuses protecting against over current.

t Built-in fluorescent lighting for all refrigerators. (except for CLG-150)

t Double-pane tempered glass door with built-in wire heater providing clear inside view of the chambers. (for the models with glass doors only)

t Magnetic door seal for absorbing impact from opening and closing the door.

t Built-in door lock.

t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation.

Operating Features

t Built-in 50mm diameter cable port for external probes or wires.

t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. - Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °C and °F

t High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.

t Setting and resolution indication: - Temperature: 0.1°C / °F - Signal indication for operation status. - Visible set values: set point value (SV) / present value displayed together on the display.

t Built-in casters for easy transport. t Various accessories

(PV)

t CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency. t Optimizing defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator for CLP-650. - None defrost system needed for CLP-850, 1400 due to its dual refrigerating system. t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6”, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder

Drawer (slide type)

Door Key Lock

113


L

Refrigerators & Freezers Pharmacy Refrigerators

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

CLP-650

CLP-850

CLP-1400

636 / 22.5

843 / 29.7

1395 / 49.3

Display

VFD and touch-screen 2 to 10 / 35.6 to 50

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/4

Refrigerator (Hp)

1 / 6×2ea

Door Type Lighting Material

32W Fluorescent lamp Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)

60mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

650×675×1450 / 25.6×26.6×57.1

750×775×1450 / 29.5×30.5×57.1

1425×675×1450 / 56.1×26.6×57.1

Exterior (mm / inch)

770×815×1965 / 30.3×32.1×77.4

870×915×1965 / 34.3×36×77.4

1545×815×1965 / 60.8×32.1×77.4

210 / 463

260 / 573.2

4A

5A

6A

Solid Door Type

AAHE3021K

AAHE3031K

AAHE3041K

Glass Door Type

AAHE3121K

AAHE3131K

AAHE3141K

4A

5A

6A

Solid Door Type

AAHE3022K

AAHE3032K

AAHE3042K

Glass Door Type

AAHE3122K

AAHE3132K

AAHE3142K

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

1 / 4×2ea

Heated glass or Solid

350 / 771.6

Ⲽ Other size of chamber also available. (156L, 319L)

Include and Maximum Shelve Quantity Products

114

Wire Shelves Include Maximum

Wire Shelves (slide type) Include Maximum

Drawer (slide type) Include Maximum

CLP-650

-

17

-

11

6

CLP-850

-

17

-

11

6

8 8

CLP-1400

-

34

-

22

12

16


Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options

for CLP Models Recorders

Dot Recorder

Others

Chart Recorder

Thermal Line Recorder

Electrical Outlet (CLG)

Wire Shelves (slide type)

Drawer (slide type)

Shelves

Wire Shelves

Shelves & Drawers Cat. No. AAAE1512 AAAE1513 AAAE1515 AAAE1516 AAAE1518 AAAE1519

Description

CLP-650

CLP-850

CLP-1400

“Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)”

t

-

t

-

t

-

“Wire Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)”

t

-

t

-

t

-

“Drawers Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)”

t

-

t

-

t

-

CLP-1400

Recorders & Others Cat. No.

Description

CLP-650

CLP-850

AAA8T500

Recorder (dot type , 6 point)

t

t

t

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

t

t

t

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

t

t

t

AAAE1503

Recorder (thermal line type)

t

t

t

AAAE1521

Cable Port

t

t

t

115


L

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Freezers

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Freezer products Information is readily available on our website.

FHG / FMG / FCG-150

FHG / FMG / FCG-650

Laboratory Freezers

116

FHG / FMG / FCG-300


Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory freezers

A variety of freezer models for subzero degree storage (down to -35âł„) of your sensitive lab material with innovative defrost system.

Safety Features t High as well as low temperature alerts with visual and audible alarms when the temperature exceeds the set temperature limits. t Open door alert - 1st: visible alarm for two minutes after the door is opened. - 2nd: audible alarm thereafter if the door is still opened.

Operating Features t Intuitive and easy-to-operate control panel with vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touch-sensitive buttons, and a jog dial. - Keypad lock button preventing inadvertent parameter changes. - Easy temperature unit conversion between °C and °F

t Automatic shutdown of the fan for minimizing heat loss when the door is opened. t Two separate fuses protecting against over current. t Built-in door lock.

t Setting and resolution indication: - Temperature: 0.1âł„ / âł… - Signal indication for operation status. - Visible set values: set point value displayed together on the display.

Constructional Features

t CPU logic control system offering precise temperature control as well as high energy efficiency.

t High-quality 304 grade stainless steel chamber interior and dirtrepellent external surface with powder coating.

t Dual defrost systems - Innovative auto-defrost system automatically activated when detecting trace amount of frost build-up in the evaporator. - Additional manual defrost system for immediate frost removal.

t Air-tight silicone door seal with vice lock door closing mechanism for safe storage of samples. t Fully insulated chamber ensuring minimal chamber temperature fluctuation. t High thermal efficiency evaporation system made of low corrosion material.

(SV)

/ present value

(PV)

t Three types of recorders to choose from (optional) - Dot recorder (6 point) - Chart recorder (6�, 24hr/7days) - Thermal line recorder

t Built-in casters for easy transport. (except for FHG/FMG/FCG-150) t Dedicated stand with casters and stacking kit for FHG/FMG/FCG150 for use in labs with limited space. (optional) t Various accessories

LABORTATORY FREEZER

Digital Controllor

Door Key Lock

Vice Lock Door

117


L

Refrigerators & Freezers Laboratory Freezers

Specifications & Ordering Information FHG Models (for temperature range from -15Ⳅ to 0Ⳅ) Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

FHG-150

FHG-300

FHG-650

156 / 5.5

319 / 11.3

647 / 22.8

Display

VFD and touch-screen 0 to -15 / 32 to 5

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/3

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/3

Door Type

1/3

Solid

Material

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)

550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4

750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4

950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

Solid Door Type

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Solid Door Type

120 / 264.6

150 / 330.7

3.5A

3.8A

230 / 507.1 3.8A

AAHE2101K

AAHE2111K

AAHE2121K

3.5A AAHE2102K

3.8A AAHE2112K

3.8A AAHE2122K

FMG-150

FMG-300

FMG-650

156 / 5.5

319 / 11.3

647 / 22.8

Specifications & Ordering Information FMG Models (for temperature range from -25Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ) Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Display

VFD and touch-screen -15 to -25 / 5 to -13

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 1/2

Refrigerator (Hp)

1/2

Door Type

3/8

Solid

Material

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)

550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4

750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4

950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

100mm, Polyurethane foam

Interior (mm / inch)

Solid Door Type

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Solid Door Type

120 / 264.6

150 / 330.7

4.5A

4.8A

230 / 507.1 5.5A

AAHE2201K

AAHE2211K

AAHE2221K

4.5A AAHE2202K

4.8A AAHE2212K

5.5A AAHE2222K

FCG-150

FCG-300

FCG-650

156 / 5.5

319 / 11.3

647 / 22.8

Specifications & Ordering Information FCG Models (for temperature range from -35Ⳅ to -25Ⳅ) Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Display

VFD and touch-screen -25 to -35 to -13 to -31

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) 3/4

Refrigerator (Hp) Door Type Material

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Steel, 1 mm, powder coating

Insulation Dimension (W×D×H)

100mm, Polyurethane foam 550x580x490 / 21.7x22.8x19.3

550×580×1000 / 21.7×22.8×39.4

700x675x1370 / 27.6x26.6x53.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

763x871x975 / 30x34.3x38.4

750x799x1610 / 29.5x31.5x63.4

950x885x1980 / 37.4x34.8x78

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Solid Door Type

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Solid Door Type

123 / 271.2

155 / 341.7

6A

7.5A

9.5A

AAHE2301K

AAHE2311K

AAHE2321K

6A AAHE2302K

7.5A AAHE2312K

9.5A AAHE2322K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 35Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%).

118

1.2

Interior (mm / inch)

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

1 Solid

238 / 524.7


Refrigerators & Freezers Accessories & Options

for FHG / FMG / FCG Models Recorders

Others

Dot Recorder

Chart Recorder

Thermal Line Recorder

Electrical Outlet (CLG)

Stand with Casters (only FHG / FMG / FCG-150)

Shelves

Wire Shelves

Wire Shelves

Drawer

(slide type)

(slide type)

Include and Maximum Shelve Quantity Models

Wire Shelves Include Maximum

Wire Shelves (slide type) Include Maximum

Drawer (slide type) Include Maximum

FHG-150

2

6

-

4

-

FHG-300

3

11

-

7

-

3 5

FHG-650

3

17

-

11

-

8

FMG-150

2

6

-

4

-

3

FMG-300

3

11

-

7

-

5

FMG-650

3

17

-

11

-

8

FCG-150

2

6

-

-

-

-

FCG-300

3

11

-

-

-

-

FCG-650

3

17

-

-

-

-

Shelves & Drawers Cat. No. AAAE1511 AAAE1512 AAAE1514 AAAE1515 AAAE1517 AAAE1518

Description

FHG-150 FHG-300 FHG-650 FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650

"Wire Shelves - flat type (included shelf bracket)"

t

t

-

t

t

-

t

t

-

-

-

t

-

-

t

-

-

t

"Wire Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"

t

t

-

t

t

-

-

-

-

-

-

t

-

-

t

-

-

-

"Drawers Shelves - slide type (included guide rail)"

t

t

-

t

t

-

-

-

-

-

-

t

-

-

t

-

-

-

Recorders & Others Cat. No.

Description

FHG-150 FHG-300 FHG-650 FMG-150 FMG-300 FMG-650 FCG-150 FCG-300 FCG-650

AAA8T500

Recorder (dot type , 6 point)

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1501

Recorder (chart type, 6”, 24hr / 7day)

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1502

Chart Recorder Paper (6”, 60 package)

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

AAAE1503

Recorder (thermal line type)

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

t

119


Shakers SELECTION GUIDE

Shakers (RPM)

Advanced Orbital Shakers Dual-action Shakers Economy Shakers Mini Shaker Microplate Shaker Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker

Speed Range

Description

Benchtop Models - Open-air

Heating Shaker Separatory Funnel Shaker

SKC-6075 SKC-6100 SKC-6200 Advanced Orbital Shakers SKC-7075 SKC-7100 SKC-7200 SK-300 Dual-action SK-600 Shakers SK-71 SKF-2025 SKF-2050 SKF-2075 SKF-2025R SKF-2050R SKF-2075R Economy Shakers SKF-3050 SKF-3075 SKF-3100 SKF-3050R SKF-3075R SKF-3100R Mini Shaker CMS-350

30 to 500

10 to 300

Maximum Net Weight Page Amplitude Size (kg/Ibs) (mm / inch, dia)

19 / 0.75 25 / 1 50 / 2 19 / 0.75 25 / 01 50 / 2 40 / 1.6

10 to 500 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 450 10 to 350 10 to 250 10 to 400 10 to 300 10 to 300 10 to 350 10 to 250 10 to 250 50 to 300

70 / 2.4 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5

Microplate Shakers

CPS-350

150 to 1200

3 / 0.1

Rocking Shaker Waving Shaker

CRS-350 CWS-350

5 to 100 8 to 100

( Tilt 7~13° adjustable) ( Tilt 0~13° adjustable)

65 / 143.3 124 75 / 165.4 24 / 52.9 29 / 63.9 50 / 110.2

126

20 / 44.1

127

33.68 / 74.25

8 / 17.6

128

7.7 / 17

129

3.7 / 8.16 3.7 / 8.16

130 131

Heating Shaker Description Benchtop Models - Open-air

Heating Shaker

CBS-350

Speed Range

Temperature Range

(RPM)

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

150 to 1500*

Amb. +5 to 100 / Amb. 41 to 212

Net Weight Page (kg/Ibs) 8.3 / 18.3

132

* Speed range from 150 to max. 1500rpm according to the choice of interchangeable block.

Separatory Funnel Shakers Vertical Speed Net Weight Page Length (kg/Ibs) Range (RPM) Stroke (mm / inch)

Description Be Benchtop Ty Type

Separatory Funnel Shaker

RS-1

50 to 300

40 / 1.6

24 / 52.9

133

Accessories & Options Ac Description for Shakers

Page 134-137


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Open-air and Separatory Funnel Shakers

General Applications

SKC

SK. SKF

t t

t t t t t

Bacterial Suspensions Cell Culture Diagnostic Tests Drug Analysis ELISA

t t

Environmental Technology (waste water and soil analysis)

Enzyme Immunoassays Extraction Procedures General Mixing Hemolyzing Blood Separation Hybridization Inorganic Solvent Extraction Soil Compound Extraction Solubility Studies

t

t

t t t

t t t t t

t

t

RS

t

CMS / CPS

CBS

CRS / CWS

t t t t

t t t t t

t t t t

t

t t

t t t t t t

t t t

t

Solvent Extraction for Water Quality Analysis

t t t t t

t t t t t

t

t

Staining and Destaining Perparation for Metal Analysis Pharmaceutical Profiling Protein Synthesis

t

t

t t

t t

t

t

t t

t t

t t

t t

* Above listed applications are for general purpose use.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Automatic power cut-off in case of over current. 2) User settable operation mode after power interruption: either Automatic Run or Manual Run. (except for SK, SKF models)

3) Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry. (except for RS, CPS, CMS, CWS, CBS, CRS models):

- Stopping the shaking table always at the center using a position sensor. - Smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. 4) Automatic adjusted shaking speed when load imbalance or unusual vibration is detected by the sensor. (only SKC models)

5) Over heat protection. : mechanical and electric circuits. (only CBS models)

Optimum Control Features

Constructional Features

1) Microprocessor PID control.

1) Low-profile design minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion.

2) Wide speed range suitable for most applications. 3) Self-diagnostic function identifying errors (audible and visible alarms) and also guiding troubleshooting. 4) Diverse shaking features. - Dual shaking actions: orbital and reciprocating. (only SK models) - Multi-function shaking system. - Time. Wait ON Wait OFF Program Save

3) Innovative and durable triple-cam shaking mechanism. (SKC models)

SK

SKF

SKC

t -

t t -

t t t

- Forward & Backward, Pause. 5) Intuitive, splash-proof, and easy to clean control panel. - Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad. (for SK and SKF models) - Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive buttons and a dial knob. (for SKC, CMS, CPS, CBS, CWS CRS, and CBS models)

6) Audible alarm at the end of each shaking session. (for RS models)

2) Smooth, quiet, and uniform shaking motion thanks to the maintenancefree BLDC motor which also supports high-speed applications and heavy workloads. (except for SKC models)

4) Dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. 5) DD(Direct drive) motor allows the shaker to hold heavy loads, is quiet, high rpm, and durable. (SKC models) 6) Wide range of accessories.


S Please visit

Shakers

Shakers - Open - Air .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Shaker products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification without CBS-350

122


Shakers

Shaking System Dual-action Shaking System All SK, SI, and IS shaking units are dual-action. The user is able to select between orbital and reciprocating shaking motion. Simply change the type of shaking motion by changing the way the platform is connected.

Reciprocating Motion

Orbital Motion

Multi-function Shaking System Intensive multi-function shaking system surpasses all the previous levels of shaker units. Mix and match clockwise, counterclockwise, start, and stop motions. (Making 6 possible combinations - refer to each model spec.)

Convenient and Unique Shaking Functions This unique shaker stops and starts at the always same position. This shaker is beneficial for semi-automated dosing or sampling of samples. Select between clockwise and counterclockwise shaking motion. - These durable shaking systems are able to function stably at low rpm settings. (between 10-25rpm) Usually the SK models-10rpm (SKC models-30rpm) setting is great for low damage biological mixing tests and cell cultivation.

Power OFF Power OFF

only start / stop here

123


S Please visit

Shakers

Advanced Orbital Shakers .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Shaker products Information is readily available on our website.

SKC - 7075 Optional Accessories see page 134-137

SKC Control Display

124

t Universal Platforms, Dual Universal Platforms t Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks, Half Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker


Shakers

Advanced orbital Shakers Innovative triple-cam shaking mechanism with offering reliable performance across a wide speed range. Specially designed to carry out heavy-duty and trouble-free operations continuously.

Constructional Features

Progressive Program Operation

t Ideal DD(Direct Drive) Brushless Motor and triple cam system support heavy loads, quiet (beltless, brushless, and gearless), maintenance free, and delivers high torque at high speeds, smooth rotation. t Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry: - Stopping the shaking table always at the same position allowing for automated dosing or sampling. - Providing smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. t Low-profile design (122 mm high) minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion. t Chemicals-resistant and durable construction. t Dirt-repellent external surface with power coating. Programming parameters

t Convenient universal platform exchange sliding.

Maximum Number of segments in one (1) pattern (Cycle) 20 Maximum Number of Patterns (Cycle) saved 20 Time 1min to 99hr 59min Shaking Motion - Forward & Backward, Pause RPM 30 to 500

t Various accessories.

Operating Features

t Adopted bright VFD display, and capacitive touch sensor button.

t Microprocessor PID control maintaining constant speed.

t Digital timer: 1min 99hr 59min, delayed ON / OFF.

t Wide speed range: 30 to 500 rpm t Digital timer with Delayed ON/OFF function: ranging from 1min to 99 hr 59 min. t Intuitive, splash-proof, and easy-to-clean control panel with a vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD), touchsensitive buttons, and a dial knob. t Automatic adjusted shaking speed when load imbalance or unusual vibration is detected by the sensor.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

SKC-6075

SKC-6100

Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range1) (RPM) Shaking System Accuracy at 100 RPM Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia) 19 / 0.75 Small Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Large Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electric Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electric Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

25 / 1 580×520 / 22.8×20.5 660×520 / 26×20.5 582.8×618 ×122.2 22.9×24.3×4.8 65 / 143.3

SKC-6200

SKC-7075

Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 30 to 500 ±1 50 / 2 19 / 0.75

SKC-7100

SKC-7200

25 / 1 50 / 2 755×520 / 29.7×20.5 885×520 / 34.8×20.5 754.8×662×122.2 29.7×26.1×4.8 75 / 165.4

0.4A AAH30105K

AAH30115K

AAH30125K

AAH30205K

AAH30215K

AAH30225K

AAH30206U

AAH30216U

AAH30226U

0.8A AAH30106U

AAH30116U

AAH30126U

1) When operating at high speed (350 ~ 500 rpm), it should be recommended to use an optional attachment to be fixed on the floor of the working place.

125


S

Shakers

Dual-action shaker

Dual-action benchtop platform shakers for up to 6L flasks. Orbital or reciprocating shaking action over a wide speed range (10 to 300 rpm) offering an ideal solution for your mixing needs.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Wide speed range: 10 ~ 300 rpm t Dual shaking actions: orbital or reciprocating. t Additional shaking modes: Forward (clockwise rotation), Backward (counterclockwise rotation), and Pause. t Multi-step Programming of Shaking Operations: - Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward/Backward/Pause modes: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec. t Maximum orbit diameter. - 40mm (1.6″) for SK-300, 600 - 70mm (2.8″) for SK-71 t Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad.

Constructional Features

SK-300 Optional Accessories see page 134-137

t Universal / Dedicated Platforms, Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker t Stage Rack (max. 4 stages)

t Equipped with a maintenance-free direct drive BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion required for high-speed applications and heavy workloads. t Special acceleration and deceleration circuitry: - Stopping the shaking table always at the same position allowing for automated dosing or sampling. - Providing smooth start and smooth stop preventing chemical spills from flasks or test tubes. t Low-profile design minimizing vibration or sliding caused by the high speed shaking motion. t Chemicals-resistant and durable construction. t Various accessories.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

SK-71

Timer

Run time: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec

Amplitude Size (mm / inch, dia.)

20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2, 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

Recip Stroke Length (mm / inch)

20, 30, 40 / 0.8, 1.2, 1.6 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

30, 40, 50, 60, 70 / 1.2, 1.6, 2, 2.4, 2.8 Available - Standard 30 / 1.2

Platform (W×D) (mm / inch)

350×350 / 13.8×13.8

450×450 / 17.7×17.7

755×481 / 29.7×18.9

Overall (W×D×H) (mm/inch)

410×490×150 / 16.1×19.3×5.9

510×595×150 / 20.1×23.4×5.9

820×610×166 / 32.3×24×6.5

24 / 52.9 0.2A AAH31105K 0.4A AAH31106U

29 / 63.9 0.2A AAH31205K 0.4A AAH31206U

50 / 110.2 0.2A AAH31305K 0.4A AAH31306U

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

126

SK-600

Orbital or Reciprocating motion selectable 10 to 300

Shaking System

Dimension

SK-300

Motion Type Speed Range (RPM)


Shakers

Economy Shakers Compact, affordable, and yet versatile shakers with interchangeable platform design. Two types of shaking motions (orbital or reciprocating), four types of an orbit or reciprocating lengths. The compact and interchangeable platform design accommodates various types and sizes of vessels and suitable for use in chambers.

Wide selective models t A wide selection of models to choose by: - Shaking motion: orbital or reciprocating. - Maximum speed: 250, 300, 350, 400, 450, 500 rpm - Amplitude: 7, 13, 19, 25 mm / 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1.0

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Additional shaking modes: (only for Orbital model) - Forward (clockwise rotation) - Backward (counterclockwise rotation) - Pause t Multi-step Programming of Shaking Operations: - Delayed On/Off Timer: 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min 59 sec. - Forward/Backward/Pause: 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec.

SKF-2075 Optional Accessories see page 134-137

t Universal Attachment, Spring wire Rack, Rubber Mat t Dimpled Mat, Dual Stacking Tray, Large Tray (for SKF-2000 Models only)

t Bright LED displays with touch-sensitive keypad. t Various optional accessories to accommodate diverse lab ware.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Shaking System

Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM

10 to 500

Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / Inch) Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No.

Model

Shaking System

SKF-2025

Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM

7 / 0.25

0.2 A AAH3A105K 0.4 A AAH3A106U

SKF-3050 10 to 400

Timer

Amplitude Size (mm / inch) Platform (WxD) (mm / inch) Overall (WxDxH) (mm / Inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50/60Hz) Cat. No.

13 / 0.5

0.2 A AAH3A305K 0.4 A AAH3A306U

SKF-2050 Orbital 10 to 400

SKF-2075

SKF-2025R

SKF-2050R Reciprocating 10 to 350

10 to 450 ±2 Delay On / Off Time : 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 7 / 0.25 13 / 0.5 320×260 / 12.6×10.2 355×375×140 / 14×14.8×5.5 20 / 44.1 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A AAH3A115K AAH3A125K AAH3A205K AAH3A215K 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A AAH3A116U AAH3A126U AAH3A206U AAH3A216U

SKF-3075 Orbital 10 to 300

10 to 300

SKF-3100 10 to 300

SKF-3050R

SKF-3075R Reciprocating 10 to 250

10 to 350 ±2 Delay On / Off Time : 10 sec to 999 hr 59 min Forward & Backward, Pause : 10 sec to 59 min 59 sec 19 / 0.75 25 / 1 13 / 0.5 19 / 0.75 350×350 / 13.8×13.8 410×490×140 / 16.1×19.3×5.5 30 / 74.25 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A 0.2 A AAH3A315K AAH3A325K AAH3A405K AAH3A415K 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A 0.4 A AAH3A316U AAH3A326U AAH3A406U AAH3A416U

SKF-2075R 10 to 250

19 / 0.75

0.2 A AAH3A225K 0.4 A AAH3A226U

SKF-3100R 10 to 250

25 / 1

0.2 A AAH3A425K 0.4 A AAH3A426U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (4-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

127


S

Shakers

Mini Shaker

Compact and lightweight design for space saving and portability with a real-time responsive speed control knob. Ideal for hybridization, immunocytochemistry, gel staining/destaining, and other bioscience applications.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Suitable for low rpm sensitive applications. t Speed range: 50 ~ 300 rpm t One-touch timer for time-dependent shaking operations : 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Orbit size: 13mm dia. (0.51″ dia.) t Digital VFD display for speed and shaking motion.

Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch–sensitive keypad.

CMS-350 Optional Accessories see page 134-137

t Rubber Mats, Universal Attachments t Flask Clamps, Funnel Clamps t Test Tube Racks, Spring Wire Racks t Microplate Holders t Lab Sticker

t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, cold rooms, etc. t Removable rubber mat for easy transport of well-plates (Max. 6 ea)and dishes. (optional) t Good chemicals-resistant. t Various accessories.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 100 RPM Shaking System Timer Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia) Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Rubber Mat (optional) Material Body Rubber Mat (W×D) (mm / inch) Platform (W×D) (mm / inch) Dimension Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug

CMS-350 Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 50 to 300 ±5 1min. to 99hrs. 59min. 13 / 0.51 up to 4 / 8.81 PP+Rubber PP 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 250×250 / 9.8×9.8 276×334×130 / 10.9×13.1×5.1 8 / 17.6 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50 / 60 Hz AAH3B1115K AAH3B1115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

128


Shakers

Microplate Shaker Fitted with 4 microplates and wider speed range to accommodate various sample testing. Optimally designed to shake four microplates simultaneously, this Microplate Shaker is ideal for applications that demand precise and repeatable mixing.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t One-touch timer for time-dependent shaking operations : 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Smooth start feature to avoid sample contamination. t Timer range: 1 min to 99 hour 59 min. t Orbital size: 3 mm (0.12”) - Automatic shut down: Overload (max. load: 4kg) t Digital VFD display for speed and shaking motion.

Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch–sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, hybridization reactions, etc. (up to 60Ⳅ) t Good chemicals-resistant.

CPS-350 Optional Accessories see page 137

t Various accessories. - Optional tube racks also available for 1.5ml microtubes, 15ml conical tubes, and 50ml conical tubes.

t Micro-Tube Rack with Cap t Conical Tube Racks

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display Motion Type Speed Range (RPM) Accuracy at 500 RPM Shaking System Timer Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia) Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Tray (W×D) (mm /inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm /inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Cat. No.

(KR Plug) (US Plug)

CPS-350 Feedback control PID VFD Orbital 150 to 1,200 ±15 1min. to 99hrs. 59min. 3 / 0.12 4 / 8.8 267×185 / 10.5×7.3 249×329x127 / 9.8×13×5 7.7 / 17 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH3C1115K AAH3C1115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

129


S

Shakers

Rocking Shaker

Adjustable tilt angle and precise digital speed control providing desired rocking motion. Designed for time-dependent and low rpm sensitive applications such as ELISA, enzyme immunoassays, protein synthesis, hybridization staining/destaining gels, pharmaceutical profiling, etc.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Digital speed control providing gentle to vigorous motion. - Rocking shaker: 5 to 100 rpm t Easy to adjust tilt angle - Rocking shaker: 7 to 13° t One-touch timer range: 1 min to 100 hr.

Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, cold rooms, etc.

CRS-350 Included Accessories t Dimpled Mat (Tray, Silicone pad, 2 Rubber bands) Optional Accessories t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) see page 134-137 t Universal Harness

t Three types of removable rubber mat for easy transport of well-plates, test tubes, etc. (included Dimpled mat, and optional Rubber mat, Universal harness)

(Tray, Sticky pad, 6 Rubber bands)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display MotionType Speed Range (RPM) Shaking Accuracy at 100 RPM System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Dimpled Mat (standard) Material Body Tray (W×D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug

CRS-350 Feedback control with PID VFD Rocking type 5 to 100 ±5 7 to 13° 5 / 11.02 PP (Polypropylene) + Silicone PP (Polypropylene) 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 276×320×150 / 10.87×12.6×5.91 3.7 / 8.16 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH391115K AAH391115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

130


Shakers

Waving Shaker Enhanced conveniences for tilt adjustment, removable tray, and digital controlling. Accommodates to be used in a variety of test tube size, beakers, vials, micro-well plates, culture plates, plastic/glass trays.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control. t Digital speed control providing gentle to vigorous motion. - Waving shaker: 8 to 100 rpm t Easy to adjust tilt angle - Waving shaker: 0 to 13° t One-touch timer range: 1 min to 100 hr.

Constructional Features t Equipped with a maintenance-free BLDC motor to generate smooth, quiet, uniform, and yet powerful shaking motion. t Vivid and colorful vacuum fluorescent display (VFD) with touch-sensitive keypad. t Compact and lightweight design allowing for use inside incubators, environmental chambers, refrigerators, cold rooms, etc.

CWS-350 Included Accessories t Dimpled Mat (Tray, Silicone pad, 2 Rubber bands) Optional Accessories t Rubber Mat (Tray, Sticky pad) see page 134-137 t Universal Harness

t Three types of removable rubber mat for easy transport of well-plates, test tubes, etc. (included Dimpled mat, and optional Rubber mat, Universal harness)

(Tray, Sticky pad, 6 Rubber bands)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display MotionType Speed Range (RPM) Shaking Accuracy at 100 RPM System Tilt Angle Max. Load (kg / Ibs) Dimpled Mat (standard) Material Body Tray (W×D) (mm / inch) Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch) Dimension Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements KR Plug Cat. No. US Plug

CWS-350 Feedback control with PID VFD Waving Type 8 to 100 ±5 0 to 13° 5 / 11.02 PP (Polypropylene) + Silicone PP (Polypropylene) 276×276 / 10.87×10.87 276×320×150 / 10.87×12.6×5.91 3.7 / 8.16 AV 100 ~ 240 V, 50/60 Hz AAH381115K AAH381115U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%).

131


S

Shakers

Heating shaker

Useful for a variety of molecular biology applications. Interval mix function in program mode can be properly set according to user’s test condition.

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control ensuring consistent shaking motion and precision accuracy. t Speed range from 150 to max. of 1500 rpm (depend on a choice of interchangeable blocks)

t Maximum 9 temperature range-specific calibration. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters (such as temp., rpm, time) of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol. - Interval Mix function (continuous switching between shaking and phasing) t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts only after reaching the set temp. - Timer 2 starts right after the timer setting.

Constructional Features t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons. t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean.

CBS-350 Optional Accessories see page 137

t 96-Well Tube Block Set with Covers t 0.5⽀ / 1.5⽀ / 50⽀ Tube Block Set with Covers

t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks. t Low-profile design with rubber feet for minimal vibration and noise. t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

CBS-350

Control Display Temperature

Safety

Feedback control PID VFD (0.1Ⳅ resolution) Amb. +5 to 100 / 41 to 212 0.5 / 0.9 0.15 / 0.27 360 Heating plate PCB Current limit protection Orbital

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Fluctuation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Heating power (W) Over Temp. Over Current Motion Type

Shaking System Dimension

Speed range (RPM)

(WxDxH)

Orbit Size (mm / inch, dia.) Overall (mm/inch) (WxDxH) Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical requirements (230V,50Hz/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No. Dimension

96-well tube block 0.5⽀ tube block 1.5⽀ tube block 50⽀ tube block 2 / 0.08 276 x 334 x 170 / 10.9 x 13.1 x 6.7 8.3 / 18.3 1.7A AAHJ4015K 3.4A AAHJ4013U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%) Ⲽ Above specs can be changed without prior notice.

132

150 to 1500 150 to 1200 150 to 1200 150 to 1000


Shakers

Separatory Funnel Shaker Intensive vertical reciprocating agitation for quick solvent extraction. Shaking up to 6 samples in identical conditions for any series or comparative protocols in chemistry, biotech, and medical labs.

Features t Vertical reciprocating motion with maximum stroke length of 40mm. (1.6″) t Easy to operate. t Wide speed range (50 to 300 rpm) suitable for most applications. t Timer range: 0 to 60 min / continuous t Digital LED speed indicator. t Audible alarm and automatic shut down at the end of each shaking session. t Easily adjustable funnel holders. t Maximum number of funnels installable : 10 (up to 5 holders per each side)

* Funnel Capacities (per each side)

RS-1 Included Accessories

Capacity

Round type funnel

Slim type funnel

3-5 3 -

5 3 3

under 500ml 500ml 1L

t Funnel Holder 6 Sets (ordering information - Cat. No.: AAA32501)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Shaking System

Dimension

RS-1

Motion Type

Vertical reciprocating

Speed Range (RPM)

50 to 300

Timer

60 min or continuous operation

Vertical Stroke Length (mm / inch)

40 / 1.6

Overall (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

445×730×505 / 17.5×28.7×19.9

Max. Load per each Side (kg / lbs)

3 / 6.6

Net Weight (Kg / lbs)

24 / 52.9

Electrical Requirements (230V)

50Hz, 0.4A

60Hz, 0.4A

Cat. No.

AAH32012K

AAH32015K

133


S

Shakers

Accessories & Options

for Dual-action & Economy & Mini Shakers

Universal Platforms (SK, SKF)

Universal Platform (CMS-350)

Test Tube Racks

Tower Flat A Flat B Single

Flask Clamps

Flask Clamps (plastic) Model

Universal Platform

Funnel Clamps SK-300

Cat. No.

SK-600

SKF-3000 Models

CMS-350

AAA3A501

AAA31501-V1

AAA3B501

AAA23550

for 50 mL

36

55

99

21

36

16

AAA23551

for 100 mL

28

44

74

14

28

9

AAA23552

for 250 mL

13

24

39

8

13

9

AAA23556

for 300 mL

13

24

39

8

13

9

AAA23553

for 500 mL

10

16

25

5

10

5

AAA23554

for 1L

5

8

14

3

5

4

AAA23555

for 2L

4

5

9

-

4

1

AAA23557

for 2.8L

2

4

6

-

2

-

AAA23558

for 4L

1

2

4

-

-

-

AAA23559

for 6L

1

2

4

-

-

16

Max. Mountable Flask Clamps

AAA30570

for 50 mL

28

39

65

16

28

AAA30571

for 100 ~ 125 mL

16

29

52

12

16

9

AAA30572

for 200 mL

13

25

33

8

13

9

AAA30573

for 250 mL

12

20

33

6

12

9

AAA30574

for 300 mL

12

16

33

6

12

9

AAA30575

for 500 mL

9

12

20

4

9

5

AAA30576

for 1L

5

9

12

2

5

4

AAA30577

for 2L

4

5

6

-

4

1

AAA23562

for 250 mL

4

6

11

4

4

3

AAA23563

for 500 mL

3

4

9

3

3

2

AAA23564

for 1L

2

3

5

2

2

2

AAA23565

for 2L

1

2

4

-

1

-

2

2

Separating Funnel Size Funnel Clamps

SKF-2000 Models

Max. Mountable Flask Clamps

Erlenmeyer Flask Size

Flask Clamps (plastic)

SK-71

AAA31501-V1 AAA31502-V1 AAA23503-V1 Erlenmeyer Flask Size

Flask Clamps

Microplate Holders

Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps

Mountable Capacity of Racks

Test Tube Racks1)

AAA23581

for 86 Test Tubes, ø8mm

AAA23582

for 86 Test Tubes, ø10mm

AAA23583

for 58 Test Tubes, ø12mm

AAA23584

for 58 Test Tubes, ø14mm

AAA23585

for 32 Test Tubes, ø17mm

AAA23586

for 19 Test Tubes, ø25mm

AAA23594

for 10 Test Tubes, ø35mm

AAA23654

2

4

6

2

Single

8

15

25

6

8

6

AAA23651

Tower

6

10

16

4

6

6

AAA23652

Flat A(large)

-

2

3

-

-

-

AAA23653

Flat B(small)

2

3

5

1

2

-

Max. Mountable Microplate Holders Microplate Holders

1) No declination.

Ⲽ Above accessories need to be mounted on a universal platform which is sold separately.

134


Shakers

Accessories & Options for Dual-action & Economy & Mini Shakers

Dedicated Platform

Spring Wire Racks

Rubber Mats (SK, SKF)

Universal Attachment

Lab Sticker (200x200, mm)

Rubber Mat (CMS-350)

Dual Stacking Tray

Large Tray

Model Universal Platform +250mL Flask Clamps

SK-300

SK-600

SK-71

AAA31551

AAA31561

AAA23631

No. of Flask Clamps Dedicated Platform

Cat. No.

Stage Rack (SK Models)

13

Universal Platform +500mL Flask Clamps

24

AAA31552

No. of Flask Clamps

39

AAA31562

10

AAA23632

16

25

ⲟ A dedicated platform is sold with setting each max. mountable amount of flask clamps on.

Model

SK-300

SK-600

SK-71

AAA31521-V1 AAA31522-V1 AAA23523-V1 Erlenmeyer Flask Size

Spring Wire Racks

Cat. No.

SKF-2000 Models

SKF-3000 Models

CMS-350

AAA3A521

AAA31521-V1

AAA3B511

Max. Inserting Flask Clamps

for 50 mL

16

25

40

15

16

15

for 100 mL

9

16

28

9

9

9

for 250 mL

4

9

15

4

4

4

for 300 mL

4

9

15

4

4

4

for 500 mL

4

5

10

4

4

4

for 1L

2

4

8

2

2

2

for 2L

1

2

4

-

1

-

1

2

4

-

1

-

Rubber Mat

for 2.8L

AAA31531

AAA31532

AAA23533

AAA3A531

AAA31531

AAA38501

Universal Attachments

AAA31511

AAA31512

AAA31513

AAA3A511

AAA31511

AAA3B521

-

-

-

AAA3A532

-

AAA38502

Lab Sticker Dimpled Mat Microlpate Tray

Stage Racks

AAA30551 Cat. No.

Dual Stacking

-

-

-

AAA3A541

-

AAA3B531

Large Tray

-

-

-

AAA3A542

-

AAA3B532

2 stage Rack

-

-

AAA31701

-

-

-

4 stage Rack

AAA31541

AAA31542

AAA31702

-

-

-

135


S

Shakers

Accessories & Options

for Advanced Orbital Shakers

Universal Platforms

Spring Wire Racks

Dual Universal Platforms

Universal Attachments

Rubber Mats

Weight Increaser SKC - 6000 Models small large

Model Universal Platform

Flask Clamps

Flask Clamps (plastic)

Funnel Clamps

Test Tube Racks2)

Microplate Holders

AAA23562 AAA23563 AAA23564 AAA23565

Single Dual1) Erlenmeyer Flask Size for 50 mL for 100 mL for 250 mL for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L for 2.8L for 4L for 6L Erlenmeyer Flask Size for 50 mL for 100 ~ 125 mL for 200 mL for 250 mL for 300 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L Separating Funnel Size for 250 mL for 500 mL for 1L for 2L

AAA23581 AAA23582 AAA23583 AAA23584 AAA23585 AAA23586 AAA23594

for 86 Test Tubes, ø8mm for 86 Test Tubes, ø10mm for 58 Test Tubes, ø12mm for 58 Test Tubes, ø14mm for 32 Test Tubes, ø16mm for 19 Test Tubes, ø25mm for 10 Test Tubes, ø35mm

8

AAA23654 AAA23651 AAA23652 AAA23653

Single Tower Flat A(large) Flat B(small)

20 16 3 4

Cat. No. AAA23550 AAA23551 AAA23552 AAA23556 AAA23553 AAA23554 AAA23555 AAA23557 AAA23558 AAA23559 AAA30570 AAA30571 AAA30572 AAA30573 AAA30574 AAA30575 AAA30576 AAA30577

AAA30501 -

SKC - 7000 Models small large

AAA30503 AAA30502 AAA30541 Max. Mountable Flask Clamps 96 108 (under 108) 66 72 (under 72) 39 42 (under 42) 39 36 24 27 16 18 11 12 8 9 6 8 4 6 Max. Mountable Flask Clamps 64 72 48 54 39 30 30 30 30 30 20 24 12 12 6 6 Max. Mountable Funnel Clamps 16 18 10 11 8 9 6 7 Mountable Capacity of Racks

84 54 33 33 20 14 8 6 4 3 56 42 25 25 25 20 10 6 14 9 7 5

9

AAA30504 AAA30542 126 (under 126) 84 (under 84) 51 (under 51) 40 30 20 13 11 9 7 80 60 32 32 32 28 15 9 20 14 12 8

9

12

Max. Mountable Microplate Holders 23 25 19 22 4 4 5 6

28 25 5 7

1) Universal platform attachments are mounted on the dual universal platform, Under the dual universal platform are mounted only 50ml, 100ml 200ml - Refer to the above chart (Distance between platforms is 175mm). 2) No declination

Model Spring wire rack Universal attachment Rubber mat Lab Sticker Weight increaser

SKC - 6000 Models large small AAA30521 AAA30511 AAA30531

AAA30522 AAA30512 AAA30532

AAA30523 AAA30513 AAA30533

AAA30524 AAA30514 AAA30534

AAA30551 AAA30562

Ⲽ Above accessories need to be mounted on a universal platform which is sold separately.

136

SKC - 7000 Models small large

AAA30 561


Shakers

Accessories & Options for Rocking Waving Shaker

Rubber Mat

Dimpled Mat Cat. No.

Universal Harness

Description

Component

AAA38501

Rubber mat

Tray, Sticky pad

AAA38502

Dimpled mat

Tray, Silicone pad

AAA38503

Universal harness

Tray, Sticky pad, Rubber band (6ea)

for Microplate Shaker

1.5⽀ Micro-Tube Rack Cat. No. AAAJ2311 CPS0011 CPS0012

15⽀ Conical Tube Rack

50⽀ Conical Tube Rack

Description 1.5⽀ Micro-Tube Rack with Cap 15⽀ Conical Tube Rack 50⽀ Conical Tube Rack

Max. Mountable Tube 80 (5 x16) 30 (3 x10) 12 (2 x 6)

for Heating Shakers

96-wellTube Block Set with Cover Cat. No. AAAJ4504 AAAJ4501 AAAJ4502 AAAJ4503

0.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover

1.5⽀ Tube Block Set with

Description 96-well Tube Block Set with Cover 0.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover 1.5⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover 50⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover

50⽀ Tube Block Set with Cover Max. Mountable Tube

0.2mL x 96 holes (microtube) 0.5mL x 48 holes (microtube) 1.5mL x 24 holes (microtube) 50mL x 6 holes (centrifuge tube)

137


Heating & Cooling Blocks These heating blocks are indispensable for incubation and activation of cultures, culture enrichment, enzyme reactions, immunoassay, etc.

CCB-350

CHB-350S

CHB-350T

Heating & Cooling Block Heating Blocks

SELECTION GUIDE Heating & Cooling Blocks Heating Blocks

Description Heating & Cooling Block

CCB-350 CHB-350S

Heating Blocks CHB-350T

Temperature Range

Temperature Fluctuation

Temperature Variation

(Ⳅ/ⳅ)

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

[±Ⳅ/ⳅ]

4 to 95 / 39.2 to 203

0.05 / 0.09 at 37Ⳅ

0.55 / 0.99 at 37Ⳅ

139

Amb. +5 to 130 / Amb. +41 to 266

0.1 / 0.18 at 80Ⳅ

0.2 / 0.36 at 80Ⳅ

140

Page


Heating & Cooling blocks Heating & Cooling Block

Rapid cooling and heating in centrifuge tubes, sample vials, micro tubes within the broad temperature range of 4 to 95°C. Outstanding temperature compensation function guarantees precise temperature control.

Operating Features t Precision accuracy of ±0.1°C is ensured by its PID controller. t Wide temperature control range from 4 to 95°C with rapid cool down and heat-up times. t Maximum 9 temperature range-specific calibration. t Memory function of programmed protocols allowing relevant parameters of each protocol step to be stored. - Up to 10 protocols allowed for memory storage. - Up to 10 steps allowed for each protocol. t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts only after reaching the set temp. - Timer 2 starts right after the timer setting.

Constructional Features t Cooling is controlled by Peltier elements for an energy efficient compact design. t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons.

CCB-350 with the optional Blocks Included Accessories Optional Accessories

t Block Lifters(2ae) t Tube Blocks

t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean. t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks. t Transparent lid allows easy sample monitoring and even temperature distribution. t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Control System Display

VFD(0.1Ⳅ resolution) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

CCB-350 Feedback control PID 4 to 95 / 39.2 to 203 0.05 / 0.09

Fluctuation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Variation at 37Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Safety

Over Temp. Over Current Internal (mm / inch)

Dimension (W×D×H)

0.55 / 0.99 Heating plate

Overall (mm / inch)

PCB Current limit protection 99 x 77.5 x 36 / 3.9 x 3.1 x 1.4 276 x 334 x 165 / 10.9 x 13.1 x 6.5

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%)

5.0 / 11.0 2A AAHJ5015K 4A AAHJ5013U


H

Heating & Cooling blocks Heating Blocks

Ideal for simultaneous sample heating of multiple vials or test tubes with uniform and precise temperature control.

Operating Features t Precision accuracy of ±0.1°C is ensured by its PID controller from ambient + 5°C to 130°C. t Its built-in temperature limit setting feature (with max. 0.2°C overshooting) allows you to perform highly temp. sensitive reactions such as isothermal amplifications. t Automatic power cutoff. - If the temperature of the main body exceeds 150°C. - If the internal circuit is overheated. t Two types of timer modes: - Timer 1 starts only after reaching the set temp. - Timer 2 starts right after the timer setting.

Constructional Features t Its polypropylene main body is highly chemical-resistant and easy-to-clean. t Optimal heat transfer is achieved by the tight coupling design of the main body and the corrosion-resistant anodized aluminum blocks.

CHB-350S / CHB-350T

t Bright VFD display with responsive touch buttons.

with the optional Blocks

t Transparent lid allows easy sample monitoring and even temperature distribution.

Included Accessories Optional Accessories

t Block Lifters(2ae) t Tube Blocks

t Blocks can be easily interchanged by the included block lifter.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

CHB-350S

CHB-350T

Control System

Feedback control PID

Display

VFD(0.1Ⳅ resolution) Amb. +5 to 130 / Amb. +41 to 266

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Safety

Fluctuation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.1 / 0.18

Variation at 80Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.2 / 0.36 Heating plate

Over Temp.

PCB

Over Current

Current limit protection

Internal (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H)

Overall (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

154×99×37 / 6.1×3.9×1.5 276×334×120 / 10.9×13.1×4.7

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

AAHJ1015K

AAHJ1115K 5.6A

AAHJ1013U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (2-60Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%)

140

4.3 / 9.5 2.8A

Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

276×334×250 / 10.9×13.1×9.8

3.9 / 8.6

AAHJ1113U


Heating & Cooling blocks Accessories & Options

Tube Blocks Block

Cat. No.

Description

Max. Mountable Tube

WxDxH (mm, inch)

Mountable Capacity of Blocks CHB-350S CHB-350T CCB-350

CHB0030

96-well Tube Block (microtube)

0.2mL x 96 holes

153×98×41 / 6×3.9×1.6

1

1

-

CHB0029

0.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)

0.5mL x 48 holes

98×76.5×41 / 3.9×3×1.6

2

2

1

CHB0045

1.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)

1.5mL x 30 holes

98×76.5×41 / 3.9×3×1.6

-

-

1

CHB0028

1.5 ⽀ Tube Block (microtube)

1.5mL x 48 holes

1

1

-

CHB0031

15 ⽀ Tube Block (centrifuge tube)

15mL x 15 holes

98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2

-

2

1

98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2

-

2

1

98×76.5×87 / 3.9×3×3.4

-

2

1

CHB0032 50 ⽀ Tube Block (centrifuge tube)

153×98×41 / 6×3.9×1.6

50mL x 6 holes

CHB0033

CHB0034

Ø10 Tube Block

Ø10 x 35 holes

-

2

1

CHB0035

Ø12 Tube Block

Ø12 x 24 holes

-

2

1

CHB0036

Ø13 Tube Block

Ø13 x 24 holes

-

2

1

CHB0037

Ø15 Tube Block

Ø15 x 20 holes

-

2

1

CHB0038

Ø16 Tube Block

Ø16 x 16 holes

-

2

1

CHB0039

Ø18 Tube Block

Ø18 x 12 holes

-

2

1

CHB0040

Ø20 Tube Block

Ø20 x 12 holes

-

2

1

98×76.5×51 / 3.9×3×2

141


Hotplates & Stirrers SELECTION GUIDE

Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers T-14S/R1)

Hotplates

Hotplates Hotplate Stirrers Magnetic Stirrers

Temperature Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Description

Speed Range Stirring Capacity, Page (RPM) Max. (L / cu ft, H2O)

Amb. to 350 / 662

T-17S/R1)

Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced)

TM-14S/R1)

Hotplate Stirrers (Basic)

TM-14SB/RB

-

-

145

20 / 0.7

146

Positions

Page

30 to 2,000

TM-17S/R1) 1)

Amb. to 350 / 662 50 to 2,000

TM-17SB/RB1)

1) S/SB Models: straight type, R/RB Models: round type with handles.

Overhead Stirrers

Magnetic Stirrers Speed Range Stirring Capacity, (RPM) Max. (L, H2O)

Description MS-12B/T MS-17B/T1) MS-22B MS-17G MS-22G MS-23M MS-32M MS-33M MS-51M MS-52M MS-53M

2 4 5 4 5 1.5* 1.5* 2.25* 1.25* 2.5* 3.75*

1)

Scale Models Digital Models

Multi-position Models

150 to 2,500 30 to 2,000

30 to 2,000

Single

6 6 9 5 10 15

148

1) B Models: round type, T Models: triangle type. * Erlenmeyer flask: usable under 250⽀ in case full positions.

Overhead Stirrers Speed Range

Description

Economy Models

Analog Models

Digital Models

[RPM]

Stirring Capacity, Page Max. [L, H2O]

MSE-1

up to 1,400

20

MSE-2

up to 1,200

30

MSE-3

up to 900

50

MSM-1

50 to 1,400

20

MSM-2

50 to 1,200

30

MSM-3

50 to 900

50

MSP-1

50 to 1,400

20

MSP-2

50 to 1,200

30

MSP-3

50 to 900

50

150

151

Accessories & Options Description for Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers for Magnetic Stirrers for Overhead Stirrers

Page 152-153 154-155


GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Hotplates Acid and base digestions, trace metal analysis, sample drying, general reagent heating, heating TLC plates, evaporation, etc.

Hotplate Stirrers Various heating and mixing applications that require accuracy, stability, and repeatability.

Magnetic Stirrers Crystallization, solvent evaporation, chemical reactions, titration, distillation, media dissolution, food processing, etc.

Overhead Stirrers Chemical and petrochemical applications, beverage production, dairy production, food processing, sugar and candy production, ceramic applications, water treatment, cosmetics production, colorant and paint production, paper production, etc.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers 1) Virtually no decoupling of stir bars. (only for Hotplate Stirrers)

2) Fast and precise stirring speed even at high temperatures. (only for Hotplate Stirrers)

Magnetic Stirrers 1) Easy to use. 2) Microprocessor PID controls. (MS-G/M Models only)

3) High heat transfer rate.

3) Equipped with a durable and silent BLDC motor.

4) Non-slip heating bath preventing accidental spills.

4) Wide speed range. (up to 2,500 rpm)

5) Hot top warning indicator and multiple overheat prevention features. 6) Temperature limit setting. (up to 350âł„) 7) Smooth start and quick stop. 8) Bright digital display panel. (except for Basic Hotplate Stirrers)

9) Separate heater ON/OFF button. (except for Basic Hotplate Stirrers)

5) Accurate speed control regardless of the sample weight. 6) Safe control even at low speed. 7) Quick real-time start of the stirring action. (MS-B/T Models only)

Overhead Stirrers 1) Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. 2) Maintenance of constant motor speed by PID feedback control system even under conditions of changing viscosity. (MSM and MSP Models only)

3) Wide speed range. 4) Bright FND digital display panel. (MSM and MSP Models only)

5) Compact and slim head design. 6) Sturdy aluminum main body efficiently absorbing and emitting the heat generated by the motor.


H

Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers

Newly designed to provide maximum benefit for your laboratory with respect to performance, safety, ease of use, and durability.

Certification without T-S/R

T-17R

TM-17SB

TM-17R

Hotplates Hotplate Stirrers

(Basic/Advanced Models)

Integrated Design of The Heater and The Top Plate

Non-slip Heating Bath

t Quick heat up time with high heat transfer rate.

t Prevention of unintentional slips of the bath from the top plate thanks to specially designed concavo-convex bottom.

t Protection of the heater from liquid spills or leakage. t Easy-to-clean and chemical-resistant aluminum alloy top plate with white ceramic coating. t Easy monitoring of the media color changes during operation.

144

(patent pending)


Hotplates & Stirrers Hotplates

Operating Features t Overheat prevention circuit turns off the heater if the top plate temperature reaches 450Ⳅ for any reason. t Hot Top warning Indicator blinks when the top plate temperature is over 50Ⳅ to prevent accidental injuries. t Button Lock feature prevents inadvertent or accidental changes during operation. t Microprocessor PID control for precise temperature. t Automatic temperature calibration feature for precise temperature control. t Three user-selectable temperature control modes provided: - Optimal Mode, Fast Mode, Slow Mode. t Optimal heating level can be selected by turning the heater scale knob. (from 0 to 100%) t Two user-selectable timer activation modes allowing the timer to start immediately after the timer setting or to be activated only when the set temperature is reached.

Constructional Features

T-14S / T-14R Optional Accessories see page 152-155

t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability.

t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod

t Non-slip heating bath with concavo-convex bottom prevents unintentional slips of the bath. (optional) t A transparent safety shield protects users from liquid splashes or decoupled stir bars during operations. (optional) t Two support rods allow for diverse flexibility in configuring other test equipments and accessories. (optional)

Specification & Ordering Information Model 1) Heating

T-14S Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Display Heating Power (W) Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

T-14R

600

800

General Data

Over Temp.

Over Current Timer Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Material Top Plate Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Body Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)

Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No.

T-17R

Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate Main body PCB Current limit protection 2 type, 1min to 99 hrs 59 min 25 / 55.1 Ceramic coated aluminum

Technical Data Safety

T-17S

Amb. to 350 / 662 Feedback Control with PID / Scale LED digital (0.1Ⳅ resolution)

140 / 5.5

170 / 6.7

Cast aluminum 210x294x99 / 191x330x101 / 8.27x11.57x3.90 7.52x12.99x3.98 2.4 / 5.3 2.9 / 6.4

161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.2 / 4.9 3A AAH35015K

4A AAH35115K

AAH35025K

5A AAH35013U

240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3 / 6.6 AAH35125K 6.7 A

AAH35113U

AAH35023U

AAH35123U

1) S Models: straight type, R Models: round type with handles.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5 - 40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

145


H

Hotplates & Stirrers

Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced & Basic Models)

Operating Features t Hot Top warning Indicator on the control panel will blink whenever the top plate temperature is over 50Ⳅ to prevent accidental injuries. t Overheat prevention circuit turns off the heater if the top plate temperature reaches 450Ⳅ for any reason. t Virtually no decoupling of magnetic stir bars even with viscous media or at high speeds. t Temperature limit can be set between 50 and 350Ⳅ. t Thanks to the built-in BLDC motor, stirring action stops instantly when the stirrer is turned off.

Constructional Features t Integrated design of the heater and the top plate provides exceptional heat transfer rate and quick heat up capability.

TM-14S / TM-14R (Advanced Models)

t Fast and precise stirring operations even at high temperatures are enabled by the BLDC motor and a powerful magnet.

Included Accessories

t Non-slip heating bath with concavo-convex bottom prevents unintentional slips of the bath.

see page 152-155

t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod (2ea)

(included for Advanced Models and optional for Basic Models)

t A transparent safety shield protects users from liquid splashes or de-coupled stir bars during operations. (included for Advanced Models and optional for Basic Models)

t Two support rods allow for diverse flexibility in configuring other test equipments and accessories. (included for Advanced Models and optional for Basic Models)

Additional TM-S/R Features t Constant stirring speed is maintained even when the viscosity of the media changes during operation. t Optimal heating level can be selected by turning the heater scale knob. (from 0 to 100%) t Three timer setting modes (stirring only, heating only, or both) are provided. t To avoid unintentional heating, a separate Heater ON/OFF Button is provided on the control panel.

TM-14SB / TM-14RB (Basic Models) Optional Accessories see page 152-155

146

t Heating Bath t Transparent Shield t Support Rod


Hotplates & Stirrers

Hotplate Stirrers (Advanced & Basic Models)

Advanced Models Model 1)

TM-14S

TM-14R

Heating

Stirring

800 30 to 2,000 20 / 0.71 8 x 40 / 0.31 x 1.57

Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Safety

Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate Main body PCB Current limit protection BLDC motor 1min. to 99 hours 59 min. 25 / 55.12 Ceramic coated aluminum

Over Temp. Over Current

Motor Timer Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top plate General Data

Body

Material Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

TM-17R

600

(ØxL, mm / Inch)

Technical Data

TM-17S

Amb. to 350 / 662 Scale LED digital (0.1Ⳅ resolution)

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Display Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Capacity (L / cu ft, H2O) Magnetic Bar, Max.

140 / 5.51

170 / 6.69

Cast aluminum 210x294x99 / 191x330x101 / 8.27x11.57x3.9 7.52x12.99x3.98 3 / 6.61 3.5 / 7.72

161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.8 / 6.17

240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3.6 / 7.94

3A

4A

AAH34015FK

AAH34115FK

AAH34025FK

5A

AAH34125FK 6.7 A

AAH34013FU

AAH34113FU

AAH34023FU

AAH34123FU

TM-17SB

TM-17RB

Ⲽ Included accessories for all Advanced Models: a heating bath, a transparent shield and two support rods.

Basic Models Model 1) Heating

Stirring

TM-14SB

TM-14RB

Amb. to 350 / 662 Scale

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Control Heating Power (W) Speed Range (RPM) Capacity (L / cu ft, H2O) Magnetic Bar, Max.

600

800 50 to 2,000 20 / 0.71 8 x 40 / 0.31 x 1.57

(ØxL, mm / Inch)

Technical Data

Hot Top Indicator (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Safety

Warning lamp (50 / 122) Top plate Main body PCB Current limit protection BLDC motor 25 / 55.12 Ceramic coated aluminum

Over Temp. Over Current

Motor Load, Max (kg / Ibs) Top plate General Data

Body

Material Dimension (Ø, mm / Inch) Material Dimension (WxDxH, mm / Inch)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs) Electrical Requirements (230V,50Hz/60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V,60Hz) Cat. No.

140 / 5.51

170 / 6.69

Cast aluminum 210x294x99 / 191x330x101 / 8.27x11.57x3.9 7.52x12.99x3.98 3 / 6.61 3.5 / 7.72

161x290x100 / 6.34x11.42x3.94 2.8 / 6.17 3A

4A

AAH34215K

AAH34315K

AAH34225K

5A AAH34213U

240x324x100 / 9.45x12.76x3.94 3.6 / 7.94 AAH34325K 6.7A

AAH34313U

AAH34223U

AAH34323U

1) S / SB Models: straight type, R/RB Models: round type with handles.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

147


H

Hotplates & Stirrers

Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models)

Features of MS-B, T, G Models t Best-in-the-class with broad speed range and suitable for high-speed rotation experimental environment. t Ergonomic designed, lightweight, easy to operate, and low profile. t Wide top plate. t Two non-slip silicon plate covers (white & black) provided for all MS-B, T, G Models. t Non-slip strength rubber feet. t Sparkless, silent and durable BLDC motor. t Built-in thermal shutdown and current limit protection.

MS-B / T with the included Plate Covers

Additional MS-G Features t Bright and vivid VFD and responsive touch buttons. t Gradual start-up to protect users against splashing of samples. t M12 threaded hole to hold a support rod.

MS-G with the included Plate Covers

Additional MS-M Features t User-friendly operation and time setting modes allowing various ways of multi-position stirring to meet users’ demands: single point, multiple point, whole row, whole column, etc. t Easy-to-read VFD and intuitive control panel. t Bright and vivid LED position indicating lamps. t Non-slip see-through silicon plate mat. (optional) t Chemical-resistant #304 grade stainless steel top-plate. t Uncompromising safety devices.

Included Accessories (without MS-M Models) t Plate Covers(white & black) t Magnetic Stirring Bars

Optional Accessories

MS-M with an optional Plate Mats 148

t Silicone Plate Mats t Plastic Retrievers

see page 152-153


Hotplates & Stirrers

Magnetic Stirrers (Scale & Digital & Multi-position Models) Specifications & Ordering Information Model 1)

MS-12B

Speed Control Stirring Capacity (Liter, H2O) Speed Range (RPM) Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W)

Technical Data

Magnetic Bar (Ø×L, mm / Inch), Max. Load, Max (kg / lbs) Material Dimension (mm / inch, Ø) Body Material

Top Plate

Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H) Weight (kg / lbs)

General Data

MS-17B

MS-17T

Electronic speed control 2 4 150 ~ 2,500 None 2.9 / 1.6 8×30 / 8×30 / 8×40 / 8×30 / 0.31×1.18 0.31×1.18 0.31×1.57 0.31×1.18 15 / 33.07 10 / 22.05 20 / 44.09 20 / 44.09 Polypropylene with non-slip silicon cover 120 / 4.72 115 / 4.53 170 / 6.69 165 / 6.5 Poly propylene 130×130×65 / 181×176×57 / 185×185×65 / 246×243×57 / 5.12×5.12×2.56 7.13×6.93×2.24 7.28×7.28×2.56 9.69×9.57×2.24 0.6 / 1.32 0.9 / 1.98

Electrical Requirements

AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz with power adapter

Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug Persian Blue US plug KR plug Yellow US plug KR plug Orange US plug

Cat. No.

MS-12T

5 AAH330115BK AAH330115BU AAH330115YK AAH330115YU -

MS-22B 5

10×50 / 0.39×1.97 25 / 55.12 220 / 8.66 230×230×65 / 9.06×9.06×2.56 1.1 / 2.43 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz

6 AAH333115BK AAH33316BU AAH333115RK AAH33316RU

IP42 AAH330215BK AAH330215BU AAH330215YK AAH330215YU -

AAH333215BK AAH33326BU AAH333215RK AAH33326RU

AAH330315BK AAH330315BU AAH330315YK AAH330315YU -

1) B-models: round type, T-models; triangle type.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

MS-17G

Speed Control Stirring Capacity (Liter, H2O) Speed Range (RPM) Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W) Magnetic Bar (Ø×L, mm / Inch), Max. Load, Max (kg / lbs) Material Dimension (mm / inch, Ø) Body Material

Technical Data

Top Plate

Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H) General Data

Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug Persian Blue US plug KR plug Yellow US plug

Cat. No.

MS-22G Feedback control with PID

4

5 30 to 2,000 VFD 2.9 / 1.6 8×40 / 0.31×1.57 10×50 / 0.39×1.97 20 / 44.09 25 / 55.12 Polypropylene with non-slip silicon cover 170 / 6.69 220 / 8.66 Poly propylene 210×280×72 / 260×360×72 / 8.27×11.02×2.82 10.24×14.17×2.82 1.35 / 2.98 1.75 / 3.86 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz 6 IP42 AAH331215BK AAH331315BK AAH331215BU AAH331315BU AAH331215YK AAH331315YK AAH331215YU AAH331315YU

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Technical Data

Speed Control Positions Stirring Speed Range (RPM) Stirring Point Distance (mm / inch, W×D)

Timer Speed Display Motor Rating Input / Output (W) Load, Max (kg / lbs) Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)

General Data

Cat. No.

Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Power Consumption (W) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug

MS-23M 6

MS-32M 6

117×170 / 4.6×6.69

117×90 / 4.6×3.54

377×434×81 / 14.84×17.09×3.19 6 / 13.23

254×434×81 / 10×17.09×3.19 5 / 11.02

45 AAH332115K AAH332115U

45 AAH332215K AAH332215U

MS-33M

MS-51M

Feedback control with PID 9 5 30 to 2,000 117×90 / 90 / 3.54 4.6×3.54 1 min. to 99 hours 59 min. VFD 2.9 / 1.6 30 / 66.14 377×434×81 / 130×591×75 / 14.84×17.09×3.19 5.12×23.27×2.95 7 / 15.43 4 / 8.82 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz 54 45 IP 21 AAH332315K AAH332415K AAH332315U AAH332415U

MS-52M

MS-53M

10

15

117×90 / 4.6×3.54

251×591×75 / 9.88×23.27×2.95 8 / 17.64

378×591×75 / 14.89×23.27×2.95 11 / 24.25

85

135

AAH332515K AAH332515U

AAH332615K AAH332615U

149


H

Hotplates & Stirrers

Overhead Stirrers (Economy & Analog Models)

Dynamic stirring, simple operation, and sustainable economic benefits - for tasks of up to 50 liters. (H2O) Sturdy aluminum main body efficiently absorbing and emitting the heat generated by the motor.

Features t Compact and slim head design. t Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. t Safety features against overload and overheating for all models. t Sequential auto-stop safety features for MSM models: visible warning → audible warning → auto-stop. t High speed, vibration-free, and silent operation. t Speed adjustment dial knob. t A wide range of accessories available.

Additional Features of MSM Models t Well illuminated digital display panel with sensitive touch buttons. t Convenient emergency stop feature. t Displayed modes: rpm, power ratio. (%)

MSE Models

MSM Models

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Technical Data

Speed Control Speed Range (rpm) Display Stirring Capacity (L, H2O) Torque, Max. (N·cm) Power Max. (W / A) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)

General Data

Cat. No.

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Safety Device Shaft Die, Max (mm / Inch) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug

MSE-1 Up to 1,400 20 15 15 / 1.2 65×135×190 / 2.56×5.31×7.48 2 / 4.41

AAH372115K AAH372115U

MSE-2 Scale Up to 1,200 None 30 27 20.4 / 1.7

MSE-3 Up to 900

MSM-1 50 ~ 1,400

50 53 31.2 / 2.6

Analog 50 ~ 1,200 Digital 30 27 20.4 / 1.7

20 15 15 / 1.2 Aluminum, PP 70×150×200 / 70×150×215 / 65×135×190 / 70×150×200 / 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.76×5.91×8.46 2.56×5.31×7.48 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.5 / 5.51 3 / 6.61 2 / 4.41 2.5 / 5.51 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50/60Hz Thermal protection, Current protection, Emergency stop (MSM) 3 ~ 10 / 0.12 ~ 0.39 IP10 AAH372215K AAH372315K AAH370115K AAH370215K AAH372215U AAH372315U AAH370115U AAH370215U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

150

MSM-2

MSM-3 50 ~ 900 50 53 31.2 / 2.6 70×150×215 / 2.76×5.91×8.46 3 / 6.61

AAH370315K AAH370315U


Hotplates & Stirrers Overhead Stirrers (Digital Models)

Specially designed for optimum usability and the highest efficiency in the same class with advanced safety features.

Features t Compact and slim head design. t Prevention of accidental spills or splashes thanks to microprocessor controlled smooth start and stop functions. t Maintenance of constant motor speed by PID feedback control system even under conditions of changing viscosity. t Powerful torque capable of handling high viscosity tasks. t Bright digital display panel with touch sensitive buttons. t Selectable display modes: rpm, power ratio (%), motor temp, and run time. t Convenient emergency stop feature. t Safety features against overload and overheating. - sequential auto-stop safety features: visible warning → audible warning → auto-stop. t High speed, vibration-free, and silent operation. t Speed adjustment dial knob. t Built-in USB port for external control and data collection. (Lab Companion software required)

t A wide range of accessories available.

MSP Models Specifications & Ordering Information Model

Technical Data

Speed Control Speed Range (rpm) Display Stirring Capacity, Max. (L, H2O) Torque, Max. (N·cm) Power Max. (W / A) Body Material Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)

General Data

Cat. No.

Net Weight (Kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements Safety Device Shaft Die, Max (mm / Inch) Protection Class (DIN EN 60529) KR plug US plug

MSP-1

MSP-2

MSP-3

PID feedback control 50 ~ 1,400 50 ~ 1,200 50 ~ 900 Digital 20 30 50 15 27 53 15 / 1.2 20.4 / 1.7 31.2 / 2.6 Aluminum, PP 65×135×190 / 70×150×200 / 70×150×215 / 2.56×5.31×7.48 2.76×5.91×7.87 2.76×5.91×8.46 2 / 4.41 2.5 / 5.51 3 / 6.61 AC 100 ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz Thermal protection, Current protection, Emergency stop, Automatic speed-down (MSP) 3 ~ 10 / 0.12 ~ 0.39 IP10 AAH371115K AAH371215K AAH371315K AAH371115U AAH371215U AAH371315U

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%). Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. Ⲽ Above specifications can be changed without prior notice.

151


H

Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Hotplates & Hotplate Stirrers

Heating Bath

Transparent Safety Shield

Cat. No.

Support Rods

Clamp Holders (C-10, C-7, C-5)

Description

Suitable for

HPS0012

Heating Bath

HPS0015

Heating Bath

TM / T-14 TM / T-17

HPS0038

Transparent Safety Shield (PC)

TM / T-14 TM / T-17

HPS0039

Transparent Safety Shield (PC)

MTT0132

Support Rod (12Ø , 400mm , M10)

AAA37512

Clamp Holder, C-10 (Al body, Ø17mm)

AAA37513

Clamp Holder, C-7 (Al body, Ø12mm)

AAA37514

Clamp Holder, C-5 (PP body, Ø12mm)

TM / T-14, 17

Ⲽ See page 143 for prong clamp’s information.

for Magnetic Stirrers Plate Covers, Silicone Pads, Power Adapter

Plate Covers (Black & White)

Silicone Pad

Cat. No.

Description

Suitable for

MTT0144

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø115mm)

MS-12T

MTT0146

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø165mm)

MS-17T

MTT0002

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø120)

MS-12B

MTT0003

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø170)

MS-17B/G

MTT0004

Plate cover (White color, Silicone Ø220)

MS-22B/G

MTT0143

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø115mm)

MS-12T

MTT0145

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø165mm)

MS-17T

MTT0005

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø120)

MS-12B

MTT0006

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø170)

MS-17B/G

MTT0007

Plate cover (Black color, Silicone Ø220)

MS-22B/G

MTS0015

Silicone pad (355×475×1mm)

MS-53M

MTS0016

Silicone pad (235×475×1mm)

MS-52M

MTS0017

Silicone pad (115×475×1mm)

MS-51M

MTS0041

Silicone pad (235×310×1mm)

MS-32M

MTS0042

Silicone pad (355×310×1mm)

MS-23M/33M

MTT0001

Power Adapter (100~240V, 50/60Hz)

AAA33501

Power Divider(5 channels*) with M10 rod, adapter(100~240V, 50/60Hz), five DC plugs

MTT0132

Clamp Rod (Ø12×400, M10)

Ⲽ Power supply to Max. five units at the same time.

152

Power Divider(5 channels*)

MS-12B/T, MS-17B/T MS-17G/ 22G


Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Hotplates & Magnetic Stirrers Magnetic Stirring Bars

Octahedral Magnetic Stirring Bars

Cylindrical Magnetic Stirring Bars

Oval Magnetic Stirring Bars

Cat. No.

L(mm)

Ø(mm)

Cat. No.

L(mm)

Ø(mm)

Cat. No.

L(mm)

Ø(mm)

BCW1513

13

8

BCW11138

13

8

BCW1610

10

5

6

BCW1615

15

6

BCW1620

20

10

BCW162510

25

10

BCW1630

30

16

BCW1515

15

8

BCW11156

15

BCW1522

22

8

BCW11208

20

8

BCW1525

25

8

BCW11258

25

8

BCW1528

28

8

BCW11308

30

8

BCW1635

35

16

BCW1538

38

8

BCW1140

40

8

BCW1640

40

20

BCW1541

41

8

BCW1150

50

8

BCW1650

50

20

BCW1551

51

8

BCW155110

51

10

Plastic Retrievers

Plastic Retrievers (PP) Cat. No.

Plastic Retrievers (PTFE) L(mm)

Ø(mm)

BCW41300

300

10

BCW41350

350

10

BCW41450

450

10

BCW4150

150

10

BCW4250

250

10

BCW4350

350

10

BCW4450

450

10

Description Polypropylene, Alnico V

PTFE, Alnico V

153


H

Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Overhead Stirrers Impellers Propeller Impellers

Turbine Impellers

Half-Moon & Centrifugal Impellers

Anchor and Paddle Impellers

- Standard grade stainless steel with Teflon shaft produces anaxial flow stir between the bottom and top levels of a sample with local shearing force. Used at medium or high speeds for mixing normal range level viscosity samples.

- A radial flowing stir from the top and bottom levels of a sample with a powerful, high shearing turbulent force. Used ideally for the gassing of liquids and mixing medium to high range level viscosity samples.

- Tiltable moon-shaped and blade shaft produces a normal axial flow percentage mixing of samples. Used with round bottom shaped containers, medium mixing speed, and samples ranging from low to medium viscosity levels.

- An anchored shaft that produces a strong tangential flow with a high shearing percentage force on samples with medium to high viscosity level with speed setting in the low to medium range.

Turbine Impellers

Half-Moon & Centrifugal Impellers

PTFE Impellers Propeller Impellers

Cat. No.

154

Description

Cat. No.

Anchor and Paddle Impellers

Description

AAA37521

Propeller (50mm 3-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)

AAA37562

Turbine (70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37522

Propeller (70mm 3-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)

AAA37571

Anchor (45×45mm, 8mm Shaft, 300mm Length)

AAA37523

Propeller (100mm 3-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)

AAA37572

Anchor (60×60mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37531

Propeller (50mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)

AAA37581

Paddle A (70×70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37532

Propeller (70mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)

BEA0570081

PTFE Propeller (50mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37533

Propeller (100mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 400mm Length)

BEA0570082

PTFE Propeller (70mm 4-Bladed, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37541

Half-Moon (65/20mm , 8mm Shaft, 300mm Length)

BEA0570091

PTFE Half-Moon (60 / 18mm , 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37542

Half-Moon (90/25mm , 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

BEA0570101

PTFE Centrifugal (76 / 17mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

BEA0570031

Dissolver (55mm, 8mm Shaft, 350mm Length)

BEA0570111

PTFE Anchor (80×50×5mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

BEA0570032

Dissolver (75mm, 8mm Shaft, 350mm Length)

BEA0570121

PTFE Anchor (80×40mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37551

Centrifugal (50/15mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

BEA0570131

PTFE Turbine (70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37552

Centrifugal (80/15mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

BEA0570141

PTFE Paddle (70mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

AAA37561

Turbine (40mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)

BEA0570151

PTFE Paddle A (78×80mm, 8mm Shaft, 500mm Length)


Hotplates & Stirrers Accessories & Options

for Overhead Stirrers

Dial Stand

Basic Stand 1

Basic Stand 2

Basic Stand 3

Clamp

Clamp Holder (C-20, C-10)

PTFE Stirring seals

Utility Clamp 3 Prong

Utility Clamp Plat

PTFE Stirring seals

Prong Clamp, Fixing Clamp, Flexible Coupling

3 Prong Clamp

Cat. No.

2 Prong Clamp

Description

Fixing Clamp

Flexible Coupling

Cat. No.

Description

AAA37501

Dial Stand (W×D×H, 400×400×700)

AAA37512

Clamp Holder, C-10 (Al body, Ø17mm)

AAA37502

Basic Stand 1 (W×D×H, 400×400×700)

AAA37511

Clamp Holder, C-20 (Al body, Ø27mm)

AAA37503

Basic Stand 2 (W×D×H, 300×400×700)

BEA1000001

Utility Clamp 3 Prong

AAA37504

Basic Stand 3 (W×D×H, 250×350×700)

BEA1000002

Utility Clamp Plat

MSS0051

15Ø Support Rod, 500mm, M14 Nut

BEA1000011

3 Prong Clamp (80mm grip)

MSS0052

18Ø Support Rod, 500mm, M14 Nut

BEA1000012

3 Prong Clamp (60mm grip)

MSS0053

20Ø Support Rod, 500mm, M14 Nut

BEA1000013

3 Prong Clamp (20mm grip)

BEA0570161

PTFE Stirring Seals (24 / 40)

BEA1000014

2 Prong Clamp (60mm grip)

BEA0570162

PTFE Stirring Seals (29 / 42)

BEA0570181

Fixing Clamp

BEA0570163

PTFE Stirring Seals (34 / 45)

BEA0570191

Flexible Coupling

155


Vortex Mixers Low profile design and highly touch sensitive sensor reduce wrist stress when pushing and holding experiment tools resulting in less fatigue and unpleasant feeling. Low profile design and highly touch sensitive sensor reduce wrist stress when pushing and holding experiment tools resulting in less fatigue and unpleasant feeling.

VM-96B / VM-96E Included Accessories

t Rubber Platform


Features t Well-balanced design and optimized safety features.

t Sparkless BLDC motor adopted for safety, quick acceleration, and low maintenance.

t Low-profile with small footprint ideal for use on lab benches and within fume hoods or clean benches.

t Built-in safety features against overload and over current.

t Real-time mixing for thanks to highly touch sensitive switch.

t Chemically resistant PP (polypropylene) molded exterior.

t Selective mixing modes with Variable speed control knob. - VM-96B: Touch, Continuous, High-continuous. - VM-96E: Touch, Continuous.

t A wide range of accessories available. (rubber platform comes standard)

t Built-in LED lamps in case of VM-96B for easy recognition of mixing mode selected.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

VM-96B

VM-96E

Motion

Orbital

Speed Range (RPM)

0 - 3,000

200 - 3,000

Control Technical Data

Scale 4 / 0.16

Orbit (mm / inch, Ø) Operating Mode

Touch, Continuous, High-continuous

Motor

BLDC motor

Max. Load (kg / lbs) - incl. attachment

0.5 / 1.1

Body

Material

General Data

Touch, Continuous

12W / 6W

Motor Rating Input / Output (W)

Polypropylene

Platform

Silicone rubber

Dimension (mm / inch, W×D×H)*

154×210×83 / 6.1×8.3×3.3

148×159×77 / 5.8×7.4×3

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

3.1 / 6.8

2.6 / 5.7

Electrical Requirements Safety Device

AC 100V ~ 240V, 50 / 60Hz Self-resetting / Current limit protection

KR Plug

Parsian blue

AAH360115K

Cat. No. US Plug

Current limit protection

IP 42

Protection Class (DIN EN 60529)

AAH360115U

AAH361115BK

Orange

AAH361115RK

Parsian blue

AAH361115BU

Orange

AAH361115RU

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 80%) Ⲽ Protection class according to DIN EN 60529: Waterproof, Dust production index based on the test level. * Exterior dimension without attachment.

Accessories & Options Cat. No.

Description

VMS0008

Microplate Tray

VMS0011

Rubber Platform

AAA36520

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer

AAA36521

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø10mm)

AAA36522

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø12mm)

AAA36523

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø15mm)

AAA36524

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø20mm)

AAA36525

Tube Holder with Insert Retainer (Ø25mm)

AAA36521

AAA36522

VMS0011

AAA36520

Rubber Platform

VMS0008

Tube Holders

AAA36523


Temperature Chambers SELECTION GUIDE

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating Temp. Range (Ⳅ/ⳅ)

Description TC-G-180

180 / 6.4

TC-G-300

300 / 10.6

TC-G-408 Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

TC-G-800

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

TC-G-1500

1500 / 53

TC-KE-025 TC-KE-065

(Tabletop Models)

800 / 28.3 1000 / 35.3

-60 to 150 / -76 to 302

Page

408 / 14.4

TC-G-1000

TC-GU-300

Temperature Chambers

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

160-165

300 / 10.6 25 / 0.9

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

65 / 2.3

TC-KE-100

100 / 3.53

TC-ME-025

25 / 0.9

166-171

TC-ME-065

-20 to 120 / -4 to 248

TC-ME-100

65 / 2.3 100 / 3.53

Accessories & Options Description for Temperature Chambers

Page 172-173


GENERAL APPLICATIONS Temperature Chambers Test for reliability, durability, climatic, freezing resistance, quality assurance, thermal endurance etc. - Testing for electric and electronic component, sensors. - Testing for semiconductor, PCB, LCD & LED. - Pharmaceutical tests. - Mechanical / Military / Aircraft engineering. - Automobile, Transport / automobile supply industries. - Chemical / Petrochemical industries. - Construction materials / Plastic / Textile industries. - Testing mould, liquor, cigar, paintings. - Testing metal related industries like plating etc.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features 1) Self-protecting cut-off function: - Over temperature, electrical leakage or over voltage automatically cuts the power from the unit, in an orderly fashion, starting with the heating element then the controller unit. 2) Time setting function for automated RUN / OFF: - Enable automatic start and shut off of a unit at any specific time. - A timer can be set for a month and data can be recorded in time, day, or week intervals. 3) Door-open warning alarm: - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Heating element, fan, and platform automatically stops when the door is opened to minimize heat loss and to ensure users safety.

Optimum Control Features

Protect the Global Environment

1) Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.

1) Use of HFC refrigerant prevents damage to the ozone layer.

2) Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical controls that reduces power consumption.

2) Complies with the Montreal Protocol on Substances That Deplete the Ozone Layer control measures.

3) Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. ( Floor Standing Models only) - Temperature / timer settings, and operation condition. - Temp., other operating parameters can be recorded using a recorder. - Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / pre-sent value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller.


T

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Certification only for the TC-G-180路300路408

Floor Standing Models

TC-G / GU Models

160


Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Dimension (TC-G / GU Models)

Models

TC-G

TC-GU

Capacity 180L (6.4cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft) 408L (14.4cu ft) 800L (28.3cu ft) 1000L (35.3cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft)

W 1025mm (40.4”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1120mm (44.1”)

D

H

1035mm (40.7”) 1070mm (42.1”) 1240mm (48.8”) 1245mm (48.8”) 1445mm (56.9”) 2045mm (80.5”) 1070mm (42.1”)

1530mm (60.2”) 1730mm (68.1”) 1730mm (68.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2050mm (80.7”) 1730mm (68.1”)

A 450mm (17.7”) 450mm (17.7”) 520mm (20.5”) 490mm (19.3”) 560mm (22”) 560mm (22”) 450mm (17.7”)

B 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1260mm (49.6”) 1260mm (49.6”) 800mm (31.5”) 1230mm (48.4”)

Air Flow & Operating Range

TC-G Models t -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 150ⳅ

TC-GU Models t -60Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ -76ⳅ to 302ⳅ

161


T

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Standard environmental test chambers. t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving temp. test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Spacious chamber volume maximum capacity of 1500L. t Choose from 7 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 2 different models based on temp. ranges ranging in -35âł„ to 150âł„, -60âł„ to 150âł„ and six different volume capacities of 180L, 300L, 408L, 800L, 1000L and 1500L. Door Catch & Trim

t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm. t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. (excludes chambers with volume capacities of 800L or 1500L)

t Ventilation. - Ventilation vent is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display. t Viewing window for observation. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional)

Color LCD Controller

t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.

âł„

âł„

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat / overcool protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism.

Digital Recorder (optional)

162


Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical power consumption. t Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. : Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) /present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller. - Temperature, timer settings, operation condition. - Temperature and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description

TC-G / GU

Programmable Pattern Capacity Pattern Repeat Time Max. Segments per a Pattern Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

120 999 100 1200 0 to 99 hr 59 min

Viewing Window

Cable Port

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment an patterns properly.

t Computer interface. - Save data in excel format. - Software provided. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature chamber units to one PC. (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program Setting Display

Graph Display

Air Filter

Ventilation

163


T

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

TC-G-180

TC-G-300

180 / 6.4

300 / 10.6

TC-G-408

0.2 / 0.36

BU Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Variation 1) BU Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.9 / 1.62

Heating (Min.)

1 / 1.80

0.8 / 1.44

(68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)

Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system

(air-cooled condenser)

(air-cooled condenser)

R-404A

Capacity (W)

1500

R-404A (1st step), R-23 (2nd step) 4250

6000

Plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater

Material Drying Bulb (W)

SUS TUBE Heater

2000

3000

Temperature

5000

Pt 100

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Stainless steel #304

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)

Door

Glass wool Tangent blower (90W)

4 sets of sirocco fan (4×90W)

Interior (mm / inch)

500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5

1000×800×1000 / 39.4×31.5×39.4

1000×1000×1000 / 39.4×39.4×39.4

1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1

Exterior (mm / inch)

1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1

1570×1245×2060 / 61.8×49×81.1

1570×1445×2060 / 61.8×56.9×81.1

1570×2045×2560 / 61.8×80.5×81.1

Viewing Windows Net Weight (kg / lbs)

200×330 / 7.9×13 310±10 / 683.4±22

375±10 / 826.7±22

270×330 / 10.6×13 400±10 / 881.8±22

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

1ph / 16.2A AAH81411K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Cat. No.

AAH81421K

AAH81412K

AAH81422K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz)

AAH81429K

AAH81432K

AAH81428K

AAH81441K

AAH81451K

AAH81442K

AAH81452K

3ph / 11.5A AAH81439K

3ph / 5.2A AAH81418K

670±10 / 1477±22

3ph / 22.5A

3ph / 5.4A AAH81419K

610±10 / 1345±22

3ph / 22.5A AAH81431K

1ph / 16.2A

Electrical Requirements (380V, 60Hz)

AAH81449K

AAH81459K

3ph / 11.5A AAH81438K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Certification only for the TC-G-180∙300∙408. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.

164

85 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system

(mm / inch)

Cat. No.

0.5 / 0.9

On singe point control

Refrigerant

Air Flow

(W×D×H)

0.5 / 0.9

60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooler

Dimension

0.4 / 0.72

60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)

Cooling (Min.) System

0.1 / 0.18

50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Time

Material

TC-G-1500 1500 / 53

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Sensor

1000 / 35.3

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Fluctuation 1)

Heater

TC-G-1000

800 / 28.3

Cooling fuzzy control system

Controller

Refrigeration

TC-G-800

408 / 14.4

Control System

Temperature

Certification only for the TC-G-180.300.408

AAH81448K

AAH81458K

750±10 / 1653.5±22

3ph / 28.5A AAH81462K 3ph / 15.2A AAH81468K


Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TC-GU-300

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

300 / 10.6 Cooling fuzzy control system -60 to 150 / -76 to 302 without humidity *best programmable control range : -50 to 140 / -58 to 284

Fluctuation 1) at 40Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.3 / 0.54

Variation 1) at 40Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) Time

Heating (Min.) Cooling (Min.) System

Refrigeration

Refrigerant

0.5 / 0.9 60 From -60Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-76ⳅ to 248ⳅ) 65 From 20Ⳅ to -60Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -76ⳅ) on singe point control Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser) R-404A (1st step), R-23 (2nd step)

Capacity (W)

3000

Cooler Heater

Plate fin cooler Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

2000

Temperature Sensor Interior Material

Exterior Insulation

Pt 100 Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)

Door Air Flow

Glass wool Tangent blower (90W)

Interior (mm / inch)

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

Dimension

Exterior (mm / inch)

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

(W×D×H)

Viewing Windows (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

Cable Port Interface Port

200×330 / 7.9×13 375±10 / 870.8±22 Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”) Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz)

1ph / 24.3A

Cat. No.

AAH81521K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz)

1ph / 24.3A

Cat. No.

AAH81522K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 60 / 50Hz) Cat. No.

3ph / 8.3A AAH81528K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient Temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.

165


T Please visit

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification only for TC-ME models

TC-KE-100

TC-ME-100 with optional Viewing Window and Stand

ⲟ In the year of 2013, this products design can be changed without prior notice.

166


Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Dimension (TC-KE / ME Models)

Models TC-KE TC-ME

Capacity

W

D

H

A

B

25L (0.9 cu ft)

610mm (24”)

875mm (34.4)

920mm (36.2”)

220mm (8.7”)

498mm (19.6”)

65L (2.3 cu ft)

660mm (26”)

1040mm (40.9)

1065mm (41.9”)

258mm (10.2”)

570mm (22.4”)

100L (3.53 cu ft)

760mm (29.9”)

1110mm (43.7)

1085mm (42.7”)

318mm (12.5”)

56.3mm (22.2”)

Air Flow & Operating Range

TC-KE Models t -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / -31ⳅ to 302ⳅ

TC-ME Models t -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ -4ⳅ to 248ⳅ

167


T

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Small size and light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Choose from 6 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 2 different model based on temp. ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ and three different volume capacities of 20L, 65L, 100L. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. Stainless Steel Inner Chamber

t Viewing window. - A tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. (optional) t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand and casters. Ⲽ Be sure to secure the stand onto floor with earthquake resistant fitting for your safety when using stand.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. Controller

t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm.

Portable Recorder (optional)

168


Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature / timer settings and operating condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (displayed by letters) t Programming operation. Description Programmable Pattern Capacity

TC - KE / ME 10

Pattern Repeat Time

999

Max. Segments per a Pattern

100

Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

100

Door Handle

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 300 not 3000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.

t Computer interface. (optional) - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t RS-485 communication port offers a maximum of 9 temp. chambers to be connected by one PC. (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program Setting Display

Graph Display

Water Tank

Cable Port

169


T

Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

TC-KE-025 25 / 0.9

TC-KE-065 65 / 2.3

Controller

PID control (LCD Type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature1)

TC-KE-100 100 / 3.53

-35~150 / -31~302

Fluctuation2) at 50Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

± 0.5°C

Variation2) at 50Ⳅ (±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

± 1°C

Heating

60 (-40Ⳅ Æ 100Ⳅ)

Cooling3)

70 (25Ⳅ Æ -35Ⳅ)

3)

Time

Refrigeration

System

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

470

Cooler Heater

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

1000

Temperature Sensor

Material

565

657

1200

1500

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

Pt 100

Internal

Stainless steel #304 (2B polish)

External

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glasswool

Air Flow (sirocco fan)

60W×2EA

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C, [RS-485:optional]

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Dimension (W×D×H)

Electrical Requirements

60W×2EA

Internal (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

External (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Weight (kg / lbs)

110 ±10 / 242.5 ±22

140 ±10 / 308.6 ±22

150 ±10 / 330.7 ±22

7.4A

8.8A

10.8A

AAH86111K

AAH86121K

AAH86131K

7.1A

8.4A

10.3A

AAH86112K

AAH86122K

AAH86132K

AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), no load. 2)Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) Up to 98% of the set value.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TC-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. ⲼPermissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Æ Recommended ambient temperature : +20Ⳅ (68ⳅ).

170

60W×2EA


Temperature Chambers

Temperature Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

TC-ME-025 25 / 0.9

Control System

TC-ME-100 100 / 3.53

Cooling PID control system

Controller

Temperature

TC-ME-065 65 / 2.3 Program controller (LCD type)

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-20 to 120 / -4 to 248

Program Control (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-15 to 120 / -5 to 248

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

0.4 / 0.72

0.3 / 0.55

0.3 / 0.55

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

2 / 3.60

1.9 / 3.42

1.8 / 3.24

1)

Time

Heating (Min.)

55 From -15Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (5ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooling (Min.)

60 From 20Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 5ⳅ) on singe point control *

System Refrigeration

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

250

250

Cooler Heater

Ni-Cr Wire Heater

Material Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

Temperature Sensor

Material

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”] Glass wool

Air Flow (sirocco fan)

(W×D×H)

60W×2EA

60W×2EA

60W×2EA

Interior (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

80±5 / 176±11

110±5 / 242±11

130±5 / 286±11

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Cable Port Interface Port Electrical Requirements

1200

Pt 100

Door

Dimension

375

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

Basically RS-232C [RS-485 (Maximum 9 Units Control) - optional] AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz

5.3A

6.1A

AAH86011K

AAH86021K

6.8A AAH86031K

5.1A

6A

6.5A

AAH86012K

AAH86022K

AAH86032K

1)Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TC-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), no load.

171


T

Temperature Chambers Accessories & Options

Viewing Window

Recorder

Cable Port

Warning Signal Light

Viewing Window

Cable Port

t A tempered dual window provides a clear view of samples during testing.

t A through hole of 50 or 80mm dia. (2.0 or 3.2˝ dia.) is provided on the wall of chamber to allow electrical cables to be introduced into the chamber. A 50mm hole is provided, maximum two holes (50 or 80mm) are optional.

Inner Door

Shelf

t An inner glass door for quick viewing of samples and to prevent outside air from flowing in. (only for TC-G / GU)

t Wire and perforated type shelves (shelf brackets included) are made of durable stainless steel. Standard shelves and shelf brackets come standard.

Temperature Recorder t 6-point dot type recorder.

Warning Signal Light

t digital display.

t A malfunction indicator can be placed on the right upper side.

Tabletop Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T504 AAA8T506 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA82501 AAA82502 AAA82503 RTD679 RTD680 RTD681 AAA80602-6 AAA80602-7 AAA80602-8 AAA8T612 AAA8T613 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA80631 AAA80632 AAA80633 AAA80634 AAA80635 CFA1910

Description Portable Recorder (6 points) Portable Recorder (digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter (RS - 485 ⳨ 232) included a cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-025 Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-065 Viewing window for TC-KE/ME-100 Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-025 Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-065 Wire Shelf for TC-KE/ME-100 Perforated Shelf forTC-KE/ME-025 Perforated Shelf for TC-KE/ME-065 Perforated Shelf for TC-KE/ME-100 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TC-ME Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TC-ME Models Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TC-KE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TC-KE Models Stand for TC-KE/ME-025 Stand for TC-KE/ME-065 Stand for TC-KE/ME-100 Two Step Stand for TC-KE/ME-025 Two Step Stand for TC-KE/ME-065 Temperature Sensor (RTD type)

25L

TC-KE 65L

100L

25L

TC-ME 65L

100L

t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t

Ⲽ 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber.

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Tabletop Chambers Models TC-KE/ME-025 TC-KE/ME-065 TC-KE/ME-100

* Only for wire shelf.

172

Included*

Maximum

2 2 2

7 10 10

Description Space 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”)

Dimension (W×L) 195×310mm (7.7×12.2”) 280×360mm (11×14.2”) 330×460mm (13×18.1”)


Temperature Chambers

Accessories & Options

Floor Standing Chambers Cat. No.

Description

AAA8T500 AAA8T505 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA81552 AAA81551 EDA8212 EDA8213 EDA8214 EDA8215 EDA8216 AAA80602-1 AAA80602-2 AAA80602-3 AAA80602-4 AAA80602-5 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 CFA1185

Recorder (6 points) Recorder (digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter (RS - 485 ⳨ 232) included a cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal lamp Inner Glass Door (only for 180L chambers) Inner Glass Door (only for 270, 300, 408L chambers) Wire Shelf for TC-G-180 Wire Shelf for TC-G/GU-300 Wire Shelf for TC-G-408 Wire Shelf for TC-G-800 Wire Shelf forTC-G-1000, 1500 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-180 Perforated Shelf for TC-G/GU-300 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-408 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-800 Perforated Shelf for TC-G-1000, 1500 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) Temperature Sensor (RTD type)

180L

300L

t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t

TC-G 408L 800L t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t

1000L 1500L t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Floor Standing Chambers Models TC-G-180 TC-G/GU-300 TC-G-408 TC-G-800 TC-G-1000, 1500

Included*

Maximum

2 2 2 2 2

9 10 10 14 14

Description Space 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”)

Dimensions (W×L) 463×518mm (17.2×20.4”) 518×558mm (20.4×22.0”) 560×740mm (22.0×29.1”) 750×960mm (30.0×37.8”) 950×960mm (37.4×37.8”)

* Only for wire shelf. Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

173


Temperature & SELECTION GUIDE

Temperature & Humidity Chambers TH-G Models

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Operating Temp. Operating Humid. Chamber Page Range 1) (Ⳅ/ⳅ) Full Range 2) (%RH) Volume (L / cu ft)

Description

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302

TH-I Models Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber

180 to 1500 / 6.4 to 53

20 to 98

180 to 408 / 6.4 to 14.4

176182

TH-GU-300

-60 to 150 / -76 to 302

25 to 98

300 / 10.6

TH-TG Models

-5 to 100 / 23 to 212

10 to 95

190 to 1500 / 6.7 to 53

TH-ICH 3) Models

-5 to 85 / 23 to 185

20 to 85

300, 760 / 10.6, 26.8

TH-KE Models

-35~150 / -31~302

20 to 95

TH-ME Models

-20 to 120 / -4 to 248

20 to 95

TH-PE Models

0 to 120 / 32 to 248

35 to 95

Fingerprint Development Chamber

TH-PF-100

40 to 100 / 104 to 212

Clean Temp. & Humid. Chamber

TH-CR-270

-35 to 100 / -31 to 212

(Floor Standing Models)

(Tabletop Models)

Fingerprint Development Chamber

25 to 98

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Plant Growth Chambers

183187

25 to 100 / 0.9 to 3.53

188194

50 to 90

100 / 3.53

195197

30 to 90

270 / 9.5

198201

1) Operating temperature ranges obtained without using humidity. 2) Please, refer to the specification details in the catalog. 3) TH-ICH Models temperature ranges obtained w/o using light or humidity.

Plant Growth Chambers Description Plant Growth Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

GC-300TL GC-300TLH GC-1000TLH

Operating Temp. Range 1) (Ⳅ/ⳅ) 5 to 50 / 41 to 122 - Lamp off 10 to 50 / 50 to 122 - Lamp on

Operating Humid. Chamber Page Full Range 2) (%RH) Volume (L / cu ft) 40 to 90 50 to 90

300 / 10.6

204260

1000 / 35.3

Accessories & Options Description for Temperature & Humidity Chambers for Plant Growth Chambers

Page 202-203 207


Humidity Chambers GENERAL APPLICATIONS

Temperature & Humidity Chambers Test for reliability, durability, climatic, freezing resistance, quality assurance, thermal endurance etc. - Testing for electric and electronic component, sensors. - Testing for semiconductor, PCB, LCD & LED. - Pharmaceutical tests. - Mechanical / Military / Aircraft engineering. - Automobile, Transport / automobile supply industries. - Chemical / Petrochemical industries. - Construction materials / Plastic / Textile industries. - Testing mould, liquor, cigar, paintings. - Testing metal related industries like plating etc. - Ninhydrin, DFO and other fingerprint development processes. (only TH-PF-100)

Plant Growth Chambers - Agriculture experiment with growth of plants. - Growth experiment of animals and insects. - Food preservation experiments. - Genetic of life science researches. - Genetic researches and pathology of plants. - Retardation researches of seeds. - Tissue culture of plants and germinating researches of seeds.

TECHNICAL BENEFITS Safety Features

Optimum control Features

1) Self-protecting cut-off function - Over temperature, electrical leakage or over voltage automatically cuts the power from the unit, in an orderly fashion, starting with the heating element then the controller unit.

1) Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.

2) Time setting function for automated RUN / OFF - Enable automatic start and shut off of a unit at any specific time. - A timer can be set for a month and data can be recorded in time, day, or week intervals.

3) Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system.

3) Low fluid level protection water leakage alarm - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Water supply and circuit compartment separate from each other to ensure safety. 4) Door-open warning alarm - Intermittent toned alarm audible alarm and visual alarms. - Heating element, fan, and platform auto-matically stops when the door is opened to minimize heat loss and to ensure users safety.

2) Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature / humidity with economical controls that reduces power consumption.

(Floor Standing Models only)

- Temperature & humidity timer settings, and operation condition. - Temperature & humidity and other operating parameters can be recorded using a recorder. - Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller.

Protect the global environment 1) Use of HFC refrigerant prevents damage to the ozone layer. 2) Complies with the Montreal Protocol on Sub-stances That Deplete the Ozone Layer control measures.


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Certification only for the TH-G-180路300路408

Floor Standing Models

TH-G / I / GU Models

176


Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models) Dimension

Models TH-G TH-I TH-G

Capacity 180L (6.4cu ft) 300L (10.6cu ft) 408L (14.4cu ft) 800L (28.3cu ft) 1000L (35.3cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft)

W

D

1025mm (40.4”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1120mm (44.1”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”) 1570mm (61.8”)

1035mm (40.7”) 1070mm (42.1”) 1240mm (48.8”) 1245mm (48.8”) 1445mm (56.9”) 2045mm (80.5”)

H 1530mm (60.2”) 1730mm (68.1”) 1730mm (68.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2060mm (81.1”) 2050mm (80.7”)

A 450mm (17.7”) 450mm (17.7”) 520mm (20.5”) 490mm (19.3”) 560mm (22”) 560mm (22”)

B 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1230mm (48.4”) 1260mm (49.6”) 1260mm (49.6”) 800mm (31.5”)

Temperature & Humidity Control Range

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-G (180, 300, 408L) TH-GU-300

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-G (800, 1000, 1500L)

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-I (180, 300, 408L)

t 50 ~ 90% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 30 ~ 80% RH at 10Ⳅ

t 40 ~ 85% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 45 ~ 95% RH at 25Ⳅ

t 20 ~ 90% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 25 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ

t 40 ~ 95% RH at 30 ~ 80Ⳅ

t 20 ~ 98% RH at 25 ~ 80Ⳅ

t 25 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 40 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 20 ~ 80% RH at 90Ⳅ

177


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Standard environmental test chambers. t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving temp. and Humid. test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Spacious chamber volume maximum capacity of 1500L. t Choose from 10 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 3 different models based on temp. and humid. ranges ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -60Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ / upmost 20 to 98% RH and six different volume capacities of 180L, 300L, 408L, 800L, 1000L and 1500L. Door Catch & Trim

t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm. t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. (excludes chambers with volume capacities of 800L or 1500L)

t Ventilation. - Ventilation vent is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display. t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. - Checking of the water level and the amount of water rema-ining in the tank can be performed by looking through the center viewing window. Color LCD Controller

t Viewing window for observation. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.

Safety Features

Digital Recorder (optional)

178

t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat / overcool protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Water empty alarm. t Door open alarm. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism.


Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Operating Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t Optimize CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature with economical power consumption. t Touch screen type display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. : Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) /present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LCD controller. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operation condition. - Temperature, humidity, and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description

Water Tank

TH-G, I, GU

Programmable Pattern Capacity Pattern Repeat Time Max. Segments per a Pattern Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

120 999 100 1200 0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment an patterns properly.

t Computer interface. - Save data in excel format. - Software provided. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature chamber units to one PC. (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program Setting Display

Graph Display

Air Filter

Ventilation

179


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Controller

TH-G-180 180 / 6.4

TH-G-300

Humidity

0.1 / 0.18

0.2 / 0.36

0.2 / 0.36

0.3 / 0.55

0.3 / 0.55

0.3 / 0.55

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.6 / 1.08

0.5 / 0.9

0.5 / 0.9

0.5 / 0.9

0.5 / 0.9

0.5 / 0.9

50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Range (%RH)

40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 25 to 98 at 25Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 25 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

0.3

0.4

0.3

Air Flow Water Supply

Dimension (W×D×H)

Capacity Water Quality

1

Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

R-404A 1500

R-404A (1st step), R-23 (2nd step) 4250 Plate fin cooler

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

6000

SUS Tube Heater

2000 1500

3000 2000

5000 3500

Pt 100 Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”) Glass wool 4 sets of sirocco fan (4×90W) Tangent blower (90W) 15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type Direct water supplying system pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5

1000×800×1000 / 39.4×31.5×39.4

1000×1000×1000 / 39.4×39.4×39.4

1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1

Exterior (mm / inch)

1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1

1570×1245×2060 / 61.8×49×81.1

1570×1445×2060 / 61.8×56.9×81.1

1570×2045×2060 / 61.8×80.5×80.7

Viewing Windows

200×330 / 7.9×13

(mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

310±10 / 683.4±22

375±10 / 826.7±22

270×330 / 10.6×13 400±10 / 881.8±22

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

AAH80011K AAH80012K AAH80018K

1ph / 23A AAH80021K 1ph / 23A AAH80022K 3ph / 7.7A AAH80028K

AAH80031K AAH80032K AAH80038K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Certification only for the TH-G-180∙300∙408. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

180

0.6

3.5

(air-cooled condenser)

Material

Material

0.5

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system

Cooler

Sensor

(68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)

On singe point control * 50 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 45 to 95 at 30Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (86ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 40 to 80 at 30Ⳅ to 90Ⳅ (86ⳅ to 194ⳅ)

3

Refrigerant Capacity (W)

Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Humidity Interior Exterior Insulation Door

85 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ

60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ)

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

System

Heater

TH-G-1500 1500 / 53

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

Refrigeration

TH-G-1000

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 * best programmable control range : -30 to 140 / -22 to 284

Heating - without Humidity (Min.) Time

TH-G-800

300 / 10.6 408 / 14.4 800 / 28.3 1000 / 35.3 BDBC2 system - Balanced Dehumidifying & Bath Cooling control Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor)

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) - without Humidity Temperature

Certification only for the TH-G-180.300.408

TH-G-408

610±10 / 1345±22

670±10 / 1477±22

AAH80041K AAH80051K 3ph / 22.5A AAH80042K AAH80052K 3ph / 13A AAH80048K AAH80058K

750±10 / 1653.5±22

3ph / 37.7A AAH80072K 3ph / 20.6A AAH80078K


Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

TH-I-180

Control System

300 / 10.6

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Range

Time

TH-I-408 408 / 14.4

BDBC2 system - Balanced Dehumidifying & Bath Cooling control

Controller

Temperature

TH-I-300

180 / 6.4

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 without humidity * best programmable control range : -30 to 140 / -22 to 284

(Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.1 / 0.18

0.2 / 0.36

0.2 / 0.36

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 55Ⳅ / 60%

0.6 / 1.08

0.5 / 0.9

0.5 / 0.9

Heating - without Humidity (Min.)

50 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

60 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) on singe point control * 30 to 80 at 10Ⳅ (50ⳅ)

Range (%RH)

20 to 98 at 20 to 80Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 20 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

0.3

0.4

0.3

Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

3

3

3

1)

System Refrigeration

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

1500

Cooler

Plate fin cooler Material

Heater

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater 2000

Drying Bulb (W)

1500

Humidity Bulb (W) Sensor

Material

Temperature Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Stainless steel #304

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)

Door

Glass wool

Air Flow Water Supply

Dimension (W×D×H)

Pt 100

Tangent blower (90W) Capacity

15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type

Water Quality

pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

500×630×600 / 19.7×24.8×23.6

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

600×850×800 / 23.6×33.5×31.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

1025×1035×1530 / 40.4×40.7×60.2

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

1120×1240×1730 / 44.1×44.8×68.1

310±10 / 683.4±22

375±10 / 826.7±22

200×330 / 7.9×13

Viewing Windows (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No.

1ph / 23A AAH80111K

AAH80121K

AAH80112K

AAH80122K

AAH80132K

3ph / 7.7A

Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

AAH80131K

1ph / 23A

Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No.

400±10 / 881.8±22

AAH80118K

AAH80128K

AAH80138K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ)and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient Temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No Load.

181


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers

Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-GU-300

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Controller Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

300 / 10.6 Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) -60 to 150 / -76 to 302 without humidity *best programmable control range : -50 to 140 / -58 to 284

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.54

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH 1)

Time

0.5 / 0.9

Heating - without Humidity (Min.)

60 From -60Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-76ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

65 From 20Ⳅ to -60Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -76ⳅ) on singe point control 40 to 85 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ)

Range (%RH) Humidity

25 to 98 at 25 to 80Ⳅ (77ⳅ to 176ⳅ) 25 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ) 3

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) Variation 1) (±%RH) System Refrigeration

Refrigerant

3 Mechanical dual stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser) R-404A(1st step), R-23(2nd step)

Capacity (W)

3000

Cooler

Plate fin cooler Material

Heater

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

2000

Humidity Bulb (W) Sensor

Humidity Interior

Material

1500

Temperature

Exterior Insulation

Pt 100 Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time Stainless steel #304 Stainless steel #304 Polyurethane foam 100mm (3.94”)

Door Air Flow Water Supply

Dimension (W×D×H)

Glass wool Tangent blower (90W)

Capacity Water Quality

15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type pH6.2 to 7.2/ Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

600×630×800 / 23.6×24.8×31.5

Exterior (mm / inch)

1120×1070×1730 / 44.1×42.1×68.1

Viewing Windows (mm / inch) Net Weight (kg / lbs)

Cable Port Interface Port

200×330 / 7.9×13 395±10 / 870.8±22 Basically one hole provided / Ø50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”) Basically RS-232C [RS-485(Maximum 999 Units Control)-optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (230V, 50Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (380V, 50Hz) Cat. No. 1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ Upon request, other sizes of chambers are available. Please contact with us. Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

182

1ph / 23A AAH80321K 1ph / 23A AAH80322K 3ph / 7.7A AAH80328K


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models) Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

TH-TG Models

TH-ICH Models 183


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

Dimension (TH-TG / TH-ICH Models)

Model TH-TG-180 TH- TG -300 TH-TG-408 TH-TG-800 TH-TG-1000 TH-TG-1500 TH-ICH-300 TH-ICH-800

Capacity 190L (6.7 cu ft) 300L (10.6 cu ft) 410L (14.5 cu ft) 760L (26.8 cu ft) 960L (33.9 cu ft) 1500L (53 cu ft) 300L (10.6 cu ft) 760L (26.8 cu ft)

W 880mm (34.6”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1220mm (48”) 1220mm (48”) 1450mm (57.1”) 1130mm (44.5”) 1220mm (48”)

D

H

945mm (37.2”) 945mm (37.2”) 1045mm (41.1”) 1175mm (46.3”) 1415mm (55.7”) 1900mm (74.8”) 985mm (33.8”) 1215mm (47.8”)

1465mm (57.7”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1965mm (77.4”) 1965mm (77.4”) 2065mm (81.3”) 1520mm (59.8”) 1965mm (77.4”)

A 420mm (16.5”) 420mm (16.5”) 520mm (20.5”) 520mm (20.5”) 635mm (25”) 635mm (25”) 460mm (18.1”) 545mm (21.5”)

B 880mm (34.6”) 905mm (35.6”) 905mm (35.6”) 1010mm (39.8”) 1010mm (39.8”) 800mm (31.5”) 905mm (35.6”) 1185mm (46.7”)

Temperature & Humidity Control Range

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-TG (190 to 960L)

184

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-TG (1500L)

Temperature Ⳅ

TH-ICH (300, 760L)

t 40~90% RH at 10Ⳅ

t 40~90% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 40~80% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 30Ⳅ

t 30~95% RH at 30Ⳅ

t 30~85% RH at 30Ⳅ

t 10~95% RH at 50~80Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 50~80Ⳅ

t 20~85% RH at 50~85Ⳅ

t 10~80% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 20~85% RH at 85Ⳅ


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

The temperature & humidity chamber units comply with the ICH guidelines. Stability Testing Q1A (R2)-ICH, TG Chamber Models. Photostability Testing Q1B (Option 2)-ICH Chamber Models.

Constructional Features

Operating Features

t High quality #304 stainless steel exterior and interior.

t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration.

t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental test chamber.

t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive 7 keypads.

t Convenient maintenance - Available to check total operating time. t Unique door lock & trim. t Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal.

t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operation condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (conveniently display by letters)

t Cable port for external probes or wires.

t Programming operation.

t 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional)

t Computer interface. - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer.

t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. t Door lock. t Cyclic defrost functions does not affect the temperature and humidity control for extended operation.

t Chart recorder. (optional) - 6-point dots type recorder with digital display. - Digital recorder. (6-channels)

(Under 15âł„ set value)

t Powerful two Sirocco fans maintains a constant airflow in the chamber.

Additional TH-ICH 300/800 Features t In the event of a validation the apparatus correctly controls each light and then transfers accurate data and is equipped with light sensors. (UV light sensor / VIS light sensor) t Samples that have to be exposed to the light in which it is completely near the UV energy of less than 200W-hr/m2 is provided to compare directly the results from overall intensity of less than 1.20 million lux-hr, drug substances and reagent. t Total fluorescent lamp and UV lamp indicator and operating time indicator.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Water empty. t Vice lock door type locking mechanism. (optional) t Alarm for completed Photostability Test. (only TH-ICH Models)

185


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-TG-180

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Controller Range Temperature 1)

190 / 6.7

TH-TG-300

TH-TG-408

300 / 10.6

410 / 14.5

without Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

TH-TG-800

760 / 26.8 PID control (LCD Type)

TH-TG-1000 960 / 33.9

TH-TG-1500 1500 / 53

-5 to 100 / 23 to 212

with Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

+10 to 90 / 50 to 194

Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

+15 to 85

1)

0.3 / 0.55

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

1)

0.5 / 0.9

0.7 / 1.3

1 / 1.8 FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 40 to 90 at 15Ⳅ ⳅ

30 to 95 at 30Ⳅ ⳅ

20 to 95 at 50Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ

FULL RANGE : 10 to 95 40 to 90 at 10Ⳅ ( 50ⳅ

30 to 95 at 20Ⳅ ( 68ⳅ

10 to 95 at 50Ⳅ to 80Ⳅ (122ⳅ to 176ⳅ

10 to 80 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ

Range (%RH) Humidity Fluctuation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

2

Variation (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

3

ⳅ UP ⳅ

20 to 85 at 85Ⳅ ⳅ

2)

2)

Heating 4) Time Cooling 4)

50min

55min

(-5Ⳅ 100Ⳅ)

(-5Ⳅ 100Ⳅ)

120min

145min

(100Ⳅ -5Ⳅ)

(100Ⳅ -5Ⳅ)

System Refrigeration Refrigerant Capacity (W) Cooler Material Heater Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Sensor Humidity

Electronic sensor (Free of drying a wet pack and good response time)

Air Flow

2 set of sirocco fan (2×60 W) : Vertical type

Internal External Material Insulation Door Operating Temperature Capacity (L / cu ft) Water Tank Water Quality Interface Port

SUS #304 (2B polish) SUS #304 (Hairline finish) & Steel, 2t, Double painted & baked Polyurethane (70mm / 2.76”) Glasswool 18Ⳅ to 30Ⳅ / 64.4ⳅto 56ⳅ, 85%RH (Non-corrosive and pure place) 15 / 0.53 pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below Basically RS-232C, [RS-485 : optional]

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”), Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Viewing Window (mm / inch) Internal Dimension

(mm / inch)

(W×D×H)

External (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat.No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat.No.

150

250

1000 1000

1500 1200

470

470×2

2300 2000

3000 2500

4 set of sirocco fan(4×60W) : Vertical type

30 / 1.1

230×340 / 9.1×13.4 (option) 500×650×600 750×650×650 750×850×650 750×880×1160 750×1110×1160 / 19.7×25.6×23.6 / 29.5×25.6×25.6 / 29.5×33.5×25.6 / 29.5×34.6×45.7 / 29.5×43.7×45.7

1000×1000×1500 / 39.4×39.4×59.1

880×945×1465 / 34.6×37.2×57.7

1130×945×1520 1130×1045×1520 1220×1175×1965 1220×1415 ×1965 / 44.5×37.2×59.8 / 44.5×41.1×59.8 / 48×46.3×77.3 / 48×55.7×77.4

1450×1900×2065 / 57.1×74.8×81.3

220±10 / 485±22 13.1 A AAHC2001K 12.4 A AAHC2002K

250±10 / 485±22 15.4 A AAHC2011K 14.7 A AAHC2012K

480±10 / 1058±22 30.5A AAHC2051K 29.2A AAHC2052K

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068 3) The value is measured on the center of chamber at the point of vertical direction. 4) Up to 98% of the set value.

186

Air - cooled R- 404A 250 470 Copper plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS Tube Heater 1500 2300 1200 2000 Pt 100

280±10 / 617±22 15.4 A AAHC2021K 14.7 A AAHC2022K

360±10 / 794±22 24.5 A AAHC2031K 23.5 A AAHC2032K

410±10 / 904±22 24.5 A AAHC2041K 23.5 A AAHC2042K


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chamber (Floor Standing Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-ICH-300

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

760 / 26.8

Controller

Range Temperature 1)

PID control (LCD Type) -5 to 85 / 23 to 185 without Light 0 to 85 / 32 to 185 with Light

without Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ) with Humidity (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

+15 to 85 / 59 to185 with Light

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.3 / 0.55

0.3 / 0.55

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

0.7 / 1.3 FULL RANGE : 20 to 85 40 to 80 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ

30 to 85 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ

20 to 85 at 50Ⳅ to 85Ⳅ (122ⳅ to 185ⳅ

Range (%RH) Humidity

TH-ICH-800

300 / 10.6

Fluctuation 2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

3

Variation 2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 40Ⳅ

5

Cool White Ultraviolet-A 3)

6,000 lux 4.5 W/⽋

6,500 lux 5 W/⽋

Light Uniformity

VIS. : ±10% UVA : ±15%

VIS. : ±15% UVA : ±15%

Typical Time Required to Reach ICH Recommendation of 1.2 million lux-hr

ⴊ 200Hr

ⴊ 184Hr

Typical Time Required to Reach ICH Recommendation of 200 W-hr/m2

ⴊ 50Hr

ⴊ 40Hr

3)

Light Source (ICH Q1B option 2)

Time

Refrigeration

Heating 4) Cooling 4) System Refrigerant Capacity (W)

25min (20Ⳅ Æ 85Ⳅ) 35min (20Ⳅ Æ -5Ⳅ) Air - cooled R- 404A 250

Cooler Heater

Sensor

Material Drying Bulb (W) Humidity Bulb (W) Temperature Humidity

Air Flow Internal External Material Insulation Door Operating Temperature Capacity (L / cu ft) Water Tank Water Quality Interface Port

(W×D×H)

470 Copper plate fin cooler Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS Tube Heater

1500 1200

2300 2000

Pt 100 Electronic sensor (Free of drying a wet pack and good response time) 2 set of sirocco fan (2×60 W) : Vertical type SUS #304 (2B polish) SUS #304 (Hairline finish) & Steel, 2t, Double painted & baked Polyurethane (70mm / 2.76”) EPDM Sheet 18Ⳅ to 30Ⳅ / 64.4ⳅ to 56ⳅ, 85%RH (Non-corrosive and pure place) 15 / 0.53 pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below Basically RS-232C, [RS-485 : optional] Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”), Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Cable Port Dimension

30min (20Ⳅ Æ 85Ⳅ) 40min (20Ⳅ Æ -5Ⳅ)

Internal (mm / inch) External (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz Cat.No. Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz Cat.No.

750×650×650 / 29.5×25.6×25.6 1130×985×1520 / 44.5×38.8×59.8 280±10 / 617±22 15.4 A AAHC1001K 14.7 A AAHC1002K

750×880×1160 / 29.5×34.6×45.7 1220×1215×1965 / 48×47.8×77.4 400±10 / 882±22 24.5 A AAHC1011K 23.5 A AAHC1012K

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) The value is measured on the center of chamber at the point of vertical direction. 4) Up to 98% of the set value.

187


T Please visit

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models) .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

Certification only for TH-ME / PE models

TH-ME/KE/PE Models with optional Viewing Windows ⲟ In the year of 2013, this products design can be changed without prior notice.

188


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Temperature & Humidity Control Range TH-KE

TH-ME

TH-PE

-35 Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ

-20Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ

0Ⳅ to 100Ⳅ

Discontinuous temperature and humidity operation..

TH-KE (25 to 100L)

ME (25 to 100L)

TH-PE (25 to 100L)

t 45~75% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 45~75% RH at 15Ⳅ

t 45~95% RH at 20Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 40~80Ⳅ

t 20~95% RH at 40~80Ⳅ

t 30~95% RH at 30~80Ⳅ

t 20~90% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 20~90% RH at 90Ⳅ

t 30~90% RH at 85Ⳅ

Dimension (TH-KE / ME / PE Models)

Models TH-KE TH-ME TH-PE

Capacity

W

25L (0.9 cu ft)

610mm (24”)

65L (2.3 cu ft) 100L (3.53 cu ft)

D

H

875mm (34.4)

920mm (36.2”)

660mm (26”)

1040mm (40.9)

760mm (29.9”)

1110mm (43.7)

A

B

220mm (8.7”)

498mm (19.6”)

1065mm (41.9”)

258mm (10.2”)

570mm (22.4”)

1085mm (42.7”)

318mm (12.5”)

56.3mm (22.2”)

189


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Small size and light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Choose from 9 different model chambers based on size and temperature preference. - The series comes in 3 different models based on temp. and humid. ranging in -35Ⳅ to 150Ⳅ, -20Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ, -0Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ / upmost 20 to 95% RH and three different volume capacities of 20L, 65L, 100L. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. Stainless Steel Inner Chamber

t Water tank for easy water supply. - Maintenance can be done easily from the front side. t Viewing window. - A tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand and casters. Ⲽ Be sure to secure the stand onto floor with earthquake resistant fitting for your safety when using stand.

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. Controller

t Over current protection. t Overheat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for over heating. t Door open alarm. t Water empty alarm. (TH-KE / ME / PE)

Portable Digital Recorder (optional)

190


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Operating Features t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operating condition. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (displayed by letters) t Programming operation Description Programmable Pattern Capacity

TH-KE / ME / PE 10

Pattern Repeat Time

999

Max. Segments per a Pattern

100

Available Max. Segments* Programmable Process Time per a Segment

Water Tank

100 0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 300 not 3000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.

t Computer interface. (optional) - Software provided - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature and humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t RS-485 communication port offers a maximum of 9 temp. and humidity chambers to be connected by one PC. (optional)

Multi-control Display

Single-control Display

Program setting Display

Graph Display

Stand with Caster (optional)

191


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-KE-025

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

25 / 0.9

Controller

Program controller (LCD type)

Temperature 1)

Time

TH-KE-065 65 / 2.3

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

-35 to 150 / -31 to 302 without humidity +15 to 90 / 59 to 194 with humidity

Fluctuation2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 50Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.90

Variation2) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 50Ⳅ / 60%RH

1 / 1.8

Heating3) Æ without Humidity (Min.)

60 (-40Ⳅ Æ 100Ⳅ)

Cooling3) Æ without Humidity (Min.)

70 (25Ⳅ Æ -35Ⳅ)

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 45 to 75 at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 40 to 95 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 20 to 95 at 40 to 80Ⳅ (104 to 176ⳅ) 20 to 90 at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Humidity Fluctuation2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 50Ⳅ

2

Variation2) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 50Ⳅ System Refrigeration

3 Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

470

Cooler

656

Sensor

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater/SUS TUBE Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Humidity Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Water Tank

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time 60W×2EA

(sirocco fan)

Material

60W×2EA

Internal

Stainless steel #304 (2B polish)

External

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glasswool

Capacity (L / cu ft)

6.0 / 0.21

Quality

pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ / cm to below

7.5 / 0.26

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C, [RS-485: optional]

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available/ Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Dimension (W×D×H)

60W×2EA

10.0 / 0.35

Internal (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

External (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7 150 ±10 / 330.7 ±22

110 ±10 / 242.5 ±22

140 ±10 / 308.6 ±22

Electrical Requirements (AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz)

10.1A

12.4A

16A

Cat. No.

AAH82411K

AAH82421K

AAH82431K

Electrical Requirements (AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz)

9.7A

11.8A

15.6A

Cat. No.

AAH82412K

AAH82422K

AAH82432K

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

1) All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. 2) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068. 3) Up to 98% of the set value.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85%). Ⲽ Recommended ambient temperature: +20Ⳅ(68ⳅ).

192

750

Plate fin cooler (cooper)

Heater

Air Flow

TH-KE-100 100 / 3.53


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

TH-ME-025 25 / 0.9

Controller

-20 to 120 / -4 to 248

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%RH Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%

Time

1.0 / 1.8

1.0 / 1.8

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

60 From 20Ⳅ to -15Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 5ⳅ) on singe point control *

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 20 to 95 45 to 75% at 15Ⳅ (59ⳅ) 40 to 95% at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 20 to 95% at 40 to 80Ⳅ (104 to176ⳅ) 20 to 90% at 90Ⳅ (194ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

1.6

1.0

1.0

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

3

3

3

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

250

250

Cooler

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Humidity Bulb (W)

500

650

1000

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glass wool 60W x 1EA

Air Flow (sirocco fan) Water Tank

Dimension (W×D×H)

375

Plate fin cooler (cooper) Material

Sensor

1.0 / 1.8

55 From -15Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (5ⳅto 248ⳅ)

System

Heater

without humidity

0.5Ⳅ / 0.9

Heating - without Humidity (Min.)

Humidity

Refrigeration

TH-ME-100 100 / 3.53

Program controller (LCD type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

TH-ME-065 65 / 2.3

Capacity (L / cu ft)

6.0 / 0.21

7.5 / 0.26

60W x 2EA 10.0 / 0.35

pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ/cm to below

Water Quality Interior (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

80±5 / 176±11

110±5 / 242±11

130±5 / 286±11

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Cable Port Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485 (Maximum 999 Units Control) - optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph, 60Hz)

9.6A

12A

14.4A

Cat. No.

AAH82111K

AAH82121K

AAH82131K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph, 50Hz)

9.2A

11.1A

13.8A

Cat. No.

AAH82112K

AAH82122K

AAH82132K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber. (TH-ME-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

193


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Temp. & Humid. Chambers (Tabletop Models)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

TH-PE-025

TH-PE-065

25 / 0.9

65 / 2.3

Controller

Program controller (LCD type) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

Variation at 25Ⳅ / 60%

Humidity

0 to 120 / 32 to 248 - without humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ / 60%RH 1)

Time

(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

0.5 / 0.9 1.0 / 1.8

1.0 / 1.8

Heating - without Humidity (Min.) Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

30 From 20Ⳅ to 0Ⳅ (68ⳅ to 32ⳅ) on singe point control *

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 30 to 95 45 to 95 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ) 30 to 95 at 30 to 80Ⳅ (86 to176ⳅ) 30 to 90 at 85Ⳅ (185ⳅ)

Fluctuation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

1.6

1.0

1.0

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH / 55Ⳅ

3

3

3

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

R-404A

Capacity (W)

250

250

Cooler

Sensor

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater/ SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

800

1000

1200

Humidity Bulb (W)

500

650

1000

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 0.8t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane foam 100mm [3.94”]

Door

Glass wool 60W x 2EA

Air Flow (sirocco fan) Water Tank

Dimension (W×D×H)

Capacity (L / cu ft)

6.0 / 0.21

60W x 2EA 7.5 / 0.26

60W x 2EA 10.0 / 0.35

pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20Ⳅ / cm to below

Water Quality Interior (mm / inch)

350×220×350 / 13.8×8.7×13.8

400×330×495 / 15.7×13×19.5

500×380×530 / 19.7×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

610×875×920 / 24×34.4×36.2

660×1040×1065 / 26×40.9×41.9

760×1110×1085 / 29.9×43.7×42.7

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

80±5 / 176±11

110±5 / 242±11

130±5 / 286±11

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Cable Port

Basically RS-232C

Interface Port

[RS-485 (Maximum 999 Units Control) - optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1hp, 60Hz)

9.6A

12A

14.4A

Cat. No.

AAH82211K

AAH82221K

AAH82231K

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1hp, 50Hz)

9.2A

11.1A

13.8A

Cat. No.

AAH82212K

AAH82222K

AAH82232K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

* 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber (TH-PE-025). * Above the dimensions are NOT included size of attached accessories. Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load.

194

375

Plate fin cooler (cooper) Material

Heater

1.0 / 1.8

40 From 0Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (32ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

System Refrigeration

TH-PE-100 100 / 3.53


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber

Please visit

.com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

TH-PF-100

Temperature & Humidity Control Range TH-PF-100 t 80 ~ 90% RH at 40Ⳅ t 65 ~ 95% RH at 50Ⳅ t 50 ~ 95% RH at 60Ⳅ t 50 ~ 90% RH at 90Ⳅ

Temperature Ⳅ

195


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber

Exceptional design for Ninhydrin, DFO and other fingerprint development processes. Highly precise controlled microprocessor PID controller for rapid performance. Advanced safety features for protecting evidence. A clear display with LED light indicator and heated glass window.

Constructional Features t Small size & light weight. t Compact design with high performance. t Efficient system with durable materials. - The evaporating system for better thermal efficiency with corrosion-resistant materials. - The heating system with minimized potential heat when heating or cooling for prompt reaction time and advanced performance. t Stainless steel interior. - High quality and corrosion-resistant. t Water tank for easy water supply. - Maintenance can be done easily from the front side. (optional direct water system.)

t Large viewing window. - A tempered glass door provides a clear view of your specimen during testing. t Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - B50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. - Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Optional stand for space-saving layout. - For use in limited spaces: stand & casters. - Chambers can be stacked maximum two high. ⲟ Be sure to secure the stand to the floor with an earthquake resistant fitting for safety.

Control Board

Operating Features t Intuitive Control Panel. - Sight Lamp, Window Clean, Water Level indicators. t Microprocessor PID control / auto tuning / calibration. - Precise temperature & humidity control. - Faster fingerprint development. - Rapid recovery time after the door has been opened. t Touch screen type digital LCD display with touch-sensitive keys. t Easy operation with wide LCD screen. - Temperature and humidity / timer settings and operating condition. t Digital Timer with acoustic alarm. - Start / Stop button for easy operation. - Digital display for time remaining. - Set time expiring alarm. t Programming operation. t Program patterns are memorized for 10 years due to a battery built into the PCB. t Expansion parameter inputs. (conveniently display by letters.)

Safety Features t Key lockable door for your evidences. t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection. t Switch-off after alarm for overheating. t Automatic shut off after overheat alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm.

196

t Computer Interface. (optional) - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port standard. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6-point dot type recorder with a digital display.


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Fingerprint Development Chamber

Large window for viewing samples and with LED lighting on left and right of the interior door window. Heated glass window eliminates condensation.

Water Tank included Easy maintenance. Direct water system. (optional)

Key Lockable Door for your evidences.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-PF-100

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

100 / 3.53

Controller

PID control (LCD Type)

Temperature

Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

40 to 100 / 104 to 212 without humidity

Fluctuation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

0.5 / 0.9

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 100Ⳅ

0.5 / 0.9

Range (%RH)

FULL RANGE : 50 to 90 80 to 90 at 40Ⳅ 65 to 95 at 50Ⳅ 50 to 90 at 90Ⳅ

Humidity

Heater

Sensor

Fluctuation (±%RH)

3

Variation (±%RH)

3

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS cartridge Heater

Drying Bulb

400W

Humidity Bulb

400W

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor (free of drying a wet pack and good response time)

Air Flow

Material

Water Tank

2 set of sirocco fan (60W) Interior

SUS #304 (2B polish)

Exterior

SUS #304 & Steel, 1t, Double painted & baked

Insulation

Polyurethane (70mm)

Door

Glasswool

Capacity (L / cu ft)

9 / 0.32

Quality

pH6.2 ~ 7.2, Electrical conductivity 20⽜ / cm to below

Viewing Window (mm / inch)

280×430 / 11.02×16.9

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available/ Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Dimension (W×D×H)

Basically RS-232C [RS-485 [Maximum 999 Units Control] - optional] Interior (mm / inch)

500×380×530 / 1.97×15×20.9

Exterior (mm / inch)

670×845×1045 / 26.4×33.3× 41.15

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

115kg±5kg / 253.5±11

Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 60Hz

4.5A

Cat. No.

AAH82331K

Electrical Requirements AC230V, 1ph, 50Hz

4.3A

Cat. No.

AAH82332K

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ Recommended ambient temperature: +20Ⳅ(68ⳅ) Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ(68ⳅ), No load.

197


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

TH-CR-270

Temperature & Humidity Control Range 90% RH

TH-CR-270 t 50 to 90% RH at 20Ⳅ t 40 to 90% RH at 30Ⳅ t 30 to 90% RH at 40 to 85Ⳅ

85Ⳅ

Temperature Ⳅ

198


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

Dimension (TH-CR-270)

Models

Capacity

W

D

H*

A

B

TH-CR-270

270L (9.5 cu ft)

1180mm (46.5”)

1120mm (44.1”)

1935mm (76.1”)

325mm (12.8”)

1155mm (45.5”)

Operating & Constructional Features User-friendly Design t Standard clean environmental test chambers. t Silicone-free safe construction. t High quality type 304 grade stainless steel exterior and interior. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental test chamber. t Convenient maintenance-available to view total operating time. t Unique door lock & trim. - Vice lock type door and foam silicone packing to ensure a perfect seal. - Door open warning alarm.

t Viewing window. - Tempered glass window provides a clear view of samples in the chamber, beneficial during testing. - Fluorescent lighting source included. t Cable port for external probes or wires. - 50mm diameter cable port comes standard on the left side of the unit. - Additional 50mm or 80mm diameter cable ports can be custom ordered. (optional) t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter.

t Inner door. - Optional inner glass door comes with four holes to handle samples inside the chamber. t Exhaust duct. - Exhaust duct is located at the upper right side of the unit. t Chart Recorder. (optional) - 6 point dot type recorder with digital display. t Container type tank for easy adding and changing of water. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side. - Checking of the water level and the amount of water remaining in the tank can be performed by looking through the center viewing window. Inner Chamber

199


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

Capable for the best cleaned temperature and humidity chamber! By employing a HEPA filter and a top to bottom laminar air flow system, a class 100 controlled chamber is achieved.

Operating & Constructional Features Constructional Features t Microprocess PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Chamber supports three different languages: English, Chinese, and Korean. t CPU logic control system. - Optimum control of temperature / humidity with economical power consumption. t Touch Screen Type Display. - 5.7-inch Color LCD display with interactive input system. (only floor type)

- Easily visible set value: set point value (SV) / present value (PV) are also added on the colorful LED controller. - Temperature & humidity, timer settings, and operation conditions. - Temperature, humidity, and other operating parameters can be recorded using a chart recorder. t Programming operation. Description

Control Panel

TH-CR-270

Programmable Pattern Capacity

120

Pattern Repeat Time

999

Max. Segments per a Pattern

100

Available Max. Segments*

1200

Programmable Process Time per a Segment

0 to 99 hr 59 min

* Even though the max. segments per a pattern are 100, available total segments are up to 1200 not 12000, so you need to arrange the number of segment and patterns properly.

t Computer interface. - Software provided. - Save data in excel format. - Storage of program information, backup of value settings / recovery, and temperature / humidity values. - RS-232C port as standard offer. - RS-485 communication port offers connection of a maximum of 9 temperature & humidity chamber units to one PC. (optional)

Door Catch & Trim

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection. t Automatic shut off after overheat alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm. t Door opening alarm. t Vice lock door closing equipment.

200

Air-filter


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Clean Temp. & Humid Chamber

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

TH-CR-270

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft)

270 / 9.5

Controller

Programmable, Touch screen type controller (5.7” Color monitor) Local controller (Fixed - command control) Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Temperature

Time

-35 to 100 / -31 to 212 without humidity

Fluctuation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

Variation 1) (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 40Ⳅ / 60%RH

0.5 / 0.9

Heating - without Humidity (Min.)

60 From -35Ⳅ to 120Ⳅ (-31ⳅ to 248ⳅ)

Cooling - without Humidity (Min.)

65 From 20Ⳅ to -35Ⳅ (68ⳅ to -31ⳅ) 50 to 90 at 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ)

Range (%RH) Humidity

30 to 90 at 40 to 85Ⳅ (104 to185ⳅ) Fluctuation 1) (±%RH)

3

Variation 1) (±%RH) at 60%RH

3

Cleanliness

Class 100 (ISO 14644-1) System

Refrigeration

Sensor

Material

R-404A

Capacity (W)

1500

Material

Ni-Cr Wire Heater / SUS sheath Heater

Drying Bulb (W)

2000

Plate fin cooler

Humidity Bulb (W)

2000

Temperature

Pt 100

Humidity

Electronic sensor - Free of drying a wet pack and good reaction time

Interior

Stainless steel #304

Exterior

Stainless steel #304

Insulation

Polyurethane

(Base & Control panels are made of Stainless steel with powder coating)

Door

Glass wool

*Silicon Free (optional)

EPDM for door packing, chamber sealing and tube Poly Urethane for DI water inlet & drainage

Capacity

15L (0.53cu ft) - Cartridge type

Air Flow Water Supply

Mechanical single stage refrigerator system (air-cooled condenser)

Refrigerant

Cooler Heater

40 to 90 at 30Ⳅ (86ⳅ)

Sirocco fan Water Quality

pH6.2 to 7.2 / Electrical conductivity 20⽜ /cm to below

Interior (mm / inch)

600×700×648 / 23.6×27.6×25.4

Dimension

Exterior (mm / inch)

1180×1120×1935 / 46.5×44.1×76.2

(W×D×H)

Viewing Windows (mm / inch)

200×330 / 7.9×13

Net Weight (kg / lbs)

400±10 / 881.8±22

Cable Port

Basically one hole provided / Ø 50mm (2”) Optionally max. two holes available / Ø 50 or 80mm (2 or 3.2”)

Interface Port

Basically RS-232C [RS-485 [Maximum 999 Units Control] - optional]

Electrical Requirements (230V, 1ph)

60Hz / 29A

50Hz / 29A

Cat. No.

AAH83011K

AAH83012K

Electrical Requirements (380V, 3ph)

50Hz / 9.6A

Cat. No.

AAH83018K

1) Technical data according to DIN 12880, IEC 60068.

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (18 to 30Ⳅ) and relative humidity (up to 85 ). Ⲽ All specifications are under ambient temperature 20Ⳅ (68ⳅ), No load. Ⲽ Upon request, other sizes of chambers are available. Please contact with us.

201


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options

for TH Chambers

Viewing Window

Cable Port

t A tempered dual window provides a clear of view of samples during testing.

t A through hole of 50 or 80mm dia. (2.0 or 3.2˝ dia.) is provided on the wall of chamber to allow electrical cables to be introduced into the chamber. A 50mm hole is provided, maximum two holes (50 or 80mm) are optional.

Inner Door t An inner glass door comes installed with the clean temperature & humidity chamber for quick viewing of samples and to prevent outside air from flowing in. (Table top - without hand entry ports.)

Water Purifier t Water purifier with reverse osmosis membrane. (optional)

Temperature and Humidity Recorder

Shelves

t 6-point dot type recorder.

t Wire and perforated type shelves (shelf brackets included) are made of durable stainless steel. Standard shelves and shelf brackets come standard.

t digital display.

Water Supply

Warning Signal Light

t Water supply system for supplying pure water for humidification. - Maintenance of the water tank can be easily performed from the front side.

t A malfunction indicator can be placed on the right upper side.

Tabletop Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T504 AAA8T506 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA8T550 AAA82501 AAA82502 AAA82503 RTD679 RTD680 RTD681 AAA80602-6 AAA80602-7 AAA80602-8 AAA8T612 AAA8T613 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA80631 AAA80632 AAA80633 AAA80634 AAA80635 AAA8T621 RTD0794 CFA1910

Models TH-KE/ME/PE TH-PF

Description Portable Recorder (6 points) Portable Recorder (Digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter CRS-485 ⳨ 232C Included a Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Viewing window for TH-KE/ME/PE-100 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Wire Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-100 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Perforated Shelf for TH-KE/ME/PE-PF-100 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TH-ME/PE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TH-ME/PE Models Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2.0”) for TH-KE Models Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) for TH-KE Models Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE/PF-100 Two Step Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-025 Two Step Stand for TH-KE/ME/PE-065 Water Purifier Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor (RTD type)

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t

Ⲽ 80mm cable access hole is NOT available for 25L chamber.

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Tabletop Chambers Models TH-KE/ME/PE-025 TH-KE/ME/PE-065 TH-KE/ME/PE/PF-100

* Only for wire shelf.

202

Included*

Maximum

2 2 2

7 10 10

Description Space 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”) 20mm (0.8”)

Dimension (W×L) 195×310mm (7.7×12.2”) 280×360mm (11×14.2”) 330×460mm (13×18.1”)


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options

for TH Chambers Floor Standing Chambers Cat. No. AAA8T500 AAA8T505 AAA8T540 AAA8T542 AAA80550 AAA81552 AAA81551 AAA81550 AAA81553 AAA81554 AAA81555 AAA80671 AAA80672 AAA80673 EDA8212 EDA8213 EDA8214 EDA8215 EDA8216 RTD1195 RTD1196 RTD1197 RTD1198 RTD1199 STT1040 AAA80602-1 AAA80602-2 AAA80602-3 AAA80602-4 AAA80602-5 AAA80604-1 AAA80604-2 AAA80604-3 AAA80604-4 AAA80604-5 AAA80630-1 AAA8T610 AAA8T611 AAA8T621 AAA80622 RTD0794 CFA1185 RTD1190 RTD1191 RTD1188 RTD1189 AAA80680 AAA80681 EDA9175 EDA9184 AAA80620

Description

TH-G

Recorder (6 points) Recorder (Digital, 6 channels) Interface Converter CRS-485 ⳨ 232C Included a Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Interface Cable (5m / 16.4ft) Warning Signal Lamp Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I-180 Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I/GU-300, 408 Inner Glass Door for TH-G/I-800, 1000 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-180 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-300, 408 Inner Glass Door for TH-TG-800, 1000 Viewing Window for TH-TG-180 Viewing Window for TH-TG-300, 408 Viewing Window for TH-TG-800, 1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I-180 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I/GU-300 Wire Shelf for TH-G/I-408 Wire Shelf for TH-G-800 Wire Shelf for TH-G-1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-180 Wire Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-300 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-408 Wire Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-800 Wire Shelf for TH-TG-1000, 1500 Wire Shelf for TH-CR-270 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I-180 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I/GU-300 Perforated Shelf for TH-G/I-408 Perforated Shelf for TH-G-800 Perforated Shelf for TH-G-1000 , 1500 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-180 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-300 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-408 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG/ICH-800 Perforated Shelf for TH-TG-1000/1500 Perforated Shelf for TH-CR-270 Cable Port (Ø 50mm / 2”) Cable Port (Ø 80mm / 3.2”) Water Purifier Water Cartridge Tank Humidity Sensor Temperature Sensor (RTD type) Fluorescent Lamp(Cool White) for TH-ICH-300 Fluorescent Lamp(Cool White) for TH-ICH-800 UVA Lamp for TH-ICH-300 UVA Lamp for TH-ICH-800 THE-680 UV Sensor TH-ICH THE-681 Illumination Sensor for TH-ICH ULPA Filter (optional) HEPA Filter (1EA included) Direct Water System

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

-

TH-I

Models TH-TG

TH-ICH

TH-CR

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

Wire & Perforated Shelves for Floor Standing Chambers Models TH/I-180 TH/I-300 TH/I-408 TH/I-800 TH/I-1000, 1500 TH-TG-180 TH-TG/ICH-300 TH-TG-408 TH-TG/ICH-800 TH-TG-1000, 1500 TH-CR-270

Included*

Maximum

2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

9 10 10 14 14 7 8 8 17 17 10

Description Space 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 40mm (1.6”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 60mm (2.4”) 40mm (1.6”)

Dimension (W×L) 463×518mm (17.2×20.4”) 518×558mm (20.4×22”) 560×740mm (22×29.1”) 750×960mm (30×37.8”) 950×960mm (37.4×37.8”) 458×608 (18×23.9) 708×608 (27.9×23.9) 708×808 (27.9×31.8) 708×718 (27.9×28.3) 1008×708 (39.7×27.9) 640×558mm (25.2×22”)

* Only for wire shelf. Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

203


T Please visit

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers .com

For further information on Jeio Tech´s Temperature & Humidity Chamber products Information is readily available on our website.

GC-1000TLH

204


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers

Enough capacity, maximum 1000L to satisfy the user's plant growth needs. User-friendly programmable logic microprocessor, streamlined design, with optimized air flow and temperature flexibility.

Operating Features t +5Ⳅ to 50Ⳅ (lamp off ) / 10Ⳅ to 50Ⳅ. (lamp on)

t Adjustable water tank positions. (only for GC-300TLH) t Removable shelving and rounded inner chamber corners for easy cleaning.

t Max. to 35,000Lux for GC-1000. t Max. to 20,000Lux for GC-300 Models. t 40 to 80% RH for GC-300TLH. (at 20~35Ⳅ) 50 to 90% RH for GC-1000TLH. (at 20~35Ⳅ) t 300 to 5,000ppm CO2 control. (optional) t Microprocessor PID control / Auto-tuning / Calibration. t Digital timer: 1 min to 99 hr 59 min. t Over-temperature limit / Door open alarm. t 10 step programmable temperature, humidity, and illumination profiles and repeat the steps up to 999 cycles. (self-testing)

Safety Features t Leakage breaker for power supply. t Over current protection. t Over heat protection with alarm. t Door opening alarm. t Low and empty water level alarm. (TLH Models only)

Constructional Features t High quality #304 grade stainless steel interior and dirt repellent powder coated exterior surface. t User-friendly door system. - Silicone packing for keep inner chamber perfectly. - External door with magnetic sealing for dual airtight. - Smoothly open to minimize damage of samples. t Wide inner tempered glass door provides a full view of the samples. - A tempered window provides a clear view of your specimen during testing. t Powerful air circulator for smooth airflow. - Air flow system very efficient for plant growth. - One propeller for GC-1000TLH / tangent blower and a sirocco fan for GC-300 Models. t High frequency electronic ballast lamps. - Reinforced Blue and Red spectrums lighting system for plant photosynthesis. - Economical with stable light and long life span. - Easy-to change bulbs.

Efficient airflow for plant growth (1000Ⳇ)

t Heat rise restraint. - Unique construction to minimize the heat from rising due to the luminous light source. - Designed to exhaust the heated air through the upper holes. (only for GC-1000TLH)

t Easy cleaning of condenser air-filter. - To prevent deterioration of refrigeration system and keep filter dust free by periodically cleaning the filter. t Casters for easy mobility when installing or moving environmental testing chamber. t Electronic humidity sensor is fast acting and easy to calibrate. t Dual type water level sensor.

Temperature setting graph * 00:00 time value setting for the step 10 makes total number of step is 9 as the above graph.

205


T

Temp. & Humid. Chambers Plant Growth Chambers

Model

GC-300TL

GC-300TLH

Chamber Volume (L / cu ft) Control System Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Temperature

Fluctuation at 25Ⳅ

0.1 / 0.18 - without humidity

Variation (±Ⳅ / ⳅ) at 25Ⳅ

0.8 / 1.43 - without humidity

(±Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Illumination

Range (Lux) Control (steps)

Co2(optional)

1000 / 35.3

0 to 20,000 10

Lamp

Humidity

GC-1000TLH

300 / 10.6 Microprocessor PID controller 5 to 50 / 41 to 122 - Lamp off 10 to 50 / 50 to 122 - Lamp on 20 to 50 / 68 to 122 - with humidity

0 to 35,000 11 FL lamp (32W×16EA) Metal lamp (400W×3EA) 50 to 90 at 20 to 35Ⳅ 60 to 90 at 36 to 50Ⳅ

Fl lamp (32W×18EA)

Range (RH %)

-

Fluctuation (±RH) at 60% RH

-

40 to 80 at 20 to 35Ⳅ 70 to 90 at 36 to 50Ⳅ 3

Range (ppm) Sensor

300 to 5,000 NDIR CO2 sensor

Refrigerant (HP) Temp. Heater Power (W) Humid. Heater Power (W) Interior (mm / inch) Dimension Exterior (mm / inch) (W×D×H) Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V) Cat. No.

1/2 750×2EA -

60Hz / 12.5A AAHA1011K

1300 510×540×1100 / 20×21.3×43.3 700×805×1900 / 27.6×30.1×74.8 250 / 551.2 50Hz / 12.5A 60Hz / 16A 50Hz / 16A AAHA1012K AAHA1021K AAHA1022K

3/4 1,500×2EA 1500 1200×800×1080 / 47.2×31.5×42.5 1410×1070×2150 / 55.5×42.1×84.7 550 / 1212.5 60Hz / 30A 50Hz / 30A AAHA1031K AAHA1032K

Lamps Setting Control illumination values with the below lamp setting arrangements.

GC-300 Lamp Arrangement

GC-1000 Lamp Arrangement

Lamps Setting for GC-300 No.

Lux (lx)

Set Values on Display

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1,500 3,500 5,500 6,000 8,000 10,000 12,000 14,000 17,000 20,000

0000 010 0000 101 0000 111 0101 010 0101 101 1010 010 1010 101 1111 010 1111 101 1111 111

Lamp Diagram 2 1,3 1,2,3 2,4,6 1,3,4,6 2,5,7 1,3,5,7 2,4,5,6,7 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3,4,5,6,7

Ⲽ Above the set values are measured at the center of chamber toward upside.

206

Lamps Setting for GC-1000 No.

Lux (lx)

Set Values on Display

Lamp Diagram

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

5,000 7,500 9,500 12,500 15,000 18,500 21,000 24,000 28,000 31,500 35,000

0101 000 0000 010 1111 000 0101 010 0000 101 1111 010 0101 101 0000 111 1111 101 0101 111 1111 111

4,6 (or 5,7) 2 4,5,6,7 2 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,3 2,4,5,6,7 1,3 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,2,3 1,3,4,5,6,7 1,2,3 with 4,6 (or 5,7) 1,2,3,4,5,6,7


Temp. & Humid. Chambers Accessories & Options

for Plant Growth Chambers

Wire Shelves

Perforated Shelves

Recorder

CO 2 Sensor

Wire Shelves Included

Description Maximum

Dimensions (W×L)

EDA8220

3

15

466×490mm (18.3×19.3”)

GC-300TL GC-300TLH

EDA8222

6

30

770×580mm (30.3×22.8”)

GC-1000TLH

Included

Description Maximum

Dimensions (W×L)

AAA22522

-

15

466×490mm (18.3×19.3”)

GC-300TL GC-300TLH

AAAA1512

-

30

770×580mm (30.3×22.8”)

GC-1000TLH

Cat. No.

Models

Perforated Shelves Cat. No.

Models

Recorder Cat. No.

Description

Models

AAAA1501

Recorder (6 points) with humidity sensor

All GC series

CO2 Control System Cat. No.

Description

AAAA1521

CO2 control system

Models All GC series

Ⲽ In addition to providing standard accessories, we will manufacture customized accessories to meet your specific requirements. Contact us for details.

207


Pipettes Mechanical Pipettes t Volume Locking device. t Volume on the knob is fully visible during both left and right handed operation. t The only pipetter with fixed and variable exchangeable counter mechanism. t Single-channel Models: Lightweight handle for ease of tip ejection with finger rest. t Multi-channel Models: Large handle for comfortable grip and soft-touch tip ejection. t Entire pipetter can be steam autoclaved. (No disassemble required) t Double O-ring for optimal tip seal.

Electronic Pipettes t Easy electronic setting and pipetting without hand fatigue. t Automatic calibration. t Large easy-to-read display. t Aspirating and Dispensing Speed: 5 steps. t Pipetting mode: - Auto: Automatic pipetting. - MD: Multi dispensing with Reverse pipetting. - Mix: Mixing - SE: Sequential Aspirating and Dispensing. t Acoustic Signals, Tip Ejection Alarm, Blow-Out function. t Program Recall: Maximum 9 protocols can be stored. t Lower half of the pipetter is Autoclavable. t Double O-ring for optimal tip seal. t Left and right handed operation available for Multi-channel Models.

Pipette Controller / Aid t Light and fatigue free: weights only 167g, including the battery. t Powerful: 50ml pipette is filled in less than 10 seconds. t Gravity delivery, blow-out dispensing and fully adjustable speed-setting. t Exchangeable 0.2 Îźm PTFE disc filter acts as effective shutdown system if overfill occurs. t Vapour outlet for venting out corrosive liquids or fumes. t Autoclavable: Nose cone, pipette holder and filter.

208


Mechanical Pipettes Electronic Pipettes Pipette Controller / Aid

Specifications & Ordering Information Mechanical Pipettes Cat No.

Type

Description

Inaccuracy % Imprecision %

Color Code

BCPC021S

variable vol. 0.2-2⼿

12 / 2

6/ 1

Violet

BCPC101

variable vol. 0.5-10⼿

2.5 / 1

1.8 / 0.5

White

BCPC201

variable vol. 2-20⼿

5/ 1

1.5 / 0.3

Gray

BCPC501

variable vol. 5-50⼿

2/1

1.2 / 0.3

Red

variable vol. 10-100⼿

2 / 0.7

0.8 / 0.2

Orange

BCPC2001

variable vol. 20-200⼿

1.5 / 0.6

0.5 / 0.15

Yellow

BCPC10001

variable vol. 100-1000⼿

1.5 / 0.8

0.4 / 0.15

Blue

BCPC50001

variable vol. 1000-5000⼿

1.2 / 0.6

0.3 / 0.15

Green

BCPC108

8-channel, 0.5-10 ⼿

5/2

3.6 / 1

White

BCPC208

8-channel, 2-20 ⼿

5/2

3.6 / 1

Gray

BCPC508

8-channel, 5-50 ⼿

3.2 / 1.4

1.6 / 0.6

Red

BCPC1001

Single

Multi

8-channel, 10-100 ⼿

2.5 / 1.3

1.2 / 0.5

Orange

BCPC2008

8-channel, 20-200 ⼿

1.8 / 1.2

0.8 / 0.4

Yellow

BCPC3008

8-channel, 30-300 ⼿

1.66 / 1.4

0.6 / 0.3

Black

BCPC1008

Specifications & Ordering Information Electronic Pipettes Cat No.

Type

BCPE201BA BCPE2001BA

Single

BCPE10001BA BCPE208BA BCPE2008BA

Description

Inaccuracy % Imprecision %

1-channel, 2-20 ⼿

Multi

BCPE12008BA

1

0.3

Color Code Red

1-channel, 10-200 ⼿

0.6

0.15

Yellow

1-channel, 100-1000 ⼿

0.5

0.15

Blue

8-channel, 2-20 ⼿

1

0.3

Red

8-channel, 10-200 ⼿

0.6

0.15

Yellow

8-channel, 100-1200 ⼿

0.5

0.15

Blue

Specifications & Ordering Information Pipette Controller / Aid Model Pipette Range Aspirating and Dispensing Speed

Material

Pipette Controller 0.1~100ml 6ml/sec

Body

UV-resistant ABS housing

Filter

25 mm diameter, PTFE(external), Hydrophobic(internal), 0.2 ⽅,

Nose Cone

Polypropylene

Pipette Holder

Silicon

Electrical Requirement

Battery

600 mAh / 3.6 V (up to 12 hours of continuous use of Lithium battery)

Power Adapter

AC 100~240V, AC-DC 3.6V

Cat. No.

BCPPA100

Ⲽ Permissible environmental conditions: temperature (5-40°C) and relative humidity (up to 80%)

209


P

Pipettes

Accessories & Options

Pipette Tips

Volume Controller Knobs

Combi Stands

Pipette Tips t A variety of Pipette tips - Standard tips, Low retention tips and Low retention filter tips. t Filter tips Eliminate opportunities for cross contamination. - No detectable nucleic acid contamination, No detectable PCR inhibitors, No detectable endonucleases, No detectable endotoxin, Sterile.

Cat. No.

Size(⼿)

t Cost saving ReLoad system. - A unique ReLoad system makes re-filling the racks easier than ever, and is designed to cut down on both cost and waste.

Sterile

Packaging

Qty/Unit

Description

BCP5130010C

10

-

Bag

1000 Tips × 20

Clear

BCP5130070C

200

-

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

Clear

BCP5130100C

300

-

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

Clear

BCP5130130C

1000

-

Bag

1000 Tips × 4

Clear

5000

-

Bag

250 Tips × 10

Clear

300

-

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5130135C

1000

-

Hinged Racks

16x60 Tips

-

BCP5130165C

5000

-

Racks

10x50 Tips

-

BCP5130160C BCP5130105C

Standard Tips

BCP5130110C

300

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5130140C

1000

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

16x60 Tips

-

BCP5030010C

10

-

Bag

1000 Tips × 20

Clear

BCP5030070C

200

-

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

Clear

BCP5030015C

10

-

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5030075C

Low Retention Tips

200

-

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5030020C

(without filter)

-

10

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030080C

200

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5030035C

10

pre-sterile

20x96 Tips × 4

Reload

BCP0530095C

200

pre-sterile

10x96 Tips × 10

Reload

BCP5131030C

10

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 20

-

BCP5131062C

20

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

-

BCP5131066C

100

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

-

BCP5131090C

200

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

-

BCP5131150C

1000

pre-sterile

Bag

1000 Tips × 10

-

BCP5030030C

210

Type

t Superiority of Low retention tips. - Low retention tips deliver volumes within 0.1 % of the set volume, versus 0.5-0.7% for standard tips.

Low Retention Tips

-

10

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

BCP5030062C

20

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5030066C

100

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips × 5

-

BCP5030090C

200

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

10x96 Tips

-

BCP5130150C

1000

pre-sterile

Hinged Racks

8x60 Tips × 10

BCP5130155C

1000

pre-sterile

(with filter)

-

10x96 Tips × 5

Reload


Pipettes

Accessories & Options

Carousel Stands

Wall Holders

Stand for Electronic Pipettes

for Mechanical Pipettes Cat. No. BCP2VZ BCP10VZ BCP20VZ BCP50VZ BCP100VZ BCP200VZ BCP1000VZ BCP5000VZ BCP300VZ1 BCP300VZ BCP02FE1 BCP02FE2 BCP10FE5 BCP10FE10 BCP20FE10 BCP20FE20 BCP50FE20 BCP50FE25 BCP50FE50 BCP100FE30 BCP100FE50 BCP100FE100 BCP200FE100 BCP200FE200 BCP1000FE500 BCP1000FE1000 BCP02FZ1 BCP02FZ2 BCP10FZ5 BCP10FZ10 BCP20FZ10 BCP20FZ20 BCP50FZ20 BCP50FZ25 BCP50FZ50 BCP100FZ30 BCP100FZ50 BCP100FZ100 BCP200FZ100 BCP200FZ200 BCP300FZ300 BCPC10001FT BCPC50001FT BCP003921 BCPC01 BCPS06 BCPW1M BCP001691

Description Variable volume controller knob for 0.2-2⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 0.5-10⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 2-20⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 5-50⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 10-100⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 20-200⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 100-1000⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob for 1000-5000⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob, 30-200 ⼿, for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes Variable volume controller knob, 125-300 ⼿, for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes 1 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 2 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 5 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 25 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 30 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 200 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 500 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes 1000 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes 1 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 2 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.2-2 ⼿ pipettes 5 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 0.5-10 ⼿ pipettes 10 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 2-20 ⼿ pipettes 20 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 25 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 5-50 ⼿ pipettes 30 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 50 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 10-100 ⼿ pipettes 100 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 200 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 20-200 ⼿ pipettes 300 ⼿ fixed volume controller knob for 30-300 ⼿ pipettes Disposable filter for use with 100-1000 ⼿ pipettes, bag w/ 50 pcs Disposable filter for use with Capp 1000-5000 ⼿ pipettes, bag w/ 25 pcs Block for 4 volume controllers Combi Stand (2 modules) for up to 3 mechanical pipettes Carousel stand for up to 6 mechanical pipettes Wall holder for mechanical pipettes Bench top stand for multichannel pipettes

Models Single t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t -

Multi t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t t

for Electronic Pipettes Cat. No. BCPESTAND

Description Stand for 3 units of Electronic pipettes

Models Single t

Multi t

211


Plasticware

Ice Pan & On-Ice Rack

Ice pan keeps bottles, test tubes, and temperature-sensitive samples cool for hours.

Features

On-Ice Racks

t Rigid one molded urethane foam construction provides high durability and excellent insulating properties. t Water proof, leak proof, unbreakable with normal use. t Rim enables safe handling and transport. t Ice pan can be used with On-ice racks(optional) for higher heat transfer. Scratch-proof and high heat transfer aluminum rack with easy tube identification.(numbers carved into the rack) JCB-150

Specifications & Ordering Information Ice Pan Model Material

IBS-310 Urethane Foam

Volume (L / cu ft)

4 / 0.14

Dimension

Overall (mm / inch)

(WxDxH)

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

Cat. No.

347x257x132 / 13.7x10.1x5.2 1.4 / 3.1 AAAJ2801

Optional Accessories On-Ice Rack Model Material Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm) Max. mountable tube Cat. No.

212

JCB-150 Aluminum 157.5 x 151.5 x 21.1 1.5ml micro tube x 50ea 0.2ml micro tube x 64ea AAAJ2011


Plasticware Carboys

Great for storing and dispensing solutions. HDPE carboys have a spigot which is molded in to the body for convenience and strength.

DBR-10

DBC-05

DBR-05

DBR-20

DBC-10

Features t Space-saving design for storing liquid solvent. t High-density polyethylene container features durable and excellent chemical resistance.

t Gradations for easy checking. - DBR models : gradations on the side and front of the body are great for checking the volume of media at any side of view. - DBC models : gradations on the front and bottom for convenience of storing media even when you stand the carboy up.

t Spigot provides easy dispensing and leak resistance. t The amount of liquid solvent is easily adjustable by spigot tap’s angle. t Molded in shoulder handles provide great convenience and strength.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

DBR-05

Description

DBR-10

DBR-20

Volume (L / gal)

5 / 1.32

Tube inner dia. (Ø, mm / inch)

10 / 2.64

20 / 5.28

10 / 2.64

Polypropylene & Silicone High density Polyethylene & Teflon 180 x 242 x 333 / 7.1 x 9.5 x 13.1

225 x 277 x 399 / 8.9 x 10.9 x 15.7

260 x 317 x 539 / 10.2 x 12.5 x 21.2

114 x 387 x 305 / 4.5 x 15.2 x 12

204 x 387 x 317 / 8 x 15.2 x 12.5

Opening inner size (Ø, mm/inch)

Ø 51 / 2

Ø 73 / 2.9

Ø 74 / 2.9

Ø 49 / 1.9

Ø 72 / 2.8

Net Weight (kg / Ibs)

0.8 / 1.8

1.5 / 3.3

2.1 / 4.6

1.4 / 3.1

1.8 / 4

AAAJ3011

AAAJ3021

AAAJ3031

AAAJ3111

AAAJ3121

Overall (WXDXH, mm / inch)

Cat. No.

5 / 1.32

High density Polyethylene

Cap Spigot

Dimension

DBC-10

Rectangular type

15.9 / 5/8” (when used with provided spigot adapter : 6.35~7.94 / 1/4”~5/16”)

Body Material

DBC-05

Round type

213


P

Plasticware Flask Supports

It's concave recessed, secure, and safe multi-volume flask holder. Convenient grip for easy carrying Noticeable name tag for classification Multi-purpose holder also is able to hold ice.

Features

Flask Supports

t Flask size : 100ml, 250ml, 500ml, 1000ml, 2000ml t Chemically resistant to various organic solvents. t Material : Polypropylene t Heat Resistance: -30Ⳅ ~ +121Ⳅ

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Hole Capacity (ml) Hole (Dia, ×H) (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

Cat. No.

Model Hole Capacity (ml) Hole (Dia, ×H) (mm / inch) Dimension (W×D×H) (mm / inch)

Cat. No.

214

FT 010 13

FT 010 34

100 70×91 / 2.76×3.58 310×100×100 / 12.2×3.94×3.94 AAA23706

100 70×91 / 2.76×3.58 384×265×98 / 15.12×10.43×3.86 AAA23701

FT 050 12 500 121×128 / 4.76×5.04 360×146×135 / 14.17×5.75×5.31 AAA23703

FT 025 12 250 98×122 / 3.86×4.8 280×125×130 / 11.02×4.92×5.12 AAA23707

FT 100 12 1000 148×156 / 5.83×6.14 415×192×165 / 16.34×7.56×6.5 AAA23704

FT 025 23 250 98×122 / 3.86×4.8 389×239×130 / 15.31×9.41×5.12 AAA23702

FT 200 12 2000 183×188 / 7.2×7.4 503×223×199 / 19.8×8.78×7.83 AAA23705


Plasticware Tube Racks

Transparent and chemical resistance tube racks are ready to play a vital role in the laboratory environment.

Micro tube Rack with Cap

30ml Centrifuge tube Rack

15ml Conical tube Rack

50ml Conical tube Rack

Micro tube Rack

Centrifuge tube Rack

t Autoclavable and chemical resistance PC rack.

t Autoclavable and chemical resistance PC rack.

t Included transparent cap has a recessed area allowing stacking.

t Hold six 30 ml centrifuge tubes.

t Use each rack itself alone and also it is suitable for use with Microplate Shakers.

Conical tube Rack

t Hold eighty 1.5/2.0 ml micro tubes on one side or eighty 1.5/2.0 ml micro tubes on the other.

t Chemical resistance ABS racks and PC rack are available. t Use each rack itself alone and also it is suitable for use with Microplate Shakers. (only for ABS racks) t Autoclavable (only for PC rack)

Specifications & Ordering Information Micro tube Rack 1.5/2.0ml Micro tube rack 0.2/0.5ml Micro tube rack

Model Material

PC (Polycarbonate)

Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)

269 x 90 x 50 (cap included) / 10.6 x 3.5 x 2.0 80 (5 x 16), each side

Max. mountable tube Cat. No.

AAAJ2311

Centrifuge tube Rack Model

30ml Centrifuge tube Rack

Material

PC (Polycarbonate)

Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)

263 x 55 x 55, Ă˜ 25.7 / 10.4 x 2.2 x 2.2, Ă˜ 1.0

Max. mountable tube

6

Cat. No.

AAAJ2111

Conical tube Rack Model

15ml Conical tube Rack

Material Dimensions ( WxDxH, mm / inch)

50ml Conical tube Rack

ABS (Acrylonitrile-butadienestyrene)

PC (plycarbonate)

269 x 85 x 72 / 10.6 x 3.3 x 2.8

263 x 55 x 55 / 10.4 x 2.2 x 2.2

Max. mountable tube

30 (3 x 10)

12 (2 x 6)

6 (1 x 6)

Cat. No.

CPS0011

CPS0012

AAAJ2211

215


Ultrasonic Cleaners

UC Models with the included Cover and Basket

UC-20 with the included Cover and Basket * Above baskets are for UC/US Models

216


Aggressive cleaning ability in a variety of sizes! Industrial B.L.T type ultrasonic transducer (Bolt Clamped Langevin Type Transducer) generates high-frequency sound waves that provide maximum cleaning power. UC/ US-P types are increased the frequency to improve cleaning ability.

Features for UC Models (ABS / PBT housing, SUS tank) t Durable leakproof ABS / PBT housing and cover with 304 stainless steel tanks. t Maximum heater temperature is 70Ⳅ. (only 50Ⳅ for UC-02) t Digital LED display using splash-proof keypads: timer (1 to 99 min), temperature monitor. (UC-02 is only On/Off ) t High-frequency 40 kHz sound waves provide greater cleaning power and increased reliability. t Multiple frequency on 3 stages for both gentle cleaning and intensive cleaning. (without UC-02)

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft)

UC - 02

UC - 10 (10P)

UC - 20 (20P)

2 / 0.07

10 / 0.35

20 / 0.70

Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ)

Amb. ~ to 50 / Amb. ~ to 122

Ultrasonic Power (W) Bath Internal

70 142×132, 104 / 5.6×5.2, 4.1 290×210×200 / 11.4×8.4×7.9 2 / 4.4 0.3A BDH53015 0.6A BDH53013

(W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

Amb. ~ to 70 / Amb. ~ to 158 200 [300] 300×240, 150 / 11.8×9.4, 5.9 490×368×297 / 19.3×14.5×11.7 11 / 24.3 0.9A (1.3A) BDH53045 (BDH53055) 1.7A (2.5A) BDH53043 (BDH53053)

400 [500] 495×292, 150 / 19.5×11.5, 5.9 721×451×297 / 28.4×17.8×11.7 17/ 37.5 1.7A (2.2A) BDH53065 (BDH53075) 3.3A (4.2A) BDH53063 (BDH53073)

Features for US Models (steel housing, SUS tank) t All parts are made of durable 304 stainless steel tanks, cover and powder coating steel housing. t Maximum heater temperature is 70Ⳅ. t Digital LED display using splash-proof keypads: timer (1 to 99 min), temperature monitor. t High-frequency 40 kHz sound waves provide greater cleaning power and increased reliability. t Multiple frequency on 3 stages for both gentle cleaning and intensive cleaning.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Bath Volume (L / cu ft) Temperature Range (Ⳅ / ⳅ) Ultrasonic Power (W) Bath Internal (W×L, D) (mm / inch)

Dimension

Overall (W×L×H) (mm / inch)

Net Weight (kg / lbs) Electrical Requirements (230V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No. Electrical Requirements (120V, 50 / 60Hz) Cat. No.

US-05 (05P)

US-10 (10P)

US-20 (20P)

5.7 / 0.20

20 / 0.70

150 [200] 300×150, 150 / 11.8×5.9, 5.9 380×236×300 / 15×9.3×11.8 9 / 19.8

10 / 0.35 Amb. ~ to 70 / Amb. ~ to 158 200 [300] 300×240, 150 / 11.8×9.4, 5.9 360×300×300 / 14.2×11.8×11.8 12.5 / 27.6

400 [500] 495×292, 150 / 19.5×11.5, 5.9 565×360×300 / 22.2×14.2×11.8 19 / 41.9

0.7A (0.9A) BDH53125 (BDH53135) 1.3A (1.7A) BDH53123 (BDH53133)

0.9A (1.3A) BDH53145 (BDH53155) 1.7A (2.5A) BDH53143 (BDH53153)

1.7A (2.2A) BDH53165 (BDH53175) 3.3A (4.2A) BDH53163 (BDH53173)

217


Other Products

Electrophoresis Systems Three systems for different sized gels, satisfying your need for a more detailed DNA/RNA analysis.

EP- 05

EP- 10

EP- 18

Feature t The electrophoresis system is a molded transparent polycarbonate product with superior shock-resistance, transparent, and durability to acrylic adhesives t Detachable electrode assembly allows for easy cleaning and maintenance. t Black & red cords are coupled together and can be inserted or extracted at the same time. t UV-transparent gel trays allow for viewing bands on the UV-transilluminator without removing gel tray. t Diverse-sized molded gel trays and casters for leak-free casting - EP-5 : 82x81mm(1ea) and 82x58mm(2ea) gel trays with one comb position. - EP-10 : 181x103mm (2ea) gel trays with max. four comb positions. - EP-18 : 181x206mm (1ea) gel tray with max. six comb positions.

t Double-sided combs are provided depending on each model. - EP-5 : 1mm thick 27-and 40-well comb(1ea) - EP-10, 18 : 1.5mm thick 20-and 31-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 20-and 31-well comb(2ea), 1.5mm thick 16-and 20-well comb(2ea), 1mm thick 16-and 20-well comb(2ea) t 31-well comb and 16-well comb for matching multichannel pipettes. Suitable for large amounts of sample screening- up to 186 samples at once using 6 combs in EP-18 gel tray. t Comb-setting grooves in gel trays or caster prevents sliding of combs. t Adjustable Gel Length. t Flat, uniformly thick gels are formed by built in level maker on the gel tray and level bubble on the gel castor.

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Buffer capacity (L / cu ft) Electrophoresis tank, Lid Material Electrodes Electrophoresis tank (mm / inch)

Dimension

Gel caster (mm / inch)

(WĂ—DĂ—H)

Gel tray (mm / inch) Net Weight (Kg / lbs)1) Cat. No.

EP-05 0.5 / 0.02

219 x 134 x 70 / 8.6 x 5.3 x 2.8 254 x 87 x 17 / 10 x 3.4 x 0.7 82 x 81 x 17 / 3.2 x 3.2 x 0.7 82 x 57 x 17 / 3.2 x 2.2 x 0.7 390 / 0.39 AAAJ6011

1) Electrophoresis unit weight * Included Electrophoresis unit, Gel caster unit, Combs in one system. (power supply is not included)

218

EP-10

EP-18

1.0 / 0.04

1.8 / 0.07

PC (Polycarbonate) Platinum wire 219 x 214 x 70 / 8.6 x 8.4 x 2.8 167 x 264 x 30 / 6.6 x 10.4 x 1.2 180 x 102 x 29 / 7.1 x 4.0 x 1.1 600 / 0.60 AAAJ6021

387 x 214 x 70 / 15.2 x 8.4 x 2.8 167 x 264 x 30 / 6.6 x 10.4 x 1.2 180 x 205 x 29 / 7.1 x 8.1 x 1.1 930 / 0.93 AAAJ6031


Other Products

Accessories & Options

for Electrophoresis Systems

Electrophoresis Unit

Gel Caster Unit

Combs

Electrophoresis Unit Description

Suitable for

AAAJ6501

Cat. No.

Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)

EP-05

AAAJ6502

Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)

EP-10

AAAJ6503

Electrophoresis unit (Tank, Lid, Electrode assembly)

EP-18

Gel caster Unit Description

Suitable for

AAAJ6511

Cat. No.

Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)

EP-05

AAAJ6512

Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)

EP-10

AAAJ6513

Gel caster unit(Gel caster/tray)

EP-18

Combs Description

Suitable for

AAAJ6531

Cat. No.

Comb 27/40 well-1.0 (5each)

EP-05

AAAJ6532

Comb 20/31 well-1.0 (5each)

AAAJ6533

Comb 20/31 well-1.5 (5each)

AAAJ6534

Comb 16/20 well-1.0 (5each)

AAAJ6535

Comb 16/20 well-1.5 (5each)

EP-10/18

Electrode Assembly Description

Suitable for

AAAJ6521

Cat. No.

Electrode assembly

EP-05

AAAJ6522

Electrode assembly

EP-10

AAAJ6523

Electrode assembly

EP-18

219


O

Other Products Magnetic Drives

Magnetic drives are designed for agitating a fully vacuumed flask. Multi-functional easy to replace impeller.

Feature t Use of rare-earth elements which is Neodymium (Nd), Samarium (Sm-Co) magnet. t High-speed rpm, vibration free. t Specifically designed with permanent magnets which has a dynamic torque rating. t Small size and powerful rotating magnetic drive is useful both for laboratory and manufacturing applications.

Magnetic Drive

Application of Magnetic Drive

Specifications & Ordering Information Model

MD-T6-24

MD-T6-29

MD-T6-34

24 / 40

34 / 45

Body / Housing Bushing / Seal

29 / 42 SUS316L / CR-PLATE PTFE / Viton

Vacuum

Max. 1×10-4 mmHg

Ground Joint Material

Driving

Pressure

Max. 5kg / cm2

Temp Shaft Size (Ø, mm) Cooling in / out Size (Ø, mm) Dimension (Ø×L, mm) Weight (kg / lbs) Cat. No.

220

1.02 / 2.25 BEA511001

Max. 70Ⳅ (without cooling), Max. 300Ⳅ (with cooling) Ø8 Ø3.2 Ø50×200 1.04 / 2.29 BEA511002

1.08 / 2.38 BEA511003


Other Products

Clamp Holders

Clamp holders are ideal for use with overhead stirrers and hotplate stirrers.

Feature t Adjustable to fit support rods up to 5/8” in. diameter. t Lightweight, also selectable aluminum or polypropylene clamp holders.

C-20

C-10

C-7

C-5

t One-molded knob with fixing screw for strong support t Nonskid contact surface tightens stand rod stably. t C-20, C-10 for overhead stirrers and C-10, C-7, C-5 for hotplate stirrers.

Clamp Holders

Specifications & Ordering Information Model Dimension Material Cat. No.

Max. (Ø, mm) Open (Ø, mm) Body Knob Bolt

C-20

C-10

C-7

27 20

17 15 Aluminum

12 -

C-5 12 Polypropylene

AAA37513

AAA37514

Polypropylene Stainless Steel AAA37511

AAA37512

221


Appendix Lab Companion 2013 - 14 Product Catalog


Period

87

55

Ra

Radium

Fr

(226)

Francium

(223) 88

Ba

Barium

Cs

137.33

Cesium

132.91 56

Sr

Strontium

Rb

Sc

44.956 22

IIIB 4

Ac-Lr

89-103

La-Lu

57-71

yttrium

Y

Zr

Nb

Ta

Mo

Db

Sg

Th

Thorium

Ac

Pa

Bh

Nd

Osmium

Os

Uranium

Hs

Pm

M

Pu

Cu

(281) 111

Hg

200.59 81

(285)

Mercury

(272) 112

Gold

Au

Cd

112.41 49

Cadmium

196.97 80

Silver

Ag

107.87 48

Zinc

Zn

Am Amercium

Gd

Curium

Cm

Bk

In

Dy Cf

(289)

Lead

Pb

Ho

164.93 68

Es Einsteinium

Bi

Er Fm

Md Mendelevium

F

Yb No Nobelium

20.180

Kr

83.80

Argon

Ar

39.948

Neon

Uuo

(293)

Radon

Rn

(222)

Xenon

Xe

131.29

Lawrencium

Lr

(262)

Lutetium

Lu

174.97

Ununoctium

(259) 103

Ytterbium

He Helium

Ne

118

173.04 71

Astatine

At

(210) 86

Iodine

I

126.90 54

Bromine

Br

79.904 36

Chlorine

Cl

35.453 18

VIIA 4.0026

Krypton

18 2

18.998 10

VIIA

Fluorine

(258) 102

Thulium

Tm

168.93 70

Ununhexium

(257) 101

Fermium

(289)

Uuh

116

167.26 69

Erbium

Po

(209) 85

Tellurium

Te

127.60 53

Selenium

Se

78.96 35

Sulfur

S

32.065 17

Oxygen

O

15.999 9

VIA 17

Polonium

208.98 84

Bismuth

(252) 100

Holmium

Sb

121.76 52

Arsenic

As

72.922 34

Antimony 207.20 83

Tin

Sn

118.71 51

Ununquadium

(251) 99

Californium

Ge

P

30.974 16

Nitrogen

N

14.007 8

VA 16

Phosphorus

72.64 33

Uuq

114

162.50 67

Thallium

Tl

204.38 82

Indium

Si Silicon

Germanium

114.82 50

Gallium

Ga

69.723 32

Dysprosium (247) 98

Berkelium

(247) 97

Terbium

Tb

158.93 66

Ununbium

157.25 65

Gadolinium (243) 96

Europium

Eu

151.96 64

Unununium

Al

20.086 15

Carbon

C

12.011 7

IVA 15

RELATIVE ATOMIC MASS

26.982 14

Bprpn

B

10.811 6

Aluminum

65.39 31

Uun Uuu Uub

(244) 95

Plutonium

Pt

195.08 79

Ununnilium

150.36 63

Sm

Pd

106.42 47

Platinum

(268) 110

Samarium

(237) 94

Np

Ir lridium

Ni Nickel

IB 12 63.546 30

Copper

11

13

5

13

B Boron

ELEMENT NAME

IB

5

IIIA 14

IIIA 10.811

13

GROUP GAS

SYMBOL

58.693 29

Palladium

192.22 78

Rhodium

Rh

102.91 46

Cobalt

Co

Meitnerium

(145) 62

Hassium

10 58.933 28

VIIIB

SYNTHETIC

SOLID

109

190.23 77

Neptunium

238.03 93

U

Ru

Promethium

144.24 61

Bohrium

9

101.07 45

lrin

(264) 108(277)

Neodymium

231.04 92

Protactinium

232.04 91

Actinium

(227) 90

Pr

140.91 60

Praseodymium

ACTINIDE SERIES

89

Ce

Cerium

140.12 59

La

138.91 58

Lanthanum

57

Re

Tc

Li

55.845 27

Ruthenium

186.21 76

Rhenium

(266) 107

Seaborgium

(262) 106

Dubnium

W

Tc

(98) 44

Technetium

183.84 75

Tungsten

Mn

54.938 26

Fe

LIQUID

GAS

VIIB 8

Br

Manganese

95.94 43

Molybdenum

180.95 74

Tantalum

Cr

51.996 25

LANTHANIDE SERIES

Rutherfordium

Rf

VIIB 7

Chromium

92.906 42

Niobium

(261) 105

Hf

178.49 73

Hafnium

104

72

V

50.942 24

VB 6

Vanadium

91.224 41

Titanium

Ti

47.867 23

IVB 5

ACTINIDE SERIES

He

NOBLE GAS

TRANSITION METAL

STANDARD STATE

HALOGEN

ALKALINE EARTH METAL

LANTHANIDE SERIES

NONMETAL

ALKALI METAL

SEMIMETAL

PERIODIC TABLE OF THE ELEMENTS KEY

METAL

Zirconium

88.906 40

Scandium

87.62 39

Rubidium

85.468 38

Ca

Calcium

37

3

40.078 21

K

39.098 20

Mg

Magnesium

Na

Sodium

24.305

Beryllium

Lithium

22.990 12

Be

Li

9.0122

IIA

Potassium

19

2

6.941 4

Hydrogen

11

3

1.0079

1 1

H

IA

1

group

ATOMIC NUMBER

GROUP IU PAC

Appendix

Technical Data

Chemicals- Periodic Table

223


Appendix

A

Technical Data

Formulas, Conversions and Engineering Constants Conversion Factors To Convert To...

Multiply...

Atmospheres

(atm)

Bar

Atmospheres

(atm)

Inches Mercury

(in Hg)

Atmospheres

(atm)

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

Atmospheres

(atm)

Torr

0.03342 0.06805 0.001316

Bar

Atmospheres

(atm)

1.0133

Bar

Pounds/square inch

(psl)

0.06895

British Thermal Units

(BTU)

Joules

(J)

0.000948

British Thermal Units

(BTU)

Kilowatt-hours

(kWH)

3412

British Thermal Units

(BTU)

Watt-hours

(WH)

3.412

British Thermal Units/hour

(BTU/h)

Kilocalories/hour

(kcal/h)

3.969

British Thermal Units/hour

(BTU/h)

watts

(W)

3.412

British Thermal Units+inches hour-square foot-ⳅ

(BTU+in) (h-ft2-ⳅ)

watts/meter-Ⳅ

(W/m-Ⳅ)

6.933

British Thermal Units/pound

(BTU/Ib)

Kilojoules/kilogram

(kJ/kg)

0.4299

British Thermal Units/pound-ⳅ

(BTU/lb-ⳅ)

Kllojoules/kilogram-Ⳅ

(kJ/Kg-Ⳅ)

0.2388

Calories

(cal)

Joules

(J)

0.2388

Centimeters

(cm)

Feet

(ft)

30.48

Centimeters

(cm)

Inches

(in)

2.54

Centimeters/second

(cm/s)

Feet/minute

(FPM)

0.508

Cubic Centimeters

(cm3or cc)

Cubic feet

(ft3)

28.320

Cubic Centimeters

(cm3or cc)

Cubic inches

(in3)

16.39

Cubic Centimeters

(cm3or cc)

Milliliters

(ml)

1.0

Cubic feet

(ft3)

Cubic meters

(m3)

35.32

Cubic feet

(ft3)

Gallons, U.S.

(gal)

0.1337

Cubic feet

(ft3)

Liters

(I)

0.03532

Cubic feet/minute

(CFM)

Cubic meters/hour

(m3/h)

0.5885

Cubic feet/minute

(CFM)

Cubic meters/second

(m3/s)

2119

Cubic feet/minute

(CFM)

Liters/second

(I/s)

2.119

Cubic inches

(in3)

Cubic centimeters

(cm3 or cc)

0.061

Cubic meters

(m3)

Gallons, U.S.

(gal)

0.003785

Cubic meters

(m3)

Liters

(I)

0.001

Cubic meters

(m3)

Cubic feet

(ft3)

0.02832

Cubic meters/hour

(m3/h)

Cubic feet/minute

(CFM)

1.699

Cubic meters/hour

(m3/h)

Gallons/minute

(GPM)

0.2271

Cubic meters/second

(m3/s)

Cubic feet/minute

(CFM)

0.000472

Feet

(ft)

Centimeters

(cm)

0.03281

Feet

(ft)

Meters

(m)

3.281

Feet/minute

(FPM)

Centimeters/second

(cm/s)

1.969

Feet/minute

(FPM)

Meters/second

(m/s)

196.9

Gallons, U.S.

(gal)

0.8327 7.481

Gallons, imperial

224

By... 0.9869

Gallons, U.S

(gal)

Cubic feet

(ft3)

Gallons, U.S

(gal)

Cubic meters

(m3)

Gallons, U.S

(gal)

Gallons, imperial

Gallons, U.S

(gal)

Liters

(I)

0.2642

Gallons/minute

(gpm)

Cubic meters/hour

(m3/h)

4.403

Gallons/minute

(gpm)

Liters/second

(l/s)

15.85

Grams

(g)

Ounces

(oz)

28.35

Grams

(g)

Pounds

(lb)

453.6

Grams/cubic centimeter

(g/cm3)

Kilograms/cubic meter

(kg/m3)

0.001

Grams/cubic centimeter

(g/cm3)

Pounds/cubic fool

(lb/ft3)

0.01602

Grams/cubic centimeter

(g/cm3)

Pounds/cubic inch

(lb/in3)

27.68

Inches

(in)

Centimeters

(cm)

0.3937

Inches

(in)

Millimeters

(mm)

0.03937

Inches Mercury

(in Hg)

Atmospheres

(atm)

Inches Mercury

(in Hg)

Torr

264.2 1.201

29.92 25.4


Appendix

Technical Data

To Convert To...

Multiply...

By...

Joules

(J)

British Thermal Units

(BTU)

1055

Joules

(J)

Calories

(cal)

4.187

Joules

(J)

Watt-hours

(WH)

36.00

Joules/second

(J/s)

British Thermal Units/hour

(BTU/h)

0.2931

Joules/second

(J/s)

Watts

(W)

1

Kilocalories/hour

(kcal/h)

BTU/hour

(BTU/h)

0.252

Kilograms

(kg)

Pounds

(lb)

0.4536

Kilograms/cubic meter

(kg/m3)

Grams/cubic centimeter

(g/cm3)

1000

Kilograms/cubic meter

(kg/m3)

Pounds/cubic foot

(lb/ft3)

16.02

Kilograms/square centimeter

(kg/cm2)

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

0.07031

kilojoules

(kJ)

Watt-hours

(WH)

3.6

Kilojoules/kilogram

(kJ/kg)

British Thermal Units/pound

(BTU/lb)

2.326

Kilojoules/kilogram-Ⳅ

(kJ/kg-Ⳅ)

British Thermal Units/Pound-ⳅ (BTU/lb-ⳅ)

4.187

Kilometers/hour

(km/h)

Miles/hour

(MPH)

1.609

Kilopascals

(kPa)

Pounds/square inch

(p8l)

6.895

Kilowatts

(kW)

British Thermal Units/hour

(BTU/h)

0.0002931

Kilowatts

(kW)

Watts

(W)

0.001

Kilowatt-hours

(kWH)

British Thermal Units

(BTU)

0.0002931

Kilowatt-hours

(kWH)

Watt-hours

(WH)

0.001

Liters

(I)

Cubic Feet

(ft3)

28.32

Liters

(I)

Cubic Meters

(m3)

1000

Liters

(I)

Gallons, U.S.

(gal)

3.785

Liters/second

(I/s)

Cubic feet/minute

(CFM)

0.4719

Liters/second

(I/s)

Gallons/minute

(GPM)

0.06309

Meters

(m)

Feet

(ft)

0.3048

Meters/second

(m/s)

Feet/minute

(FPM)

0.00508

Miles/hour

(MPH)

Kilometers/hour

(km/h)

0.6215

Millimrters

(mm)

Inches

(in)

25.4

Newtons/square meter

(N/m2)

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

6.895

Ounces

(oz)

Grams

(g)

0.035274

Pounds

(lb)

Grams

(g)

0.002205

Pounds

(lb)

Kilograms

(kg)

2.205

Pounds/cubic foot

(lb/ft3)

Grams/cubic centimeter

(g/cm3)

62.43

Pounds/cubic foot

(lb/ft3)

Kilograms/cubic meter

(kg/m3)

0.06243

Pounds/cubic inch

(lb/in3)

Grams/cubic centimeter

(g/cm3)

0.03613

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

Bar

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

Kilograms/square centimeter

(kg/cm2)

14.22

14.504

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

Kilopascals

(kPa)

0.145

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

Newtons/square meter

(N/m2)

0.000145

Square centimeters

(cm2)

square feel

(ft2)

929

Square centimeters

(cm2)

Square inches

(in2)

6.452

Square feet

(tt2)

Square centimeters

(cm2)

0.001076

Square feet

(tt2)

Square meters

(m2)

10.76

Square inches

(in2)

Square centimeters

(cm2)

0.155

Square meters

(m2)

Torr Torr

Square feet

(ft2)

0.0929

Inches Mercury

(in Hg)

0.03937 51.71

Pounds/square inch

(psi)

Watts

(W)

British Thormal Units/hour

(BTU/h)

0.2931

Watts

(W)

Joules/second

(J/s)

1

Watt-hours

(WH)

British Thermal Units

(BTU)

0.2931

Watt-hours

(WH)

Joules

(J)

0.0002778

Watt-hours

(WH)

Kilojoules

(kJ)

0.2778

Watts/meter-Ⳅ

(W/m-Ⳅ)

British Thermal Units inches hour-square foot-ⳅ

(BTU+in) (h-ft2-ⳅ)

0.1442

Watts/square centimeter

(W/cm2)

Watts/square inch

(W/in2)

0.155

Watts/square inch

(W/in2)

Watts/square centimeter

(W/cm2)

6.452

225


Appendix

A

Technical Data

Formulas, Conversions and Engineering Constants

Volts

WR

Volts = Watts Y Ohms

E R

W I

Watts Volts = Amperes

Amperes Amperes = Volts Ohms

W R

Amperes = Watts Volts

Volts = Amperes Y Ohms

E

IR

E I Volts Amperes

2 Ohms = Volts Watts

Ohms =

Watts Amperes2

(Amps)

(Ohms)

(Watts)

R W

Ohms Ohms =

I

(Volts)

W E

W I2

Watts

E2 R

Wattage varies directly as ratio of voltages squared. W2 = W1 x E2 E1

2

3 Phase Amperes =

226

Total Watts Volts Y 1.732

Watts Ohms

EI

I2R E2 W

Amperes =

2 Watts = Volts Ohms

Watts = Amperes2 Y Ohms Watts = Volts Y Amperes


INDEX A

Cell Culture

Aspirator

Bench Top Fume Hoods

33 28

Aspirator [Water jet type]

92

Clean Bench

Electric Aspirator

92

Heating Shaker

132

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack

121

B Baths & Circulator Carboys

213

Incubator

56 - 57

Incubated Shaker

66 - 71

Low temperature Incubator

58 -63

Laboratory Refrigerator

108 - 111

18

Laboratory Freezer

116 - 119

General Heating Bath

12

Mini Incubator

Heating Bath Circulator

15

Shaker

122 - 132

Refrigerating & Heating Bath Circulator

16

Stirrer

146 - 151

Shaking Water Bath

13

Chamber

Chiller

96 - 103

Cold Trap Bath

Thermal Bath

10 - 12

Environmental Test Chamber

72

176 - 206

15

Fingerprint Development Chamber

195

Ultrasonic Cleaner

216

Growth Chamber

204

Viscometer Bath

14

Hybridization Oven

Thermal Bath Circulator

Incubator

73 56 - 57

Visible Bath

14

Water Bath

10 - 12

Laboratory Refrigerator

108 - 110

Water Bath Circulator

15 - 17

Laboratory Freezer

116 - 118

Bench Top Fume Hoods

33

C Cabinet Bench Top Fume Hoods

33

Carboys

213

Clean Bench

28

Mini Incubator Oven

80 - 90

Pharmacy Refrigerator

112 - 115

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

183

Plant Growth Chamber

204

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

34

Chiller

Electrophoresis System

218

Circulator

Low temperature Incubator Laboratory Refrigerator

176 - 201

Chiller

Ductless Fume Hood

Fume Hood

72

96 - 103

27 - 41

Heating Bath Circulator

15

58 -63

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulator

16

108 - 111

Clean Bench

Laminar Flow Cabinet

28

Bench Top Fume Hoods

33

Mini Incubator

72

Clean Bench

28

38

PCR Workstation

38

PCR Workstation Pharmacy Refrigerator Storage Cabinet UV Sterilization Cabinet

112 - 115 42 - 53 38

UV Sterilization Cabinet

38

Ultrasonic Cleaner

216

Cold Trap Bath

18

227


INDEX D

Forced Convection

Desiccator Vacuum Desiccator (Cubic)

23

Vacuum Desiccator (Round)

24

Vacuum Desiccator (Cylindrical)

24

Drying

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General

80 - 82

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy

86

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large

82

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4-chambers

86

Laboratory Refrigerator

108 - 110

86

Laboratory Freezer

116 - 119

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large

82

Low Temperature Incubator (IL)

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers

84

Low Temp. Incubator, 4-chambers

64

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General

87

Low Temperature Incubator, Personal

63

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy

88

Vacuum Oven

90

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General

80 - 82

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy

60 - 62

Shaking Incubator

Ductless Fume Hood

34

66 - 70

Pharmacy Refrigerator

112 - 115

Plant Growth Chamber

204

Freezer Laboratory Freezer

116 - 119

Fume Hood

E

Ductless Fume Hood

Enclosure

Funnel

Bench Top Fume Hoods

33

Clean Bench

28

Shaker

Electrophoresis System

218

Furniture

Fume Hood

28 - 40

PCR Workstation

38

UV Sterilization Cabinet

38

34

124 - 133

Storage Cabinet

42 - 50

Environmental Test (Chamber) 198

Fingerprint Development Chamber

195

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

183

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General

87

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

176 - 201

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy

88

General Incubator

56

Economy Incubator

57

Low Temperature Incubator(IL-A)

62

F Fingerprint Development Chamber

195

Flask Support

214

228

G

Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Gravity Convection

Growth Chamber Plant Growth Chamber

204


INDEX H

I ICH (guideline) Chamber

Heating Bath

10 - 18

Bath Circulator

15 -17

Heating Block

140

Heating & Cooling Block

139

Hotplate

145

Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer Incubator Mini Incubator Oven Heating Shaker Incubator Shaker

145 - 151 56 - 58 72 80 - 90

Incubator Air-jacket Incubator

62

Bench Top Incubator

56 - 57

General Purpose Incubator

56

Low Temperature Incubator

60 - 64

Low Temperature Incubator, 4-chambers

64

Mini Incubator

72

Personal Low Temperature Incubator

63

Shaking Incubator

66 - 70

Shaking Incubator, Chamber type

70

Plant Growth Chamber

204

132 66 - 70

HEPA Filtered Clean Bench

28

Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber

198

Ductless Fume Hood

34

PCR Workstation

38

Hood Clean Bench

28

Ductless Fume Hood

34

Fume Hood

M Magnetic Hotplate & Magnetic

146

Magnetic Stirrer

148

Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer

148

Mechanical Convection

28 -40

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, General

80 - 82

PCR Workstation

38

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Economy

86

UV Sterilization Cabinet

38

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, Large

82

Forced(Mechanical) Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers

Hotplate Hotplate

145

Hotplate & Magnetic Stirrer

146

108 - 110

Laboratory Freezer

116 - 118

Low Temperature Incubator (IL)

Humidity Plant Growth Chamber Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Low Temp. Incubator, 4-chambers 204 176 - 201

84

Laboratory Refrigerator

Low Temperature Incubator, Personal Pharmacy Refrigerator Shaking Incubator

60 - 64 64 63 112 - 115 66 - 70

Mixer Overhead Stirrer

150

Vortex Mixer

156

229


INDEX N

P

Natural Convection

PCR

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, General

87

PCR Workstation

38

Natural(Gravity) Convection Oven, Economy

88

UV Sterilization Cabinet

38

General Incubator

56

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

Economy Incubator

57

Low Temperature Incubator(IL-A)

62

Pharmacy Refrigerator

112 - 115

Pipette Pipette, Mechanical

208

Pipette, Electronic

208

Pipette Controller

208

Pipette Tip

210

Plant Growth Chamber Plasticware

204

Flask Support

214

Pump Aspirator

92

Rotary Vacuum Pump

93

O Orbital Shaker Advanced Orbital Shaker

R

124 - 129

Reciprocating Shaker Dual-action Shaker

126

Economy Shaker

127

Heating Shaker

132

Mini Shaker

128

Microplate Shaker

129

Shaking Incubator

66 - 70

Oven Forced Convection Oven Forced Convection Oven, 4 & 2-chambers

Economy Shaker Funnel Shaker Reciprocating Shaking Bath Shaking Heating Bath

124 - 133 127 133 126 - 129 13

Shaking Incubator

66 - 70

Recirculating Cooler

92 - 98

Refrigerated

84

Laboratory Refrigerator

108 - 110

Gravity Convection Oven

87 - 88

Low Temp. Incubator

60 - 64

High Temperature Oven

82

Low Temp. Incubator, 4&2-chambers

64

Hybridization Oven

73

Low Temp. Incubator, Personal

63

Large Forced Convection Oven

82

Refrigerated & Heating Bath Circulator

16 -17 66 - 70

Mechanical Convection Oven

80 - 86

Shaking Incubator

Natural Convection Oven

87 - 88

Pharmacy Refrigerator

Vacuum Oven

Overhead Stirrer

230

80 - 86

Shaker

90

Rocking Shaker Rotary Vacuum Pump

112 - 115 130


INDEX Desiccator

S Safety Flask Support

214

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack

121

Shaker

22 -25

Electric Aspirator

92

Fingerprint Development Chamber

195

Heating Shaker

132

Hotplate Stirrer

146

Incubator

56 - 73

Dual-action Shaker

126

Economy Shaker

127

Funnel Shaker

133

Heating Shaker

132

Pump

92

Mini Shaker

128

Shaker

124 - 133

Mixer

156

Shaking Incubator

Microplate Shaker

129

Temperature Test Chamber

Orbital/Reciprocating Shaker

126

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Reciprocating Shaking Bath

13

Temperature & Humidity Chamber

130

Clean Temperature & Humidity Chamber

Rocking Shaker Shaking Incubator

66 - 70

Shaking Water Bath

13

Waving Shaker

131

Stirrer Magnetic Stirrer

148

Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer

148

Hotplate-Magnetic Stirrer

146

Magnetic Stirrer Oven Overhead Stirrer

Fingerprint Development Chamber

150 - 151

Stirring Hotplate

146

176 - 201 198 195

Table top

188 - 194

Pharmaceutical Stability Chamber

183

Plant Growth Chamber

198

Thermal

Thermal Bath Circulator

10 - 12 15

Tissue Culture Freezer

Ice Pan & On-Ice rack

116 - 119 132 121

Incubated Shaker

66 - 70

Incubator

56 - 73

Shaker

124 - 133

Stirrer

146 - 151

Mixer

156

Multi-Position Magnetic Stirrer

148

Orbital/Reciprocating Shaker Overhead Stirrer

Table top

66 - 70 160 - 171

176 - 187

Heating Shaker

T

80 - 90 150 - 151

Floor Standing Model

Thermal Bath Overhead Stirrer

148

126 150 - 151

Bath

10 - 16

Pipette

Bath & Circulator

10 - 17

Pipette Controller

208

Rocking Shaker

130

Bench Top Fume Hoods Circulator Clean Bench (Vertical type Laminar Flow)

33 15 - 17 28

208

Tip

209

Waving Shaker

131

231


INDEX U

W

Ultrasonic

Washer

Ultrasonic Cleaner

216

Ultrasonic Cleaner

216

Water Bath

V Vacuum Cold Trap Bath Electric Aspirator

18 92

96 - 103

Circulator

15 - 17

General Bath

12

Shaking Water Bath

13

Desiccator

22 - 25

Viscometer Bath

14

Oven

80 - 90

Waving Shaker

131

Pump

92 - 93

Rotary Pump

93

Viscosity

Workstation Bench Top Fume Hoods

33

Clean Bench

28

Viscometer Bath

14

Ductless Fume Hood

34

Visible Bath

14

PCR Workstation

38

UV Sterilization Cabinet

38

Vortex Mixer

232

Chiller


Turn static files into dynamic content formats.

Create a flipbook
Issuu converts static files into: digital portfolios, online yearbooks, online catalogs, digital photo albums and more. Sign up and create your flipbook.